curriculum faculty of arts & social sciences...the caliphate of abu bakr,umar’s nomination as...

CURRICULUM FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL

SCIENCES

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

CURRICULUM OF HISTORY & PAK STUDIES

BS (4-Year)


B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 2nd Semester Credit Hours =138

Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours

ENG-102 English-II 03

PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 03

COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01

HPS-151 Research Methodology 03

HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 03

HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947-2008 A.D ) 03

HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 03

Total 19

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 3rdSemester Credit Hours =138


ENG-201 English-III 03

URD-101 Urdu(Functional ) 03

COMS-201 Communication skills 01

HPS-201 History of Umayyad and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 03

HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 03

HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim world (1919-1945) 03

HPS-204 History of Religious thoughts in Islam 03

Total 19

SYLLABUS OF B.S. HISTORY & PAKISTAN.STUDIES B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 1st Semester Credit Hours =138


ENG-101 English-I (Functional) 03

ISL-101 Islamic studies 03

COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01

HPS-101 Introduction to History 03

HPS-102 Pre-Prophetic Period & Pious Caliphate(517-661 A.D) 03

HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 A.D ) 03

HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786 ) 03

Total 19

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 4th Semester Credit Hours =138


ENG-202 English-IV 03

PUNJ-101 Regional Language (Punjabi) 03

COMS-202 Communication skills 01

HPS-251 Muslim Rule in South Asia (1526-1707 A.D) 03

HPS-252 History of Europe (1453-1789 A.D) 03

HPS-253 History of modern Arab world –I (1919-1945 AD) 03

HPS-254 History of modern Arab world –II (1945-1992AD) 03

Total 19



HPS-301 Historiography 03

HPS-302 History of Europe (1789-1919 A.D) 03

HPS-303 Muslim rule in Spain (755-1492) 03

HPS-304 History of the Ottomans 03

HPS-305 Cultural Heritage of Pakistan 03

Per/Arab/Turk-101 Persian/Arabic/ Turkish 02

Total 17



HPS-351 Life and teachings of Prophet Muhammad (S.A.W) (571-632) 03

HPS-352 History of Ancient India 03

HPS-353 History of The Mughals 03

HPS-354 British administration and constitutional development in India

(1858-1947)

03

HPS-355 Indus Valley Civilization 03

Total 15


Course Code Name Of Subject Credits Hours

HPS-401 History of Sufism 03

HPS-402 History of Muslim contribution to science 03

HPS-403 Muslim political thought in South Asia 03

HPS-404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) 03

HPS-405 Folks, Art and Crafts 03

Total 15



HPS-451 Research Project +Comprehensive Viva -Voce 15

DETAILS OF THE COURSES

Department of History & Pakistan Studies

The Women University, Multan

BS, 1st Semester

HPS-101 Introduction to History 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1. What is History?

2. Nature and scope of History

3. Benefits of History :History as a corrective force ;History as a repetitive force

4. Branch of History (Political ,cultural, social, economic)

5. Relationship of History with other social sciences

6. Causation

7. Objectivity and subjectivity

8. Classification of History :Narrative History, scientific History ,Philosophy of History

,Future History

Suggested Readings: 1. Bernard Cohn. An Anthropologist among Historians and other Essay ,Oxford

University Press,1988

2. Caroline Steedman. Dust :The Archive and Cultural History ,Manchester University

Press ,2002

3. Carlo,Ginzburg .Clues.Myths,and the Historical Method, John Hopkins :University

Press,1992

4. Carr, E.H., What is History? Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961.

5. Collingwood, R.G. The Idea of History .Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978.

6. G.W.G.Hegel .Elements of the Philosophy of Right. Cambridge University Press,

1991.

7. Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the Old, Cambridge: Harvard University

Press, 1987.

8. Govranski. History Meaning and Method, USA, 1969.

9. Johan Stuart Mill .On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford University Press, 2008.

10. Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam.A Study of Historiography. Lahore: Pakistan Book

Center, Latest Edition.

11. Peter Burke. Varieties of Cultural History, Cornell University Press, 1977.

12. Ranjit Guha. The Small Voice of History, Delhi: Permanent Black, Delhi, 2010.

13. Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the Present, vintage, 2nd Edition

1975.



BS, 1st Semester

HPS-102 Pre-Prophatic Period & Pious Caliphate (517-661 A.D) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content

1. Pre –Islamic Arabia.

Geographical, Socio Economic and Religious conditions of Pre- Islamic Arabia, especially

the City State of Makkah.

2. The Holy Prophet (S.A.W)(517-632AD)

Early Life of the Prophet, Prophet –hood and Preaching of Islam, Response of the Society,

Migration to Ethiopia and Medina,Socio-economic and cultural conditions in Madinah

,contributions of Ansar and their ‘Brotherhood’ ,Charter of Madinah ,wars with

Quraysh,(Battles of Badr,Uhd and Ahzab),Peace Accord of Hudaybia, Prophet’s letters to

the various rulers ,conquest of Makkah, Battle of Hunayn ,spread of Islam in central

Arabia, Tubuk Expedition ,Prophet’s last pilgrimage and the significance of the last sermon

,Life and achievements as a Prophet and statesman .Role and contribution of Ashab-i-

suffah.

3. HazratAbu Bakr Siddique (R.A) (632-634 AD)

Early life and sacrifices for the cause of Islam, his Election as caliph;

Movements of Apostasy, rise of false prophets ,the refusal of zakat payment ,consolidation

of Centre, Conquest of Iraq ,relations with Iran ,Syria ,and Byzantine, Compilation of

Quran, his character and achievements .

4. Hazrat Umar Farooq (R.A)(634-644 AD)

His early life and acceptance of Islam ,his services to the cause of Islam, his role during

the Caliphate of Abu Bakr,Umar’s nomination as Caliph ,conquests of Iran , Syria,

Palestine,Egypt,Azerbaijan and Armenia, Expansion of Muslim power ,Reforms and

administration, development of Muslim institutions and the projects of public welfare, his

character and achievements.

5. Hazrat Uthman Ghana (R.A) (644-656 AD)

Early life ,acceptance of Islam, his role during the life time of the Prophet, Abu Bakr and

Umar, his election as Caliph, Conquest of North Africa, Cyprus, Tabaristan, Tukharistan

and Makran,the Sabite Movement, opposition of Uthman. His martyrdom and its

consequences, his services to the cause of Islam, Compilation and codification of Quran,

his character and achievements.

6. Hazrat Ali Karam Allah Wajho(656-661 AD)

Early life ,his role during the life time of the Prophet ,Abu Bakr, Umar and Uthman, Hazrat

Alias Caliph ,Battle of the Camel ,Battle of Siffin, emergence of the Kharijites, Battle of

Nahrawan, Hazrat Ali’s martyrdom, his character and achievements. Nomination of Imam

Hasan as Caliph and his abdication.

7. Administration and Structure of Government under the Pious Caliphate

Administrative ,financial and judicial System under the Pious Caliphs ,Status of the

Dhimmis and the Mawalis ,social life of the Muslims, and salient features of the

Khalifat-i-Rashida

Suggested Readings: 1. Ali, Syed Ameer, History of the Saracens, Lahore: Sang-i-Meel Publishers, 1985

2. Ali, Syed Ameer, and The Spirit of Islam, Lahore: Sang –i-Meel Publishers, 1985.

3. Cambridge History of Islam, Eds.P.M.Holt, Ann K.S.Lambton and Bernard Lewis,

Cambridge: Cambridge university Press, 1970(Relevant Chapters).

4. Haq Mazhur –ul ,A Short History of Islam ,Lahore ,Latest edition .

5. Hitti, Philip K, History of the Arabs,10th edn ,London,1974.

6. Hamidullah, the Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore: 1977.

7. Holt,P.M. Cambridge History of Islam.Cambridge,1970

8. Hourani, Albert, History of the Arab Peoples, 1992.

9. Hussaini, S.A.Q.Arab Administration, Latest Edition.

10. Hussaini,S.A.Q.Constitution of the Arab Empire, Lahore

11. Ibn-e- Hisham,Seerat-un-Nabi Kamil,tr.Maulana Abdul Jaleel Siddiqi, Lahore, 1979.(Urdu)

12. Ibn Jarir,Abi Jaffar Mohammad ,TAREEKH-E-Tibri,tr,Mohhammad Ibrahim Nadvi,

Karachi,1982.(Urdu)

13. Ibn-i-Ishaq, Sirat-ul –Nabi.

14. Khan, Majid ali, Muhammad: The Final Messenger, Lahore, 1983.

15. Lings, Martin, Muhammad: His Life based on the earliest sources, Lahore .1983

16. Muir,William ,Annals of the Early Caliphate, London,1983.

17. M uir,William .The Caliphate,Its Rise,Decline and Fall.Beirut,1963.

18. Nadvi,Shah Moeen-ud-Din Ahmad Tareekh-i-Islamk.Vol-I,Islamabad,1975(Urdu)

19. Naumani Maulana Shibli;Seerat-un –Nabi.Lahore ,Vol-I,1975.(Urdu)

20. Shaban,M.A,Abbaside Revolution.Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1970.

21. Shaban ,M.A Islamic History :A New Interpreation,Cambridge :Cambridge University

Press,1976.

22. Siddiqui,Abdul Hameed,The Life of Muhammad (SAW).Lahore ,1981.

23. SiddiqiAmir Hassan ,The Origin and Development of Muslim Institutions ,Karachi:1969.

24. Siddiqi,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society .Lahore 1956.



BS, 1st Semester

HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 AD) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1. The Arrival of the Europeans and the Rise of British Rule in India

2. The Uprising of 1857 and its impact on the Indians

3. The Rise of Indian Nationalism and the Creation of Indian National Congress

4. Hindu Revivalist Movements, Hindi-Urdu Controversy

5. Condition of the Muslim community after 1857and the rise of Muslim Nationalism.

6. Aligarh Movement and its social ,Political and religious contributions .Sir Syed Ahmad

Khan and his services .Mohsin –ul- Mulk,Waqar –ul –Mulk and Syed Amir Ali.

7. Parallel Movements to Aligarh:Deoband ,Nadwat-ul –Ulama

8. Partition of Bengal 1905

9. Simla Deputation and the Creation of all India Muslim League

10. Indian Councils Act o 1909

11. Lucknow Pact 1916 and the Government of India Act 1919

12. Khilafat & Hijrat Movements and their effects on the Muslims of India

13. The Indian Constitutional Problem and efforts for its Solution :Simon Commission,Nehru

Report ,Jinnah ‘s Fourteen Points .

14. Political Philosophy of Iqbal and his Allahabad Address

15. Three Sessions of the Round Table Conference,Gandhi –Irwin Pact.Communal Award

1932,Poona Pact and the Government of India Act1935

16. Elections of 1937and Congress Rule in the Provinces

17. Genesis of the Idea of Pakistan

18. Lahore Resolution 1940.

19. Cripps and Cabinet Mission Plans

20. Transfer of Power (3rd june Plan )and Partition

21. The Radcliffe Boundary Commission Award

22. Controversy about the Governor –General ship of Pakistan and its effects on the Partition

Process.

Suggested Readings:

1. Abdul Hamid .Muslim Separatism in India .Karachi :Oxford University Press,1967.

2. Aziz ,K.K .The Making of Pakistan :A Study in Nationalism .Islambad :National Book Foundation,1976.

3. Bos ,Sugata ,and Ayesha Jalal .Modern South Asia :History .Culture ,Political Economy .Lahore :Sang-

e0-Meel Publications ,1998.

4. Chand ,Tara .History of the Freedom Movement in India .Vols .I.IV.Lahore :Book Traders ,1972.

5. Chandra, Bipan.et.al.Indian ‘s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947. New Delhi:Penguin Books ,1989.

6. Embree,Ainslie T.India ,s Search for National Identity .Delhi:Chanakya Publications,1980.

7. Ghose ,Sankar Socialism. Democracy and Nationalism in India .Bombay:AlliedPublishers,1973

8. Hayat, Sikandar .Aspects of the Pakistan Movement. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and

Cultural Research, 1998.

9. Nehru, Jawaharlal .The Discovery of India .New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1981.

10.Qureshi, Ishtiaq Hussain .The Struggle for Pakistan .Karachi: University of Karachi

1974.

11. Roberts ,P.E.History of British India .London :Oxford University Press ,1952

12. Sayeed,Khalid B.Pakistan :The Formative Phase ,1857-1948.Karachi Oxford

University Press,1998.

13. Seal ,Ani .The emergence of Indian Nationalism :Competition and Collaboration in

TheLater Nineteenth Century .Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1968.

14. Smithy,Vincent A. The Oxford History of India .Karachi :Oxford University Press

,1983.(BookVII,VIII,IX and X)

15. Suntharalingam, R .Indian Nationalism: An Historical Analysis .New Delhi:Vikas

Publishing House Pvt.Ltd, 1983.

16. Talbot .Lan.Provincial Politics and the Pakistan Movement: The Growth of the

Muslim League in North –West and North East India, 1937-47.Karachi: Oxford

University Press, 1988.

17. Waheed –uz –Zaman.Towards Pakistan .Lahore: Publishers United, 1978.

18. Wolpert, Stanley .A New History of India .New York: Oxford University Press.

1997.(Chapters 13to22)

19. Zacharias, H.C.E. Renascent India Form Rammohan Roy to Mohandas Gandhi.

London: George Allen & unwin Ltd 1933

20. Bhutto Mumtaz Dr.Sindh Ji Seyasi Tareekh 1843 to 1947 zaki publication ,Karachi 1992.



BS, 1st Semester

HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

Foundation of the Dynasty by Shah Ismail

Other Rulers and their Achievements

Later Saffavids 1732-1786

Religious Life under the Saffavids:

Society and Culture under the Saffavids

Ottoman-Saffavid Relations

Afghan –Mughal Relations with Safavid

Recommended Readings:

1.Lockhart, Laurence ,The fall of the Safavi Dynsty and the Afghan Occupation of Persia

,Cambridge ,1958.

2.Roemer,H.R.(1986).The Safavid Period”.The Cambridge History of Iran,vol.6:The Timurid

and Safavid Periods.Cambridge :Cambridge university Press.

3.Richard Tapper.”Shahsevan in Safavid Persia”,Bulletin of the School of oriental and African

Studies ,university of London ,vol 37,No 3,1974.

4.Lawrence Davidson ,Arthur Goldschmid,A Concise History of the Middle East,Westview

Press ,2006.

5.Mottahedeh,Roy,The Mantle of the Prophet:Religion and Politics in Iran,One World

,Oxford,1985,2000.



BS, 1st Semester

COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1-Basic Definitions & Concepts,

2-Hardware :Computer Systems & Components.

3-Storage Devices,

4- Number Systems,

5-Software: Operating Systems,

6-Programming and Application Software,

7- Introduction to Programming,

Suggested Readings:

1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill

2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th

Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills.

3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson.

Stacey, C. Swayer.

4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.



BS, 1st Semester

ENG-101 English –I (Functional) 3 Credit Hours

1-Basics of Grammar

2-Parts of speech and use of articles

3-Sentence structure, active and passive voice

4-Practice in unified sentence

5-Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure

6-Transitive and intransitive verbs

7-Punctuation and spelling

8-Comprehension Answers to questions on a given text

9-Discussion General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the

teacher keeping in view the level of students)

10-Listening To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers

11-Translation skills

12-Urdu to English

13-Paragraph writing Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher

14-Presentation skills Introduction

Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building

Recommended books:

1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition.

Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492

2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition.

Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 58

3. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993.ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27and35-

41.

4. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills.

Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.



BS, 1st Semester

ISL-101 Islamic Studies 3 Credit Hours

Objectives: This course is aimed at:

1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies

2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization

3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships

4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious

life.

Detail of Courses:

Introduction to Quranic Studies

1) Basic Concepts of Quran

2) History of Quran

3) Uloom-ul -Quran

Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran

1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)

2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi

(Verse No-1-18)

3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11)

4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)

5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)


1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)

2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment

3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)

Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I

1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)

2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah

3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah

Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II

1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina

3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina

Introduction To Sunnah

1) Basic Concepts of Hadith

2) History of Hadith

3) Kinds of Hadith

4) Uloom –ul-Hadith

5) Sunnah & Hadith

6) Legal Position of Sunnah

Selected Study from Text of Hadith

Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law

5) Islam and Sectarianism

Islamic Culture & Civilization

1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization

2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization

3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization

4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues

Islam & Science

1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science

2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science

3) Quran & Science

Islamic Economic System

1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System

2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics

3) Islamic Concept of Riba

4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce

Political System of Islam

1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System

2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty

3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam

Islamic History

1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida

2) Period of Ummayyads

3) Period of Abbasids

Social System of Islam

1) Basic Concepts Of Social System Of Islam

2) Elements Of Family

3) Ethical Values Of Islam

Reference Books: 1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI,

Islamabad

2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”

3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam

4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”

5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication

Islamabad, Pakistan.

6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research

Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)

7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”

Islamic Book Service (1982)

8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep

Publications New Delhi (1989)

9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama

Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)



BS, 2nd Semester

COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1-Databases and Information Systems,

2- Networks,

3-Data Communication,

4-The Internet,

5-Browsers and Search Engines,

6-The Internet: Email, Collaborative Computing and Social Networking,

7-The Internet: E-Commerce,

8- IT Security and other issues,

9- Project Week,

10- Review Week

Suggested Readings:

1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill

2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th

Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills.

3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson.

Stacey, C. Swayer.

4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.



BS, 2nd Semester

ENG-102 English -II 3 Credit Hours

1-Paragraph writing Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph

2-Essay writing Introduction

3-CV and job application Translation skills

Urdu to English

4-Study skills Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing

and comprehension

5-Academic skills Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet

6-Presentation skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)

Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review

Communication Skills a) Grammar

Recommended books: 1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third Edition.

Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.

2. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53 (note

taking).

3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth

Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to

presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing).

4. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third

Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.

5. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan

6. Study Skills by Riachard York.



BS, 2nd Semester

HPS-151 Research Methodology 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

Historical Research: An introduction

Definition and significance

Objectivity &subjectivity in historical research

Sources of historical Research

Nature of historical documents

Kinds of Historical documents

Formal and informal documents

Official and Non official documents

Research process

Identification of a problem

Review of literature

Research design

Data collection

Data analysis

Writing the research paper

Techniques of Research

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Acknowledgement & documentation

Turabian manual for writing

Questionnaire

Bibliography

Suggested Readings:

1. Gay, L.R.Educational Research: competencies for Analysis and Application, New Jersey:

Prentice hall Inc, Latest Edition.

2. Kumar, Ranjit .Research Methodology: Step by Step Guide for Beginners London: Sage

Publication Latest Edition.

3. Langlois, ch.v.and ch.seignobos .Introduction to the Study of History, New York Barnes,

Latest Edition.

4. Majumdar, P.K Research Methods in social Sciences .New Delhi Viva Books Latest

Edition.

5. Pathan G.M,Tahqeeq jo- Fun ,sindhi:university of Sindh (Jamshoro),1984

6. Qadir, Khurram, Tarekh Naweesi (Urdu), Lahore Sang –e-Meel Publishers.

7. Research Methodology: An Anthology Islamabad: National Books Foundation, Latest

Edition.

8. Roberta H.Markman, PeterT.Markman, Marie L.Waddell; Ten Steps to Research,

Barron’s Sixth Edition.

9. Robinson, chare, F.Islamic Historiography. London: Cambridge University Press, Latest

Edition.

10. Williams, Robert C.The Historian’s Toolbox: A student Guide to the Theory and craft of

History, New York: M.E.Sharpe, Latest Edition.

11. Zina, o Leary, The Essential Guide to Doing Research .united kingdom: sage pub Co

2004.



BS, 2nd Semester

HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1. Indus Valley Civilization

2. Mesopotamian Civilization

3. Egyptian Civilization

4. Ancient China

5. Ancient Greece (Hellenic)

6. Roman Civilization.

Suggested Readings:

1. Burkitt, M.c.our Early Ancestors.Cambridge:1929.

2. Burns, E.M.and Ralph.P.L.World Civilizations, Latest Edition

3. Cary, C.A.History of the Greek World: From 323 to 146 BC. London: 1959

4. Durant, Will. The Life of Greece. New York: 1939.

5. Easton, Stewart C.The Heritage of the past: Earliest Time to 1500.USA:1970.

6. Frankfort, Henri.The Art and Architecture of the Ancient Orient .London:1958.

7. Gibb, H.A.R., Studies on the Civilization of Islam, Ed.Stanford j.Slaw, London, 1962.

8. Graig, A.M. The Heritage of Word Civilizations, II Vols, New York, 1986.

9. Kosambi, D.D .The Culture and Civilization in Ancient India: An Historical Outline, New

Delhi, 1982.

10. Martin Whiller, Five Thousand Years of Pakistan.

11. Masson-Oursel, Paul HD will man Grabowska.Philippe Stern. Ancient India and Indian

Civilization. London: 1951.

12. Reither, j., World History: A Brief Introduction, 1973.

13. Roberts, J. M. Huntington, World History, Latest Edition.

14. Sabt-i-Hasan, Pakistan Main Tahzeeb Ka Irtiqa (Urdu)

15. Tannebaum, Edward R.A History of World Civilization. USA: 1973.

16. Toynbee, Arnold J. Hellenism: The History of a Civilization. Oxford: 1959.

17. Wallbank, T. W .and A.M Taylor, Civilization: Past and Present, Vol.1, 3rd Ed., Chicago,

1954.



BS, 2nd Semester

HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947 -2008 A.D) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

Pakistan: A Course Profile

Quaid-e-Azam as Governor General & the Early Problems of Pakistan

Constitution Making

First Constitutional Assembly (1947-54)

Basic Principles Committee

Objective Resolution

Issue of Representation and Parity between East &West Pakistan

Language Issue

Provincial Autonomy

Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly

Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56)

Formation of One Unit as the basis of parity between East & West Pakistan.

Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy.

Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-1969)

Reforms

Constitution of 1962 29

Basic Democracy

War of 1965

Tashkent Pact

Gen Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-1971)

LFO and Election of 1970

Post-Election Crisis

The War of 1971

Separation of East-Pakistan

Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto Era (1971-1977)

Socio- Political, Religious and Economic Reforms

Constitution of 1973

Election of 1977 and its consequence

Zia-ul-Haq Regime (1977-1988)

Islamization

Constitutional Amendments

Controlled Democracy

Election on Non Party - Basis

Junejo as Prime Minister

Soviet Invasion in Afghanistan and its Impact on Pakistan

Elections of 1988

Democracy and Frequent Change of Government (1989-1999)

Mohtarma Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Shareef.

Gen.Parvaiz Musharraf Era (1999-2008)

Foreign Policies of Pakistan

Determinants and Objectives of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy

Pre-Cold War Foreign Policy

Post-Cold War Foreign Policy

Pakistan, s Foreign Policy towards its Neighbors

Suggested Readings:

1. Ahmad, Justice (Rtd) Masud. Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History

1857-1975. (Lahore: 1983).

2. Ahmad, Mushtaq.Pakistan, s Foreign Policy

3. Ahmar, Moonis, Ed., the World after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities, (Karachi,

2003).

4. Afzal, M .Rafique, Political Parties in Pakistan, 1947-69, 2 vols, (Islamabad: 1986).

5. Ali, Mehrunissa. Reading in Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, 1971-1998. (Karachi: 2001).

6. Andrew , W.P. The Indus and its Provinces, Their Political and Commercial Importance

7. Anwar, Syed. Pakistan:Islam,Politics and National Solidarity.(Lahore:1984).

8. Burki, Shahid Javed , Pakistan under Bhutto 1971-77.(Hong Kong:1988).

9. Burke, S.M; Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis.(Oxford:1969).

10.Burke,S.M., Main Springs of India and Pakistan foreign Policy.

11.Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan,(Los Angeles:1963).

12.Callard ,Keith., Pakistan :A Political Study.(New York:1957).

13.Chaudhry ,G.M.,Strategic Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy .(Lahore:1989). 30

14.Chaudhry , GW.,Constitutional Developments in Pakistan. (London:1963).

15.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali , The Emergence of Pakistan,(Lahore:1967)

16.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us ,(Lahore:1974).

17.Feldman Herbert. The End & the Beginning,Pakistan:1969-71.(Karachi:1976).

18.Gauhar Altaf ,Ayub Khan :Pakistan,s First Military Rule ,(Lahore ,1994).

19.Khan, Muhammad Ayub,Friends Not Masters ,A Political Autobiography,(Karachi:1967).

20.Khan, Mohammad Ayub.Pakistan,s Relations with the Soviet Union 1947-79:

Constraints & compulsions. (Karachi:1988).

21.Khan ,Hamid, Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University

Press , 2005.

22.Khalid Bin Saeed,. Political System of Pakistan. (Bostan:1967).

23.Lifschultz, L.,Bangladesh: The Unfinished Revolution,(London:1977).

24.Mahmood , Safdar , Pakistan Muslim League Ka Dour Hukumat (urdu),(Lahore:1973).

25.McGrath , Allen, The Destruction of Pakistan,s Democracy , (Karachi:1996).

26.Munir , Justice Muhammad , From Jinnah to Zia, (Lahore:1979).

27.Niazi , Kausar , Last Days of Premier Bhutto ,(Lahore:1991).

28.Noon , Firoz Khan , From Memory , (Islamabad:1993).

29.Nur Ahmed , S. (Edit . Baxter Craig), From Martial Law to Martial Law , Politics in

the Punjab 1919-1959 , (Lahore: 1985).

30.Rizvi , Hassan Askari. Military and Politics in Pakistan 1947-1997. (Lahore: Sang e Meel ,

Publications:1998).

31.Safdar Mehmood , Pakistan Divided , (Lahore:1984).

32.Sayeed , K.B., Politics in Pakistan, The Nature and Direction of Change , (New York:1980).

33.Shahi, Agha. Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Appraisal. (Lahore:1977).

34. Tlbot, lan , Provincial Politics and Pakistan Movement, The Growth of the M.L. in North,

35.Waseem, M. Pakistan under Martial Law :1977-85.(Lahore:1987).

36.Weiss, Anita M.M.,Ed., Islamic Reassertion in Pakistan .(Lahore:1987).

37.Wolpert, Stanley, Zulfi Bhutto of Pakistan , His Life and Times, (New York:1993).

38.Zaheer, Hasan, The Separation of East Pakistan, The Rise and realisation of Bengali Muslim

Nationalism,(Karachi:1994).

39.Ziring, Lawrence.The Ayub Khan Era :Politics in Pakistan . (New York:1971).

40. Ziring, Lawrence, Pakistan , The Enigma of Political Development, (London:1980).

41. Zuberi, Musarrat Hussain, Voyage Through History, 2 Vols, (Karachi: 1987).

42. Zuberi , Musarrat Hussain , Pakistan in 20th century . (Karachi:Oxford University

Press,2000).



BS, 2nd Semester

HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 3 credit hours

Course Content:

A. History of the Islamic Ceramics

1. Early Islamic Period

Umayyad and early Abbasid wares of Mesopotamia

Pottery of Banbhore & al-Mansurah, Pakistan

Lustre Painted Pottery of the Fatimid period

Slip-Painted pottery of Iran Central Asia and Afghanistan

2. The Mediaeval Islamic Period

Sgrafiatto wares of Iran

Seljuq Fine wares of Iran

Seljuq Pottery of Anatolia

Pottery of Raqqa and Rusafah (Iran)

Minai and Lajvardina Painted Wares of Persia

3. The Later Islamic Period

Pottery of Iran in II-Khanids and Timurid times

Pottery of Mamluk period in Egypt and Syria

Pottery of the Safavid and Qajar periods in Iran

Pottery of the Ottoman period in Anatolia

4. Contemporary Ceramics

Traditional Pottery of Sindh , Multan and Bahawalpure

B. History of the Islamic Arts

1. Arts of the Book

Calligraphy: The Arabic Script during the Early Islamic Days and its Use in Calligraphy

Book Binding : Book Format in the Early Islamic Period , its development and the Islamic

Contribution to the Arts of the Book

Page Illumination : Earliest Use of colour and gold in the Quran and its gradual development

2. The Zenith Period of the Arts of the Book

Patronage of the II-Khanid Rulers in Persia

Patronage of the Mamluk Rulers in Egypt and North Africa

Patronage of the Timurid Rulers in Transoxiana and Persia

Patronage of the Ottoman Rulers in Anatolia towards the Arts of the Book

3. History of the Miniature Painting

Timurid School of Arts

Ottoman School of Arts

Safavid School of Arts

Mughal School of Arts

C. History of Islamic Architecture

1. Architecture of the Umayyad Dynasty

Architecture of Arabia , Syria & Spain

2. Architecture of the Abbasid Dynasty

Architecture of Arabia , Syria , Iraq and Persia

3. Architecture of the Tulunids

Architecture of Egypt and Syria

4. Architecture of the Fatimids

Architecture of North Africa , Egypt and Syria

5. Architecture of the II-Khanids

Architecture of Persia

1. Architecture of the Timurids

Architecture of Transoxiana and Persia

7. Architecture of the Savavids Architecture of Persia

8. Architecture of the Delhi Sultanate Architecture of Multan, Uchch, Thatta / Makli Hills &

Delhi

9. Architecture of the Mughal Architecture of Peshawar, Lahore , Thatta , Delhi, Fatehpur

Sikri and Agra

Suggested Readings:

1. Atil, E., Art of the Arab World, Washington,D. C. Smithsonian Institution, 1973. 44

2. Brown, Percy, Indian Architecture,(Islamic Period) 7th

rpt. Of the 1956 Ed.,

(Bombay:1981).

3. Burckhardt, T. Arts of Islamic: Language and Meaning. London: World of Islam Festival

Trust Publishing.1976.

4. Creswell, K. A. C., Early Muslim Architecture, 2 vols. (Oxford :1958, Revised by James

Allen :1989).

5. Ettinghausen , R.& Grabar, O., The Art and Architecture of Islam 650-1250,

(Harmondsworth: 1987).

6. Fehervari, G., Islamic Pottery 800-1400 A. D, Exhibition in the Victoria and

Albert Museum, (London 1969)

7. Grabar, O., The Formation of Islamic Art, (New Heaven: 1988).

8. Hussain Mahmood , Abdul Rehman and James L. Wescoat jr., The Mughal Garden:

Interpretation , Conservation and Implications , (Lahore: 1996).

9. Koch, Ebba, Mughal Architecture, History of Development, 1526-1858,

(Munich: 1991).

10. Piotrovsky Mikhail B., Art of Islam :Earthly Beauty, Heavenly Art (London: 1999).

11. Pope, A. U., An Introduction to Persian Art (Connecticut: 1972).

12. Pope Arthur Upham, Persian Architecture, (Kobe: 1969).

13. Rajput S.A, History of Islamic Art based on al -Mansurah Evidence,(Lhore:2008).



BS, 2nd Semester

PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 3 Credit Hours

Objectives:

To develop vision of historical background with ideological perspective as well as

government and politics of contemporary Pakistan.

To study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern

age and posing challenges to Pakistan.

Course Outline: (Mid Term)

1- Historical Background:

a- Ideological rational with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, Allama Muhammad

Iqbal and Quaid-e-azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah

b- Factors leading the Muslim separation:

I. Aligarh Movement

II. All India Muslim League

III. Lucknow Pact 1916

IV. Khilafat Movement

V. Nehru Report

VI. Fourteen Points of Quaid-e-Azam

VII. Allahabad Address

VIII. Congress Ministries

IX. Lahore Resolution

X. Cabinet Mission Plan

XI. Third June Plan

XII. Independence Act

c- Location and Geo-Strategic importance of Pakistan

Final Term

2- Government and Politics in Pakistan, Political and Constitutional Development

a- 1947-1958

I. Objective Resolution

II. Salient features of Constitution of 1956

III. Causes of failure of Parliamentary Democracy in Pakistan

b- 1958-1971

I. Ayub Khan’s Reforms

II. Salient Features of Constitution of 1962

III. 1970s Elections, LFO

IV. Causes of Separation of East Pakistan

c- 1971-77

I. Bhutto’s Reforms

II. Salient features of 1973s Constitution

d- 1977-1988

I. Zia’s Islamization

II. 8th Amendment

e- 1988-1999

I. Political and Constitutional Development in Pakistan

f- 1999 to the Present

3- Foreign Policy of Pakistan and Challenges

4- Social Problems of Pakistan

Recommended Books

1. M. R Kazmi, Pakistan Studies, Oxford University press, 2007

2. M. Ikram Rabbani, Comprehensive Pakistan Studies, Carvab Publishers, Lahore,

2011.

3. Dr. Asmat Naz, Fakhra Jabeen, Pakistan Studies Compulsory for BS 4 Years,

Taleemi Academy Publishers, Lahore, 1st Edition, 2015.

4. Khalid Bin Saeed, The Political System of Pakistan, Houghton Mifflin, Boston,

1967

5. Afzal M. Rafiq, Pollitical Parties in Pakistan (Vol. I-II-III), National Institute of

Historical and Cultural Research, Islamabad,1998

6. Shahid Javed Burki, State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1980.

7. S. Akbar Zaidi, Issues in Pakistan’s Economy, Oxford University Press, Karachi,

2000

8. S. M. Burki & Lawrence Ziring, Pakistan’ s Foreign Policy, Oxford University

press, Karachi, 1993

9. Safdar Mahmood, Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Jang Publishers, Lahore, 2002

10. K. K. Aziz, Party & Politics in Pakistan, National Commission on Historical and

Cultural Research, Islamabad, 1976



BS, 3rd Semester

HPS-201 History of Umayyads and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content

1.Amir Muawiyah (661-680 AD)

Consolidation of Umayyad Rule ,His career and character.

2.Yazid bin Muawiya (680-683 AD)

CONFLICT WITH Hazrat Imam Hussain,Tragedy of Karbala,its effects and significance in the

history of Islam ,career and character of Yazid.

3.Marwan bin Hakam (683-685AD )

Accession of Marwan , Battle of Marj –e Rahat ,consolidation of his rule,character and policies.

4.Abdul Malik bin Marwan (685-705 AD)

His accession,Abdul Malik as real founder of Umayyad Dynasty .His administrative policies and

reforms ,vocalization of Quran ,Abdul Malik’s character and achievements.

5.Walid bin Abdul Malik(705-715 AD)

His accession and expansion of Umayyad Empire in Asia ,Africa and Europe.His administrative

policies ,reforms ,character and achievements.

6.Sulaiman bin Abdul Malik(715-717 AD)

His policy towards renowned Muslim Generals, Siege of contantinople ,his character and

policies

7.Umar bin Abdul Aziz (717-720 AD)

Role as the ‘Fifth pious Caliph’,Administrative ,Economic and Religious reforms,his character

and achievements ,Reconcilation with Ahl-i-Bait

8. Yazid-II(720-724 AD)

9,Hisham (724-749 AD)Important events ,and issues ,the Abbasid Movement and downfall of

the umayyads,causes of the fall of ummayyads.

10.Downfall of umayyads

Causes of the fall of ummayyads

11.State and society under umayyads

Central and provincial administration,state & Society under ummayyad,navy and military,socio-

cultural and economic development under the umayyads.

The Abbasids (750-1258 AD)

1.Establishment of Abbasid Caliphate

The Abbasid propaganda

Role of Abu Muslim Khurasani.

Death of Ibrahim and nomination of Al-Saffah as Imam Revolt in Khurasan

Fall of the Umayyads and establishment of Abbasid Caliphate

2.Abu –al –Abbas Abdullah(749-754 AD)

The Khilafat of Abu –al Abbas Abdullah Al-Saffah . His Estimate as founder of Abbasid

Dynasty .

3.Abu Jafar Al –Mansur (754-775 AD)

Revolt of Abdullah ibn Ali .Murder of Abu Muslim Khusani. Foundation of Baghdad. Political

Turmoil in Khurasan .Appearance of Muhammad and Ibrahim .Nomination of Mahid. African

Rebellion .Roman inroads :His administration and reforms .Mansur’s character and

achievements .

4.Al-Mahdi (775-785AD)

Appearance of muqanna in khorasan.Byzantinian inroads.The zindiqiya movement,their estimate

.5.Al-hadi (785-786 AD)

6.Harun al-rashit (786-809 AD)

His accession,the barmakis,their rise and fall.affairs in Africa,nomimnation of Amin and

Mamun as successors to the Caliphate ,War with the Byzantinians, Role of Queen Zubaydah,

Harun’s character and achievements.

7.Mamun al Rashid (813-833 AD)

War of succession .Disorder in Baghdad .Appointment of Tahir as Viceroy of the East .Babek

the Nihilist .War With the Byzantines .Religious Policy. Intellectual Activities .

Role of the Turks .Religious policy.His character.

8.Later Abbasids (847-861 AD)

Political development under Later Abbaasids:

9.Later Abbaasids (861-1258 AD)

10.State and Society under Later Abbasids:

Social Conditions under the Abbasids.

Intellectual and cultural achievements under the Abbasids.

Suggested Reading:

1.Ibn-I Athir,Tarikh Al-Kamil,Vol.V,part-1,trAbdul Khair Maududi,Hyderabad

(Deccan) 1938.

2.Mir Khwan,Rawzat-us Safa,Lucknow,Nawal Kishore Press,1938.

3.Moinudin,ShahTarikh-e-Islam,Vols.3-4,Azamgarh,Latest Edition.

4.Muir,William,The Caliphate,Decline andFall,Beirut,1961.

5.Nicholson,R.A,Literary History of the Arabs,Cambirdge,1953.

6.Numani,Shibli,Al-Manun,Lahore,Edition.

7.Siddiqui,A.H.,Caliphate and Kingship in Medieval Persia,Karachi 1962(Urdutrans.Khilafat wa

Saltanat,Karachi 1962.

8.Siddiqui,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society,Lahore,1956.

9.Shustery A.M.A.,Outline of Culture,Latest Edition.

10.Tabari,Tarikh-ul Umam Wal-Muluk,Egypt,1939 (Urdu trans.)Vol.3,Parts1,

2,3&,4 by Muhammad Ibrahim,Hyderabad (Deccan),1932,1953,1940.

11.The Cambridge History of Islam Eds.P.M. Holt,Ann K.S. Lambtom and

Bernard Levis,Cambridge:Cambridge Universty Press,1970.

12.Umar,Abu Nasr Al-Haroon,tr.Sh.Muhammad Ahmad Panipati,Lahore,1955.



BS, 3rd Semester

HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

1. Geographical unity of Indus Vally

Geophysical features, geography of Indus vally and its significance

South Asia on the eve of Arab Conquest

Historical background :Geographical ,political ,social ,religious and economic

Conditions of south Asia ;its relation with neighbouring regions.

2-Causes of ArabInvasion of Sindh,Muhammad ibn Qasim and his conquests

In sindh and Gujrat ,Arab administration in the conquered territories,

Settlement of Brahmanabad,foundation of al-Mansurah,political ,cultural

Religious and social impact of these conquests..19

City states of kech –Makran-Mansurah and Multan

3-Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah (997-1030 AD)

Causes of his Indian campaigns,their significance and impact ,his character

And achievements .Al-Beruni and his contribution.

Ghaznavids at Lahore

Successors of Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah, Lahore as a centre of Art and Literature,downfall of

Ghaznavids

4-Sultan Shahabuddin Muhammad of Ghur(1175-1206 AD)

His campaigns in India,character and achievements, Muizzi Maliks ,causes of defeat of Hindu

Rajas.

5-Dynasty of llbari Turks (Slave Dynasty)

Sultan Qutbuddin Aibak (1206-1210 AD)

Sultan Shamsuddin lltutmish (1211-1236 AD),early difficulties and

Achievements as the real founder of Sultanate,relations with the Caliphate,

Administration of the Sultanate.

Sultan Razia (1236-1239 AD) and her reign

Successors of Sultan Razia and Ascedancy of the Forty (Umara-i-chehalgani)

Sultan Nasiruddin Mahmud (1246-1266 AD)and his reign

Sultan Ghiasuddin Balban (1266-1286 AD) ,his theory of kingship,

Consolidation of Sultanate ,Mongol Policy ,and his successors.

Slave system as a source of weakness and strength.

6-khilji Dynast (1290-1320 AD)

Significance of Khilji Revolution

Jalal –ud –Din Feroze (1290-1296 AD)

Sultan Feroze khilji and his character

Sultan Alauddin Khilji (1296-1316 A.D),his reforms and economic policy,

Conquests ,Deccan Policy,Malik kafur

Successors of Alauddin(1316-1320 A.D)

7- Tughluq Dynasty (1320-1412 AD)

Ghiasuddin Tuglhuq (1320-1325 A.D),his administration and character

Sultan Muhammad bin Tughluq(1325-1351 A.D),his character and

Personality ,his plans and their failure,outbreak of rebellions, Deccan policy .

Sultan Feroze shah Tughluq, administrative reforms and military expeditions,public works

,and

Religious policy .

8-Amir Timur’s Invasion (1398AD) and the end of Tughluq Dynasty

9-Sayyid Dynasty (1414-1451 AD)

Sultan khizar khan,character and achievements .Successors of khizar khan.

10-Lodhi Synasty (1451-1526 AD)

Sultan Sikandar Lodhi,his administration and religious policies.

Sultan lbrahim Lodhi and end of Delhi Sultanate.

11.contemporary Independent kingdoms

Kingdoms in Deccan (Bahmani and vijianagar kingdoms).kingdoms in Sindh and Kashmir

12.causes of the downfall of Sultanate

13.Administration of Delhi Sultanate

Central and provincial departments,Army,Land revenue system and judiciary.

14.Social and Cultural Developments under the Sultans of Delhi

Historiography’literature,education ,art culture .Amir khusru and his contribution.

Architecture,main characteristics of Indo-Muslim architecture ,important buildings of the

period social

And economicconditions .

15.Religious Trends during the Sultanate Era

Role of Ulema, Role of Sufis and Sufi orders ,Bhagti Movement,its origin and impact .

Suggested Readings:

1,Abdur Rasul,Sahibzada, Tarikh-i-Pako- Hind,(Urdu) Lahore ,1962.

2.Ahmad ,Muhammad Aziz. Political History and Institutions of the Early Turkish

Empire of Delhi(1206-1290. Lahore :Research Society of Pakistan ,1987.

3.Awan,Maj.Rtd. Muhammad Tariq, A History of India and Pakistan ,vol .I.Lahore:Firoz Sons

Ltd1991.

4.Habibullah ,A.B.M.The Foundation of Muslim Rule in India:A History of the Establishment

and Progress

Of the Turkish Sultanate of a Delhi:1206-1290AD.2nd rev.ed.Allahabad: Central Book

Depot,1961.

5.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan .3rd Ed. Lahore:Institute of

Islamic

Culture ,1982.

6.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Rule in South Asia, Latest Edition.

7.Jackson ,Peter ,The Delhi Sultanate:Apolitical and Military History Cambridge:Cambridge

University

Press ,1999.

8.Prasad,Ishwari,A SHORT History of Muslim Rule in India ,Lahore :Aziz Publishers,1986.

9,Lal,kishori Saran .History of the khiljis A.D.1290-1320.Karachi :Union Book Stall,n.d.rpt.first

published

1950.

10.Lane-Poole, Stanley. Mediaeval India under Muhammedan Rule (A.D.712-1764).Lahore

:Sang-e –

Meel ,Publications,1997 rpt,first published 1903.

11.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,’Arab wa Hind ‘Ahd-i-Risalat men .Delhi:Nadwat-al –

Musannifin,1965.

12.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,Hindustan mein Arabon ki Hakomatein. Delhi:Nadwat al –

Musannifin,1967.

13.Markovitz ,Claude ,edit ,AHistory of Modern India :(1480-1950),London :Antem Press,2002.

14.Majumdar,R.C.,H.C Raychaudhuri and kalikinkar Datta.An Advanced History of India

.London :

Macmillan ,1950.

15.Nazim, Muhammad.The Life and Times of Sultan Mahmud of Ghazna.Lahore:Khalil and

Co.,1973.

16.Niazi ,Ghulam Sarwar khan. The Life and Works of Sultan Alauddin khilji.Lahore:Institute of

Islamic Culture,1990.

17.Nizami,k.A.Studies in Medieval Indian History and Culture.Allahabad:kitab Mahal,1966.

18.Nizami,K.A.Some Aspects of the Religion and Politics in India during the Thirteenth

Century.

India :Aligarh:Department of History ,Muslim University ,1961.

19.Pathan,Mumtaz Husain.Arab kingdom of al-Mansurah in Sindh. Sind Institute of Sindhology ,

University of Sind,1974.

20.Qureshi.I.H.,The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Sub –continent, the Hague,1962.

21.Qureshi,I.H.,The Administration of the Sultanate of Delhi.2nd Rev .Ed.Lahore



BS, 3rd Semester

HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim World (1919-1945) 3 Credit Hours

Course Content

a.Iran

1.Iran after world war I

Condition of Iran at the conclusion of world war I

Rise of Raza Shah I and his reforms

2.Iran during and after the world war II

Allies Occupation of 1941 and the fall of Raza Shah I

3.Iranian Oil

Anglo –Lranian oil Company

Dr.Mussadiq

4.Foreign Relations

Relations with the Muslim Countries

Relation with the western Powers particulary with the USA

Relations with the USSR

Iran after the Revolution.

b.Turkey

1.Impact of the world war I

Treaty of Severes

War of Liberation

Lausanne Conference and abolition of khilafat

2.Birth of the Turkish Republic

Kemal Ataturk

Reforms of kemal Ataturk

Ismet Inonu

3. Turkey after world war II

Establishment of Democracy, NATO, Baghdad Pact and Cento

c. Afghanistan

1.Afghanistan ,after 3rd

Anglo-Afghan war and world war-I

2.Ghazi Amanullah khan,his reforms and its impacts (1919-1929)

3.Zahir Shah –(1933-1973)His reforms and implementation of 1964 consititution

4.Daud Shah –(1973-1978),Emergency of Political Parties and revolutionary politics

5.Afghan Saur revolution in Afghanistan (2th April 1978) by Peoples

Democratic Parties of Afghanistan (PDPA),Global Involvement in Afghanistan,Afghan war,the

role of Pakistan .Russian withdrawal from Afghanistan,Transformation of Government to

Afghan Mujahideen,Emergency of Taliban ,their ruling period .End of Taliban regime,causes

and impacts

d.Central Asian Muslim States

1-Uzbekistan 4- Tajikistan

2-Turkmenistan 5- Kyrgyzstan

3-Kazakhstan

Suggested Readings:

1.Amin Tahir.Afghanistan Crisis:Implications an options for the Muslim world Islambad:

Institute of Policy Studies ,1982.

2.Amstutz,J.Bruce,Afghanistan the first five years of soviet OccpationWashington,D.C:National

Defence University ,1986.

3.Aslund ,Anders,ED.The Post-Soviet Economy,London:Printer Publishetrs ,1992.

4Aslund ,Anders ,Ed.Economic Transformation in Russia,London:Longman,1995.

A.Hall ,Rachel,Ed.Kazakhstan:IMF Economic Review ,Washington D.C.1994-46

5.Hall ,Rachel ,Vladimir Putin and Central Asia:The Shaping of Russian Foreign Policy

.I.B.Tauris,2004

6.Channon, John.Agrarian Reforms in Russia 1992-5.Great Britain:RIIA,1995.

7Ghus ,Abdul Samad.The fall of Afghanistan,Peshawar:Paragon Deface ,1988.

8. Haddon,Hafeez Malik ,Ed.Central Asia:Its Strategic importance and Future Prospects,

USA:Craftsmen,1994

9.Kaser, Michael, Central Asian Economies after Independence .RIIA, London,.1992.

10.Kaser, Michael,The Economies of Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan.Great Britain:RIIA,

1997.

11.Jalazai ,Musa khan .Sectarianism and Ethnic violence in Afghanistan,Lahore:

Vanguard Books,1986.

12.Karimov,Islam. Uzbekistan:Transition Model to Market Economy.Tashkent:

Uzbekistan Publishers,1993.

13.Lena Jonson,Russia and Central Asia :Anew web of Relations.London,RIIA,1998.

14.Madami,Dr.Jalal-Ud-Din ,Islamic Revolution of Iran ,Tehran:International Publishing

Company.

15Maley ,William and Saikal, Fazel Haq.Political order in post Communist Afghanistan,

Boulder:Lynne Rienner,1992.

16.Marsden,Peter.The Taliban war Religion and the New Order in Afghanistan,

London:Zed Books.

17.Marina Pikulina ,Russia in Central Asia .UK:Conflict Studies Research Centre,2003.

18.Melvin,Neil.Uzbekistan:Transition to authoritarianism on the Silk Road.U.S,2000.

19.Mark Burles.Chinese Policy towards Russia and the Central Asian Republic,1999.

20.Martha,Bonilla.,Ed.Turmenistan:IMF Economic Review.Washington D.C,1995.

21.Nova ,Alec. An Economic History of USSR.England:Penguin Books Ltd.,1969.

22.P.Stern,Jonathan .oil and Gas in former soviet union, Great Britain :1993.

23.Peter Ferdinand ,ed. The New Central Asia and its Neighbors.UK.Printer Publishers

Limited,1994.

24.Rais,Rasool Baksh.war without winners. Karachi:Oxford University Press 1997.

25.Rashid,Ahmed.oil and New Great Game in Central Asia,Lahore:Mashal,2001.

26.Roy,oliver,Islam and Resistance in Afghanistan, London :Cambridge University

Press,1985.

27 Richard Pomfret, Economies of Central Asia,Princeton University Press,1995.

28.Rubin Barnett R.The Search for Peace in Afghanistan,From Buffer State to a Failed

State ,Yale University Press,1995.

29.Sayeed, Prof .S.M.A Iran Before and After Khomeini, Karachi:Royal Book Company,

1999.

30. Tikhomirov Vladimir. The Political Economy of Post-Soviet Russia, Great Britain:

Macmillan Press Ltd .2000.

31. Webber,M.The international Politics of Russia and the Successor States, Manchester




BS, 3rd Semester

HPS-204 History of Religious Thoughts in Islam 3 Credit Hours

Course Content:

Intellectual Trends/Movements

Mutazilites:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines

Asharis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines

Ismailis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines

Qaramatians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines

Bathanians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines.

Suggested Readings:

1.Aheeduz Zaman,The Irania Revolution:A Profile.

2.Daftary,Farhad. The Ismailis: Their History and Doctrines (Cambridge:Cambridge University

Press,1990)

3.Daftary, Farhad, Mediaeval Ismaili History and Thought,(Cambridge:Cambridge University

Press ,1996)

4.Madelung ,Wilferd,Religious Trends in Early Islamic Iran .(NY:Bibliotheca Persica ,1988)

5.Nasr,Seyyed Hossein ,and Leaman,oliver,ed. History of Islamic

Philosophy,(London:Routledge,2001)

6Nasr,Seyyed Hossein , Islam and the Plight of Modern Man,(London:1975)

7.Sharif,M.M.,Ed .,A History of Muslim Philosophy ,Vols.2.(Delhi: Adam Publishers ,2001

rpt.,first Published 1961)



BS, 3rd Semester

ENG-201 English III 3CREDIT HRS

Course Outline

Presentation skills

Essay writing

Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative

Academic writing

How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper

How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form,

clarity, consistency)

Technical Report writing

Progress report writing

Note:

Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building

Recommended books:

Technical Writing and Presentation Skills

a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing

1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992.

2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.

3. Patterns of College Writing by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s

Press.

b) Presentation Skills

c) Reading The Mercury Reader.

Bibliography

Howe, D.H, Kirkpatrick, T. A., & Kirkpatrick, D. L. (2004), Oxford English for undergraduates.

Karachi: Oxford University Press

Eastwood, J. (2004), English Practice Grammar(New edition with tests and answers).

Karachi: Oxford University Press.

Murphy, R. (2003). Grammar in use, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet, (Exercises 2) Oxford

University Press 1986.

Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.

Oxford Supplementary Skills, 1993.



BS, 3rd Semester

Course Code: COMS -201 Credit Hours: 01

Course Title: COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Aims & Objectives:

To enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.

Contents:

Oral presentation skills (Prepared and unprepared talks)

Preparing for interviews (Scholarship, Job, Placement for internship etc.)

Writing formal letters.

Writing different kinds of applications (Leave, Job, Complaint, etc.)

Preparing a Curriculum Vitae (CV),(Bio-data)

Writing short reports

Recommended Readings:

1. Ellen,k.2002.Maximize Your Presentation Skills: How to Speak, Look and Act on your

Way to the Top

Hargie,O. (ed.)Hand book of Communications Skills.



BS, 4th Semester

HPS-251 MUSLIM RULE IN SOUTH ASIA (1526-1707 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE

Course Content:

1. Primary Sources

An outline of major primary sources of the period that should include Tazak-a-Babri, Akbar Nama, Aine-

a-Akbari, Hamayoun Nama, Shah Jahan Nama, Tazak-a-Jahangari.

2. Political and Social conditions of South Asia on the eve of the Mughal invasion

3. Zaheer ud Din Muhammad Babur

His early life, first battle of Panipat and the foundation of Mughal Empire Wars with the Rajputs, Character

and achievements.

4. Naseer ud Din Muhammad Humayun

Difficulties after his accession, defeat at the hands of Sher Shah Suri, Humayun in exile and reoccupation

of Throne.

5. Sher Shah Suri and the Later Ruler of Sur Dyynasty

Early life, capture of throne, conquests, his reforms, successors of Sher Shah and the end of Sur Dynasty.

6. Jalaluddin Muhammad Akbar

Earl life, accession to throne, second battle of Panipat, his court, Bairam Khan and his downfall, conquests,

Deccan Policy, Rajput Policy, Engagements and wars in the North West with afghan, Religious policy, din-

i-Ellahi and reforms, Administration, character and achievements of Akbar.

7. Nuruddin Muhammad Jahangir Early life and accession, Khusru’s revolt, Noor Jehan, Qandahar

question, revolts of Khurram and Mahabat Khan, activities of European, character and achievements.

8. Shahabuddin Muhammad Shah Jehan.

Accession to throne, golden period of the Mughal Rule, Central Asian Policy and Qandahar, Deccan Policy,

relations with English East India Company, War of succession, character and achievements.

9. Muhiyuddin Muhammad Aurangzeb Alamgir

Accession and theory of kingship, military expeditions, religious policy and policy towards Marathas Sikhs

and Afghans, character and achievements.

Suggested readings

1. Abdur Rashid, Shaikh, A. Short History of Pakstan, Book Three: The Mughal Empire, Karachi,

1967.

2. Ikaram, S.M., History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan. 3rd ed. Lahore: Institute of

Islamic Culture, 1982.

3. Khan, Gulfishan, Indian Muslims Perception of the West during the Eighteenth century, India:

OUP. 1998.

4. Malik Muhammad Taj Zawal-i- Saltan Mughalia (Urdu)

5. Mubarak Ali, MUghal Darbar (Urdu) Lahore: Nigarshat Publishers. 1986

6. Muhammad Zaheer, Almgir Aur Saltannat-i-Mughalia Ka Zawal, Khi.

7. Muhammad Zaheer, History of Muslim Rule in India, Latest Edition

8. Qureshi, I.H., The Administration of Mughal Empire, Latest Edition.

9. Qureshi, I.H., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent, The Hague, 1962

10. Qureshi, I.H., A Short History of Pakistan, Vol. III, Latest Edition.

11. Rajput S.A., History o Islamic Art based on Al-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore 2008

12. Sir Wolseley Haig, the Cambridge History of India, Vol. IV



BS, 4th Semester

HPS-252 HISTORY OF EUROPE (1453-1789 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE

Course Content:

1. Europe: An introduction, geography, Greco-Roman Civilizations Christendom and Holy Roman

Empire.

2. Renaissance: causes, course, change in art, literature, and architecture, development in science, role

of Italian states, spread of renaissance in Europe, effects on society, Humanism and individualism.

3. Geographical discoveries: Biblical Concept of the world. The role of Portugal. Spain, France, the

Netherlands, and England. 23

4. Reformation Movement: Causes, course and consequences Martin Luther, the Spread of

Protestantism. Counter-Reformation.

5. Predominance of Spain: Charles V, his internal and external policies, war with Ottomans, Philip II:

His internal and external policies, and revolt of the Netherlands.

6. Predominance of France: Bourbon Dynasty, Henry IV, Louis XVI, Cardinal Richeliewu, Cardinal

Nazarene, Thirty Years War: French Revolution.

7. Age of Enlightment: Philosophers, new trends, enlightened despots

8. England – from 16th to 18th century, Tudor Dynasty, Queen Elizabeth, British Policy of Expansion,

Glorious Revolution.

9. Russia: Peter The Great, Warm Water Policy, Catherine The Great

10. Europe and Ottoman Empire:

Suggested readings

1. Bowden, W. and Usher Karporich. An Economic History of Europe since 1750

2. Dietz. F. C. The Industrial Revolution

3. Muir, Ramsay, The expansion of Europe

4. Mukher Jee, L. A. Study of European History 1453-1815, Calcutta, N.D.

5. Smith, P. The Enlightenment

6. Viault, Birdsall S, Modern European History: The History of Europe since the Late Middle Ages,

Penguin Group, 2005

7. Viault, Birdasall, A Study of Modern Europe and the World, 1815-1859 AD. Calcutta.



BS, 4th Semester

HPS-253 HISTORY OF MODERN ARAB WORLD-I (1919-1945 AD) 3 CREDIT COURSE

Course Content:

Paris Peace settlement and the Arab world.

League of nations and the Mandatory system related to the Arab World.

Formation of Iraq as a country. Separation of Syria and Lebanon

Egypt

Egypt, its history and geography from rise of Islam till First World War

The kingdom of Egypt (1922-52)

Rise of nationalism and Saad Zaghlul Pasha

Anglo Egyptian treaty of 1936

Impact of World War-II

The Role of Political and religious parties vis-à-vis the British power

The Suez Crises

Sudan Problem

Palestine War

Military coup of 1952

The republic (1952-60)

Jamal Abdul Nasir

Suez Policy (1966 War)

Relations with Sudan

Birth of U.A.R

Syria

Syria, History and geography from the rise of Islam till World War-I

Post War Syria

Allies occupation

Proclamation of Faisal King

Syria under French Mandate

Liberation movement

Syria and World War-II

Syria during and after world war

Revolt of 1941

Occupation of allies.

Independence of Lebanon

Birth of republic

Saudi Arabia

Saudi Arabia history and geography from the rise Islam till world war-I

Arabian Peninsula

Impact of world war-I

Rise of Ibn-e-Saud as king of Saudi Arabia

Foreign relations (1932-62)

Suggested readings

1. Gilmour David, Lbanon: The fractured country, London: Sphere Books, 1984 p. 48

2. Golan, Galia, Mosco and the Middle East New Thinking on Regional Conflict, Chatham House,

London, 1992

3. Halliday, Fred., The Middle East in International Relations: Power, Politics and Ideology, London,

2005

4. John Lizoski, Middle East in World Affairs

5. Lapidus, Ira, M., A History of Islamic Societies, Cambridge University Press, 1988



BS, 4th Semester

HPS-254 HISTORY OF MODERN ARAB WORLD-II (1945-1992AD) 3 CREDIT COURSE

Course Content:

Introduction: Arab Strategic Waterways and their importance: Suez Canal, Gulf of Aqaba. Occupied

Palestine-Intefada, Arab Nationalism and its divisive aspects. Big powers and the Arab World. Arab World:

Arab-Israil conflict, relations with pre- and post revolutionary Iran. Regional, Extra regional and global

impact of Islamic revolution of Iran. Systems of government in the Arab world and the forces of change.

Suggested readings:

1. Antonious, George. The awakening of Arabia

2. Bangash, Ghulam Taqi. Iran-Iraq relations. Peshawar: 1991

3. Elizabeth. Soviet Relations with the Third World.

4. Fenclon, K. G. The United Arab Emirates: An Economic and Social Survey. London: 1974

5. Gilmour David, Lebanon: The Fractured Country, Sphere Books, London, 1984

6. Halliday, Fred., The Middle East in International Relations: Power politics and Ideology, London,

2005

7. Hiro, Dilip, The Longest War: The Iran-Iraq Military conflict, Paladin, London, 1990

8. Kirk, G.E. A Short History of the Middle East.

9. Kirk, G.E. A., Contemporary Arab Politics. New York: 1961

10. Sharabi, H.B. Government and Politics of Middle East in 20th Century.

11. Addleton, Jonathan S., Undermining the Centre. The Gulf Migration and Pakistan OUP 1992



BS, 4th Semester

ENG-202 English - IV 3CREDIT HRS

Course Outline

Oral presentation skills (prepared and unprepared talks)

Preparing for interviews (scholarship, job, placement for internship, etc

Writing formal letters

Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings,

Writing different kinds of applications (leave, job, complaint, etc.)

Preparing a Curriculum Vitae (CV), (bio-data)

Writing short reports

Paragraph writing

Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph

Essay writing

Translation skills (Urdu to English)

Study skills

Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading,

Summary and précis writing and comprehension

Academic skills (use of library and internet)

Presentation skills

Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)

Bibliography

Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills, 1992.

College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.

Patterns of College Writing by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s

PressEllen, K. 2002.

Maximize Your Presentation Skills: How to Speak, Look and Act on Your Way to the Top

Hargie, O. (ed.) Hand book of Communications Skills, Mandel, S. 2000.

Effective Presentation Skills: A Practical Guide Better Speaking, Mark, P. 1996.

Presenting in English. Language Teaching Publications.

Aaron, J. 2003. The Compact Reader. New York: Bedford

Axelrod, R. B and Cooper, C.R. 2002.

Reading Critical Writing Well: A Reader and Guide.

Barnet, S. and Bedau, H. 2004

Critical Thinking, Reading and Writing: A Brief Guide to Writing

Behrens & Rosen. 2007. Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum.

Gardner, P. S. 2005. New Directions: Reading, Writing and Critical Thinking

George, D. and Trimbur, J. 2006. Reading Culture: Context for Critical Reading and

Writing



BS, 4th Semester

Course Code: URD-102 Credit Hours: 03

Course Title: Urdu (Functional) /Regional Language

1. THE BASIC CONCEPT OF URDU LANGUAGE AND ALPHABATICS

a. Names & voices of Urdu alphabets.

b. Study of alphabets in Urdu, Persian, Arabic

c. Origin of Urdu languages (short study)

2. ART OF TRANSLATION

a. Art of translation and its importance.

b. Short history of translation in Urdu from English.

c. Principles of translation.

d. Practice of translation.

(from English into Urdu)

3. TECHNICAL TERMS (ISTELAHAT)

a. Problems of technical terms in Urdu.

b. How to form technical terms?

c. To prepare list of some literary and scientific technical terms with than English terms.

4. INTERVIEW AND DIALOUGE WRITING

a. Art of interview writing.

b. Through interview 3 to 5 persons from different.

c. Art of dialogue writing. Examples by drama books.

d. Dialogue writing on different topics.

5. GRAMMER

Idioms, proverbs, prefixes, suffixcs, synonyms, opposite words, syntax kinds of sentences and

common errors in writing

Figures of speech; Laf-o-Nasar, Husn-e-Talil, Talmeeh,Iham, Tasbeeh, Isteara, Majaze-Mursal, Tajahile

Aarfana, Morratul-Nazeer, Tajnees & Mubalega.



BS, 4th Semester

Course Code: COMS -202 Credit Hours: 01

Course Title: COMMUNICATION SKILLS Grammar:

Verbs

Auxiliary Models Mood

Cohesive Devices (Recognizing and interpreting cohesive Devices)

Analysis of phrase and clause

Speaking Skills:

Presentation Skills

Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)

Group Discussion

Taking Part in Seminar

Effective Classroom Interaction

Reading Skills:

Strategies to improve reading speed

Skimming, Scanning, Inference, Prediction, Anticipation

Stages of Reading

Writing Skills:

Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: Descriptive, Narrative, Expository, And

Argumentative)

Letter Writing (Invitation, Regrets, Routines)

Emails Writing Use of Library and Internet

Note taking and Note Making

Outlining and Summarizing

Brainstorming

Listening Skills:

Introduction

Extensive and Intensive Listening

Stress, Intonation, Rhythm

Recommended Books:

Grammar:

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet Exercises

2. Third Edition of Oxford University Press 1986 ISBN 0 19431350 6

Writing:

1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0194354057 pages 45-53

(note taking)

2. Writing Upper Intermediate by Rob Nolasco Oxford Supplementary Skills Fourth

Impression 1992 (Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations

descriptive and argumentative writing) ISBN 0194354065

Reading:

1. Reading Advanced Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis Oxford Supplementary skills 3rd

Impression 1991 ISBN 091 456403 0


3. Study Skills by Richard Yorky



BS, 5th Semester

HPS-301 HISTORIOGRAPHY 3 credit hours

Course Content:

1. An Introduction to Historiography

i-Understanding Historiography

ii-Objectives of Historiography or History-writing

iii-Commemorative Purpose

iv-Moralistic Motive

v-Propagation of Views

vi-Propaganda

vii-Explanatory Purpose

viii-Subject-matter and Scope of Historiography

2. The Origins & Development of Historiography

i- Herodotus: The Father of History & Greco-Roman Historiography: An Overview

ii- Theological-cum-historical Approach

iii- Beginning of Philosophical Interpretation of History

3. Contribution of the Muslims to Historiography

i. The Quranic Concept of History

ii. Origin of Muslim Tradition of Historiography

iii. Development of Sirah and Maghazi Literature

iv. Ibn Ishaq

v. Al-Waqidi

vi. Ibn Sa’ad

vii. Recognition of History as an Independent Branch of Knowledge

viii. Tabari: The First Muslim ‘World Historian’

ix. Masudi: The First Muslim Philosopher of History

x. Ibn Miskawayh and Ibn Athir

xi. Ibn Khaldun: The Founder of Social Sciences

4. Historiography during Renaissance & Scientific Revolution in Europe

i. Impact of Renaissance on European Historiography

ii. Impact of Scientific Revolution on European Historical Thinking

iii. Impacts of the Enlightenment Ideas on the Discipline of History

5. Muslim Historiography in South Asia

Muslim Historians of the Pre-Sultanate and Sultanate Period

i. Qazi Ismail: Chachnama

ii. Minhaj al-Siraj: The Author of Tabaqat-i Nasiri

iii. Zia al-Din Barani: The Author of Tarikh-i Firuzshahi

iv. Amir Khusrau: The Author of Khaza’in al-Futuh

v. Shams Siraj Afif: The Author of Tarikh-i Firuzshahi

6. Muslim Historians of the Mughal Period

i. Abd al-Qadir Badayuni: The Author of Muntakhab al-Tawarikh

ii. Abul Fazl: The Author of Akbarnamah

iii. Shibli Naumani

7. A Brief Overview of Muslim Historiography in Modern South Asia

i. I. H. Qureshi

ii. S. M. Ikram

8. Historiography in the Twentieth Century

i. Oswald Spengler

ii. Benedetto Croce

iii. Arnold Toynbee

iv. Michel Foucault

v. Edward W. Said

vi. Samuel P. Huntington

vii. Francis Fukuyama

viii. Eric Hobsbawm

Suggested Readings:

1. Carr, E. H., What is History. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961.

2. Coolingwood, Idea of History. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978

3. Gooch, G. P. History and Historians of the Nineteenth Century. London: Longmans Green,

Latest Edition.

4. Jaffar, S. M. History of History. Lahore: Progressive Publishers, Latest Edition.

5. Kamran, Tahir. The Idea of History through Ages. Lahore: Progressive Publishers, Latest

Edition.

6. Russell, Bertrand. History of Western Philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin, Latest

Edition.

7. Sreedharan E. A Text Book of Historiography. India: Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd., Latest

Edition.

8. Thompson J. W. and Holm Bernard. A History of Historical Writing. Vol. 2. New York:

Macmillan Company, Latest Edition



BS, 5th Semester

HPS-302 HISTORY OF EUROPE (1789-1919 A.D) 3 credit hours

Course Content:

1-Europe in 18th Century: An Overview

French Revolution: Causes, course and effects, Role of French philosophers, Classification of French society,

National Convention, Consulate.

2-Napoleon Bonaparte and Europe: His internal and external policies, end of the Holy Roman Empire, role of the Church.

3-Congress of Vienna Legitimacy-compensation and Restorations primarily of Chaumont. The First and Second

Treaties of Paris. Treaty of Vienna. The Holy Alliance, Congress System, Concert of Europe and

its failure.

4-The Phase of Conservatism (1815-1848): Metternich Era, the forces of change—Nationalism, Democracy and Liberalism. Restoration of

monarchy in France. The Liberal Revolution of 1830 and Louis Phillip. The 1848 Revolution in

France, Austria, Hungary, Germany and Belgium.

Scientific Revolution and Industrial Revolution, and their impact.

5-The Eastern Question Background, Greek War of Independence 1820-1832. Crimean War 1853 to 1856, Czar

Alexander II of Russia, Napoleon III, the Russo-Turkish War of 1877, Treaty of Sam Stefano,

Congress and the Treaty of Berlin of 1878, Balkan Wars of 1913 and the defeat of the Turks.

6-The Unification of Italy The Carbonari and Young Italy Movement, Role of Mazzini, Cavour, Garibaldi and Victor

Emanuel for the unification of Italy, foreign policy of Italy after the Unification.

7-The Unification of Germany Background. The State of Prussia. Zollverein. The 1848 Revolution and Germany. Rise of

Bismarck and his role as Architect of German Unification. Foreign policy of Bismarck 1870

8-Road to the First World War Austro-German Alliance of 1879. Triple Alliance of 1825, the formation of Dual Alliance 1891-

93, Anglo-Japanese Alliance. French-British and Russo-British Relations. The second phase of

Eastern Question.

9-First World War Causes, course and consequences of First World War. The Paris Peace Conference of 1919 and

the peace treaties. League of Nations, Reconstruction of Europe

Suggested Readings: 1. Bourne, H. E. The Revolutionary Period in Europe (1763-1815), New York: The Country Co.,

1862.

2. Bowden, W. and Usher Karporich. An Economic History of Europe since 1750, Burleigh:

Michael,n.d.

3. Burleigh, Michael, Earthly Powers: The Clash of Religion & Politics in Europe, from the

French Revolution to the Great War, UK: HarperCollins Publishers, UK, 2006

4. Chickering, Roger, Imperial Germany and the Great War:1914-1918, George Town

University, Washington, 2004

5. David, Thompson. Europe since Napolean. London: Longman Publishers,1962

6. Dawson, W. H. The Evolution of Modern Germany, Fisher Unwin, 1914.

7. Dietz, F. C. The Industrial Revolution, T. S. Ashton, 1973.

8. Euan Cameron, Early Modern Europe, Oxford,

9. Gershoy, Leo. The French Revolution and Napoleon

10. Gillingham, John, European Integration: 1950-2003, St. Louis, 2003.

11. Grant, A. J. and H. Temperley. Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Century

12. Hamsher-Monk, Iain, The Impact of the French revolution, University of Exeter, 2005

13. Ketelbey, C. D. M. A History of Modern Times from 1789

14. King, Bolton. History of Italian Unity

15. Mann, Michael, Fascists, Los Angeles, 2004

16. Merriman, John, A History of Modern Europe: From the Renaissance to the Present, Latest

Edition.

17. Muir, Ramsay. The Expansion of Europe

18. R.B. Dayer, I. J. Chawala, A Text Book of Modern European History,

19. Sewell, Mike, The Cold War, Selwyn College, Cambridge, 2002.

20. Smith, Leonard V., France and the Great War, Oberlin College, Ohio, 2003.

21. Smith, Timothy B., France in Crisis: Welfare, Inequality and Globalization since 1980,

Queen’s University Ontario, 2004

22. Thompson, J. M. The French Revolution

23. Thomson, D. Europe since Napoleon

24. The Oxford Illustrated History of Modern Europe 2006

25. Walters F.P., A History of the League of Nations, OUP, 1960



BS, 5th Semester

HPS-305 CULTURAL HERITAGE OF PAKISTAN 3 credit hours

Course Content: Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Pre Historic Period.

Soan Valley

Sanghao Cave

Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Proto Historic Period.

Gumla, Dera Ismail Khan

Sarai Kala, Taxila

Kot Diji

Mehrgarh

Rehman Dehri

Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Human Society in Historic Period.

Indus valley

Art and Architecture of Mehenjo Daro and Harrappa

Grave Culture

Timargarha (Dir)

Hattial (Taxila)

Heritage of Buddhist period (Gandhara)

Peshawar

Taxila

Swat

(Architecture, Sculpture, Coins, Language and Literature)

Heritage of Hindu Period

Salt Range

Heritage of Islamic Period

Bhambhore

Multan

Lahore

Wah

(Art, Architecture, Language and Literature)

Recommended Readings: 1. Marshall, John, The Buddhist Art of Gandhara. London: Department of Archaeology,

Pakistan, 1960.

2. Marshall, John, A Guide to Taxila. 4th Ed. Cambridge: Oxford University Press, 1960.

3. Wheeler, R. E. M., Five Thousand Years of Pakistan; an archaeological outline. London:

Royal India and Pakistan Society, 1950.

4. Wheeler, R. E. M, Early India and Pakistan to Ashoka. New York: Frederick A. Praeger,

1959.

5. Wheeler, R. E. M., Pakistan 4,000 years ago, Pakistan, Miscellany, 1st Ed. Karachi, 1952.

6. Wheeler, R. E. M., The India Civilization. Supplementary volume to the Cambridge History of

India, second edition, Cambridge: Oxford University Press, 1962.

7. Fairservis,W. A. Jr. The Roots of Ancient India. The Archaeology of Early Indian Civilization.

2nd Ed, revised Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1975.

8. Italian Archaeological Mission 1982 Italian Archaeological Mission, Pakistan Swat 1956-

1981 documentary exhibition Rome IsMEO.

9. Khan, F. A. Architecture and art treasures in Pakistan. Karachi: Department of Archaeology

and Museums, Government of Pakistan, 1969.

10. Khan, Ahmad.Nabi. Uchchh: History and architecture, Islamabad: National Institute of

Historical and Cultural Research. 1980

11. Rehman, Abdul, The last two dynastic of the Shahis, Islamabad. N.p,1979.

12. Rehman, Abdul, Islamic architecture of Pakistan: an introduction. Peshawar: Department of

Archaeology, University of Peshawar, 1982.



BS, 5th Semester

HPS-303 Muslim Rule in Spain (755-1492) 3 credit hours

Course Content: 1. Spain on the eve of Muslim Conquest

Social, religious, political and economic conditions of the Gothic Kingdom

2. Conquest of Spain under Walid

Causes of MuslimSuccess. Spain under Muslim governors, Attempt at Expansion of Muslim

Borders towards SouthernFrance, Battles of Toulouse and Tours, Tribal and Racial Jealousies

and Civil War. Advent of Abdur Rahman I

3. Establishment of Independent Umayyad Empire

Abdur Rahman I: His Character and Achievements.

4. Consolidation of Umayyads

Hisham I: Internal policy, Growth of Maliki Fiqah

Hakam I: His Relations with Theologians, Wars and Rebellions, His Army and Navy, Character

and Achievements.

Abdur Rahman II: His Character and Achievements, His Court and Wars with the Christians,

Foreign Policy, Cultural and Literary Activities.

5. Weakening of Umayyad Rule in Spain

Muhammad I, Al-Maundhir and Abdullah: Position of the Non-Muslims, Rebellion in Toledo,

Rise of the Banu Qais in Saragossa, Rebellions of the Ibn Marwan and Ibn Hafsun. Their

Character.

Rise of Independent and Semi-Independent States

Interaction of Islam and Christianity, and expansion of Christian North

Spread of Feudal Practices

6. Reassertion of Umayyad Rule in Spain

Abdur Rahman III: Restoration of Law and Order, Hegemony over Christian North, complete

control of Peninsula, territorial expansion in North Africa, and the Fatimids, Assumption of the

title of Caliph and its significance, Prosperity and Growth of Culture, Administration and

Achievements.

Hakam II: Foreign Policy, Relations with North Africa, Scholarly Pursuits. Patron of Art and

Letters, University of Cordova, Public Libraries. Development of Architecture. His Character

and Achievements.

7. Later Umayyads

Rise of Hajib al-Mansur under Hisham II, Relations with Courtiers and the Theologians, Military

Organization and Wars, Achievements.

8. Decline and Fall of the Umayyads of Spain

Disintegration of Umayyad Empire Causes of Decline

9. Administration of Spain under Umayyads

10. Cultural and Intellectual Developments during the Umayyads

11. Influence of Islamic Culture on Europe and its place in the history of culture and civilization.

Suggested Readings:

1. Ali, Syed Ameer, A Short History of Saracens,Lahore: 1977

2. Annayat Ullah, M., Andalus Ka Tarikhi Jugrafia, (Urdu). Islamabad: Muqtadra Qumi

Zaban.1986.

3. Collins, Roger The Arab Conquest of Spain 710-797. UK: Blackwell. Oxford. 1989.

4. F. G. Stokes, Spanish Islam, London: 1913

5. Hitti, P. K., History of the Arabs, London: Macmillan &Co Ltd, 1960.

6. Imamuddin, S. M., A political History of Muslim Spain, Dacca, 1961, Chs. I-XII.

7. Louis Bertrand, The History of Spain Eyre &Spottis woode, London: Eyre & Spottiswoode,

Ltd., 2010.

8. Lane-Poole, S., The Moore in Spain, Lahore, 1953: Urdu tr. Abd al-Ghani, Musalmanan-i-

Andalus, Lucknow, n.d.; Urdu tr. H. A. Siddiqi, Musalman Andalus men, Karachi.

9. Miranda. A. H., The Iberian Peninsula and sicly. The Cambridge History of Islam, Eds. P. M.

Holt, Ann K. S. Lambton and Bernard Lewis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970.

10. Nadwi, R. A., Tarikh-i-Andalus, Part-l,(Urdu) Azamgarh, 1950.

11. Watt, W. M., A History of Islamic Spain, Edinburgh 1967.

12. Yusuf, S. M., Andalus: Tarikh-o-Adab, (Urdu) Karachi, 1969.

13. Zia ABDUL Qavi, Tarikh Andlus.Educational Book Hyderabad 1964.

14. Akbar Shah Moulana Najeebadadi, Tareekh Islam, Part three, Karachi 1962.

15. Badvi Lutfllah,.Tareekh Spain R. H. Brothers Hyderabad1960.

16. Molvi Muhammad Khalil-ul-Rahman, Nafhu-ul-Taib(urdu translation) Aligarh:.Aligarh

Muslim University institute 1920.

17. Shaikh Ain Qaf, Dastan-e-Andulus, (Urdu) Institute of Sindhology, University of Sindh:

Jamshoro 1975



BS, 5th Semester

HPS-304 HISTORY OF THE OTTOMANS 3 credit hours

Course Content:

Section A: Ottomans/Osmani Turks 1299-1606 AD

Origin and importance of Osmani Turks in History. Early sources of Osmani history. Theories of

migrations of settlement in Rum (Anatolia).

Socio-political conditions of Anatolia at the end of the 13th century with special reference to

AKH-I Movements.

Osman I: His character and achievements.

Ork Khan: As the founder of the Osmani state. His conquests in Anatolia and Europe.

Murad Khan I (Khudavendigar-i-Ghazi): His Anatolian policy and invasion of Europe. First

Battle of Kossovopolis (1389). Expansion of the Osmanli state in Asia and Europe. His

character.

Sultan Bayzid Khan I (Yildrim): His European policy with special reference to the Siege of

Constantinople and Battle of Niccopolis. Annexation of Muslim states of Anatolia and clash

with Taimur Beg (Tamerlane). Causes and effects of the Battle of Angora (1402).

Muhammad Khan-I as the restorer of the Empire.

Sultan Murad Khan II: His Scheme of the Unification of Anatolia. Battle of Varna of

Kossovopolis. Murad as empire builder.

Sultan Muhammad Khan II (Fatih): Conquest of Constantinople and it importance. His policy

towards the vanquished. His other achievements.

Sultan Bayazid Khan II (Bayazid-i-Veli): Beginning of the (Red-Head) Qizilbash Movement in

Anatolia. His policies in regard to the Safavids and the Mamluks.

Sultan Saleem Khan (Yavuz): His idea of a United Islamic world. Battle of Chaldiran (1514) and

destruction of the power of Shah Ismail Safavi. His conquest of Syria and Egypt and its

importance.

Sultan Suleyman Khan I (Qanun I): Conquest in Europe with special reference to the Battle of

Mohacs and Siege of Vienna. Conquest in Africa. Compaigns against the Safavids and

annexation of Iraq. Navy under Suleyman. Conquest of Yemen, Cyprus and Tunisia, Poland

under the Ottoman protection. Conquest of Caucasus and Azerbaijan. Influence of Harem. Yeni

Cheri disturbance and rebellion in Anatolia. His character. His place in Muslim History.

Section B: Ottomans/Osmani Turks 1606-1774 AD

1. Relation of the Osmani Empire:

With Czarist Russia with particular reference to the Treaties of Belgrade and Kuchuk Qaynarji

With Austria with particular reference to the second Turkish retreat from Vienna and Treaties of

Passarovitch and Belgrade.

With the Safavid Turks with particular reference to the conquest of Baghdad by Shah Abbas and

its re-conquest by Osmanlis.

2. Causes of decline and fall of the Ottoman Empire.

3. Brief survey of literary and cultural activities.

4. Organization of the Osmani Empire: Central, Provincial, Judicial, Religious, Land, Military

and Naval organization

Suggested Readings: 1. Alderson, A. D., The Structure of the Ottoman Dynasty, England, 1956.

2. Lord, R. H., The Ottoman Empire 1659-1792, England, 1915.

3. Wittlek, P., The Rise of the Ottoman Empire, New York, 1958.

4. Edward S creasy, History of the ottoman Turks with a new introduction by 1Zeine-N-Zeub

pub.Beirut,1961.

5. Stanley lane pool,T URKEY, The publisher United ltd Anarkali Lahore.

6. Muhammad Aziz Dr. Dolat Usmania Azamgarah India.

7. Riaz Ahmed Shah Syed Jadid Dunia Islam, star book depo urdu Bazar Lahore.

8. Halida Adib, Conflict of East and West in Turky, Sh Muhammad Ashraf Kashmir Bazar

Lahore.

9. Dogu Ergil, Social History of the Turkish National Struggle 1922 chowk Minar Anarkali

Lahore.



BS, 6th Semester

HPS-351 Life & Teachings of Prophet Muhammad (S.A.W) (571-632) Credit Hours: 3

Course Outline

1. Pre-Islamic Arabia,

Geographical, Socio Economic and Religious conditions of Pre-Islamic Arabia especially

the City State of Makah

2. The Holy Prophet (S.A.W)(517-632AD)

Early life of the Prophet, Prophet-hood and preaching of Islam, Response of the society,

Migration to Ethiopia and Medina, Socio-economic and cultural conditions in Medina,

Contribution of Ansar and their ‘Brotherhood’ charter of Medina, Wars with Quraysh,

(Battles of Badr, Uhd and Ahzab), Peace Accord of Hudayiba, Prophet’s letters to the

various rulers, conquest of Makah, Battle of Hunyan, spread of Islam in Central Arabia,

Tubuk Expedition, Prophet’s Last pilgrimage and the significance of the last Sermon, Life

and achievements as a prophet and statesman, Role and contribution of Ashab-i-Suffah.

Suggested Readings:

1. Ali, Syed Ameer, History of the Saracens, Lahore: Sange-i-Meel Publisher, 1985

2. Ali, Syed Ameer, The of Spirit of Islaim, Lahore: Sange-i-Meel Publisher, 1985

3. Cambridge History of Islam, Eds. P.m.Holt, Ann K.S. Lambton and Bernard Lewis,

Cambridge Univeristy Press, 1970.

4. Haq Mazhur-ul, A short history of Islam, Laahore, Latest Edition

5. Hitti, Philip k., History of the Arabs, 10th edn, London, 1974

6. Hamidullah,. The Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore: 1977

7. Holt, P.M. Cambridge History of Islam. Cambridge, 1970

8. Hourani, Albert, History of the Arab Peoples, 1992

9. Hussani, S.A.Q., Arab Administration, Latest Edition

10. Hussani, S.a.Q., Constitution of the Arab Empire, Lahore:1958

11. Ibne-e-Hisham, Seerat-un-Nabi Kamil, Tr,Maulan abdul Jaleel siddiqi,Lahore, 1979.

(urdu)

12. Ibn Jarir, Abi jaffar Mohammd, Tareekh-e-Tibri, tr. Mohammad Ibrahim Nadvi, Karachi,

1982 urdu)

13. Ibn-i-Ishaq, Sirat-ul-Nabi.

14. Khan, Majid Ali, Muhammad: The Final Messenger, Lahore, 1983

15. Lings,Martin, Muhammad: His life based on the earliest sources, Lahore, 1983



BS, 6th Semester

HPS -352 History of Ancient India 3 Credit Hours

Brief Description:

The course deals with the pre-Muslim period of Indo-Pakistan history. It deals with the Indus

valley civilization and its landmarks and then also focuses on the origin and development of three

important religious of the world: Hinduism, Jainism and Buddhism. It also discusses religious and

political history and social conditions of the people of this period.

Aims & Objectives:

After Studying this course, Students will be able to:

Appreciate the achievements of one of the oldest civilization of the world

Indus valley and its relevance to today’s world.

Understand the socio-political and religious conditions of the people.

Develop a background for the later development in India.

Course Outline:

Source of early Indian history:

Indus Valley Civilization, Special study of Moenjodaro and Harrapa.

The Aryan occupation of India, Their origin and migration, their society, religious and culture

Early Vedic civilization and culture, the Epic age

The historical value of the Ramayana and the Mahabharata

The Caste system, origin and growth, merits and demerits

Jainism: Life and teaching of Mahavira; spready of Jainism, jain Art and culture.

Buddhism: Hindu society before Gautama, Buddha, life and teaching of Gautma Buddha, Cause

of its spread and decline, Buddhist Art and culture. Greek invasion and its impact upon the sub-

continent, Greek Art and culture, special study of the Gandhara Art

The Mauryan Empire and its administrative system

Ashoka and the growth of Buddhism

The Keshena power, Kanishka, Economic condition and Art, causes of downfall.

The Gupta Empire, (Chandra Gupta, Sumandara Gupta)

Golden age, Art literature and science, Hindu Renaissance

Harsha Vardhana, Character of administration

The Huns, Their origin and invasion of India

Rise of Hindu Shahia power, social, cultural and economic conditions and institutions of Hinduism

Suggested Reading:

1. Bapat, P.V. 2500 Years of Buddhism

2. Burry, J.B. & S.A. Cook (eds.) the Cambridge ancient History

3. Havell, E.B. The History of Aryan Rule in India.

4. Hutton, J.H. The Caste in India

5. Keay, John India Discovered: Recovery of the Lost civilization

6. Mackay, Ernest Indus Civilzation

7. Mukerjee,R.K. Men and Thoughts in ancient India

8. Paul-Masson,Oursel Ancient India andIndian Civilization

9. Piggott,Stuart Prehistoric India

10. Rapsen, E.J. The Cambirige History of India, Vol.1

11. Sarkar,J.N, India Through the Ages

12. Smith, V.A. Asoka

13. Sreen, T.R. and S.R.Baksi Ancient Culture and Civilization

14. Stein,Burton, A History of India

15. Tranor, Kevin, Buddhism the Illustrated Guide

16. Tripathi, R.S. History of Ancient India

17. Veda Vyasa Ancient India

18. Wheler, Sir Mortime Indus Valley Civilization.

19. Basham, A.L., The Wonder that was India

20. Smith, V.A., Ancient History of India



BS, 6th Semester

HPS -353 History of the Mughals Credit Hours: 3

Brief Description:

The course focuses on an in depth study of the Mughal rule. The policies pursued by different

monarchs and their impact will be dealt with in detail. This course will also discuss the

administrative and cultural advancements made during the Mughal rule.

Aims and objectives:

After studying this course, the students will be able to:

understand the nature of politics and administration of the Mughals

comprehend the political theories and administrative idelas of the Mughal Emperors

Appreciate the nature and significance of revivalist movements during the Mughal Era

Contents:

1- Basic Sources:

Tuzuk-i-Baburi by Babur, Muntakhib-ut-Tawarikh by Abdul Qadir Badayuni, Akbar

Nama by Abul Fazl, Iqbal Nama-i-Jahangri by Mutamad khan, Padshah Nama by Abdul

Hamid Lahori, Ma’asir-i- Alamgiri by Muhammad Saqi Mustaid Khan

2- Zahir-ud- Din Babar (1526-1530)

Introduction and career in Central Asia

His rivals: Shaibani khan, Ubaidullah uzbek

The condition of Sub-Continent on the eve of Babur

The first Battle of Panipat and its significance,

Other conquests in India

Character and the study of Tuzuk-i-Babari

3- Nasir-ud-Din Humayun (1530-1556)

Introduction, Difficulties, War with Sher Shah,

Humayun’s exile and re-conquest of India, His Literary taste and character

4- Sher Shah Suri & His Successors (1539-1555)

Sher Shah’s rise and power, conquests

The reforms of Sher Shah

Successors of Sher Shah

Causes of the downfall of Suri Dynasty

5- Jalal-ud-Din Akbar (1556-1605)

Introduction, Battle of Panipat and Conquests

Establishment of Mughal Empire

Role of Barrem Khan and Petticoat Government

Din-e-Ilahi and reaction of Ulemas,

Deccan Policy

Administrative Reforms

Relations with Portages

6- Noor-ud-Din Jahangir (1605-1627)

Early Life and accession

Nurjahan and her Junta

Conquests and Revolts

Relations with Rajput and Deccan Policy

7- Shahabud Din Shah Jahan (1627-1656)

Early Life

Conquests and Revolts

Relations with Rajput and Safavids

Central Asian and Deccan Policy

War of Succession

8- Aurangzeb Alamgir (1656-1707)

Introduction

Conquest and Rebellions

Religious Ideas and policy

Deccan Policy

Character and Achievements

Suggested Readings

1- Abdur Rashid, Shaikh, A Short History of Pakistan, Book Three: The Mughal Empire,

Karachi, 1967.

2- Basham, A.L. A Cultural History of India, New Delhi, 1990.

3- Brown, Percy, Indian architecture, London, 1991.

4- H.K. Sherwani, Studies in Muslim Political Thoughts and administration, Lahore, 1999.

5- Ikram, S. M., History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan. 3rd Ed. Lahore:

Institute of Islamic Culture, 1982.

6- Khan, Gulfishan, Indian Muslims Perception of the West during the Eighteenth

Century.India:OUP.1998.

7- Malik Muhammad Taj Zawal-i-SaltanMughlia (urdu)

8- Mubarak Ali, Mughal darbar (Urdu).Lahore: Nigarshat Publishers.1986.

9- Muhammad Zaheer, Alamgir Aur Saltanat-i-Mughalia Ka Zawal, Khi.

10- Muhammad Zaheer, History of Muslim Rule in India, Latest Edition.

11- P. Hardy, Historian of Medieval India, USA, 1985.

12- Qureshi, I. H., A Short History of Pakistan, Vol. III, Latest Edition.

13- Qureshi, I. H., The Administration of Mughal Empire, Latest Edition.

14- Qureshi, I. H., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent, The Hague,

1962.

15- Rajput S. A, History of Islamic Art based on al-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore, 2008

16- Sir Wolseley Haig, The Cambridge History of India, Vol. IV

17- Spear and Ikarm, Cultural Heritage of Pakistan, Lahore, 1996.

18- Topa, Ishwari, Politics in Pre-Mughal times, Delhi, 1980.



BS, 6th Semester

HPS -355 Indus Valley Civilization Credit Hours: 3

Course Outline:

Mid Term

1- Evolution process of Human Society in pre-historic period

2- Soan Valley

3- Sanghao Cave

4- Evolutionary process of Human Society in Proto Historic Period

5- Gumla, Dera Ismail Khan, Sarai Kala

Final Term

6- Taxila, Kot Diji, Mehrgarh, Rehman Dehri

7- Human Social development in Historic Period

8- Indus Valley Civilization

9- Art and Architecture of Mehenjo Daro and Harrapa,

10- Grave Culture

Suggested Readings

1- Atil, E., Art of the Arab World, Washington D.C., Smithsonian Institution, 1973

2- Brown, Percy, Indian Architecture (Muslim Period), Bombay, 1981

3- Burckhardt, T., Arts of Islam: Language and Meaning, London: World of Islam Festival

Trust Publishing, 1976

4- Creswell, K.A., Early Muslim Architecture (vol.2), Oxford, 1958

5- Ettinghausen, R. & Grabar, O., The Art and Architecture of Islam (650-1250),

Harmondsworth, 1987

6- Grabar, O., The Formation of Islamic Art, New Heaven, 1988

7- Hussain Mahmood, Abdul Rahman & James L., The Mughal Garden: Interpretation,

Conservation and Implications, Lahore, 1996

8- Koch, Ebba, Mughal Architecture, History of Development (1526-1858), Munich, 1991

9- Piotrovsky Mikhail, Art of Islam: Earthly Beauty, Heavenly Art, London, 1999

10- Pope, Arthur Upham, Persian Architecture, Kobe, 1969

11- Pope, Arthur Upham., An Introduction to Persian Art, Connecticut, 1972

12- Rajput, S.A., History of Islamic Art based on AL-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore, 2008.



BS, 6th Semester

HPS-354 British Administration and Constitutional Development in India (1858-1947)

3 CREDIT HRS

Course Outline

An Introduction of Administration and Constitution

Background &Significance of the Constitution

Government of India Act of 1858

Indian Council Act of 1861

Indian Council Act of 1892


Government of India Act 1919

Simon Commission Report (1927)

Changes in the Central government

Changes in the Provincial Government

Round Table conferences (1930-32)


Crips Mission (1942)

Indian Independence act 1947

Bibliography

Abdul Hamid. Muslim Separatism in India, Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1967

Afzal, M. Rafique, A History of the All-India Muslim League 1906-1947. Karachi: Oxford


Allana, G. Pakistan Movement: Historic Documents, Lahore: Islamic Book Service, 1985.

Ayesha Jalal, Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia, A Comparative and

Historical Perspective. Columbia University: Sang-e-Meel Publications, 1995.

Ayesha Jalal, The Sole Spokesman: Jinnah. Lahore: Sang-e-Meel Publications, 1992

Aziz, K.K. The Making of Pakistan: A Study in Nationalism. Islamabad: Sang-e-Meel

Publication, August 10, 2002

Belokrenitsky, Vyacheslav Y. and Vladimir N. Moskalenko. A Political History of Pakistan

1947-2007. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2013.

Burke, S. M. Landmarks of the Pakistan Movement, Lahore: Research Society of Pakistan, 2011.

Burki, Shahid Javed, A Revisionist History of Pakistan. Lahore: Vanguard Publications, 1998.

Bhutto, Z.A. The Myth of Independence. Lahore: Classic Publications, 1967.

Chand, Tara. History of the Freedom Movement in India. Vols. I-IV. Lahore: Book Traders,

1972.

Chandra, Bipan. et. al. India’s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947. New Delhi: Penguin

Books, 1989.

Chaudhry Khaliq-uz-Zaman, Pathway to Pakistan. Lahore: Brother Publishers, 1993.

Chawla Muhammad Iqbal. Wavell and the Dying Days of Raj Britain’s Penultimate Viceroy in

India. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2011.

Cohen, Stephen P. The Idea of Pakistan. Lahore: Vanguard Books Ltd., 2005.

Choudhary M. Ali, The Emergence of Pakistan, Lahore, Research Society of Pakistan, 2001.

G.W. Choudhary, The Last Days of United Pakistan, Karachi, Oxford University Press,

1993.

Feldman Herbert, From Crisis to Crisis, London: Oxford University Press, 1972

Feldman Herbert, The End of beginning: Pakistan, London: Oxford University Press, 1972.

Hudson, H. V., The Great Divide: Britain-India-Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University Press,

1985.

Johnson, Alan Campbell, Mission with Mountbatten. New York: Athenaeum, 1985.

Khalid Bin Sayeed, Pakistan the Formative Phase, Karachi, Oxford University Press, 1968.

Qureshi, Ishtiaq Hussain. The Struggle for Pakistan, Karachi, University of the Karachi, 1988.

Roberts, P.E. History of British India. London: Oxford University Press, 1952.

Sikandar Hayat, Aspects of the Pakistan Movement, Islamabad, National Institute of Historical

and Cultural Research, 1998.

Smith, Vincent A. The Oxford History of India. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1983.



BS, 7th Semester

HPS -401 History of Sufism Credit Hours: 03

Course Outline

1- What is Sufism

Entomological derivations of the terms Tasawwuf and Sufi defining Sufism

Defining Sufism

2- Origin of Sufism

Theories of Islamic and extra Islamic origin and influence

Bases of Sufism in the Quran and Prophetic Traditions

Affinity with Shi’sm

3- Religious, social and political causes of the popularity of Sufism

4- Development of Sufi Institutions

Silsilah, Shaykh, Murid, Bay’at, Khanqah, Dhikr, Sama, Khirqah and Khalifa etc.

5- Fundamental Doctrines of Sufism

Ilm-al-Qulub, Haqiqah, Ma’rifah, Mahabbah, Muhasabahm Fana, Baqa, Faqr, Ghina,

Wilayah, Suluk and Ahwal etc.

6- Various Sufi Silsilahs

Important Sufi Silsilahs, their founders and the distinctive features:

Qadiriya, Rifaiya, Bektashiya, Chistiya, Suharawardiya, Shadhiliya, Mevleviya,

Shattariya, Badawiya, Naqshbandiya,, Tijaniya, Sunusiya and Muhammadiya etc.

7- Relationship of the Sufis with the state and political authorities

Suggested Readings:

1- Abdul Rasul, Sahibzada, Tarikh-e-Mashaikh Naqshbandia, Lahore: Zawiyah, 2000

2- Al-Hujwiri, Ali Ibn Uthman, Kashf-al-Mahjub, Eng. Trans. R.A. Nicholson, Lahore:

Islamic Book Foundation, 1976

3- Al-Suhrawardi, Shaykh Shihab-al-Din Umar Ibn Muhammad, Awarif-al-Maarif, (Eng.

Trans.), H. Wilberforce Clarke, Lahore: Shaikh Muhammad Ashraf, 2001

4- Arberry, A.J, Muslim Saints and Mystics: Episodes from the Tadhkirat-al-Auliyd,

(Memorial of the saints) by Farid-al-din Attar, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979.

5- Baldick, Julian, Mystical Islam: An Introduction to Sufism, London: I. B. Tauris, 1989

6- Danner, Victor, The Early Development of Sufism in Encyclopedia of Islamic

Spirituality, Ed. Sayyed Hussain Nasr, (vol.1), Foundations, Lahore: Suhail Academy,

2000

7- Khan, Asif, Allah Kay Wali, New Delhi, 1998.

8- Khan, Asif, Allah Kay Safir, New Delhi, 2003

9- Lings, Martin, What is Sufism, Lahore: Sohail Academy, 1983

10- Nizami, K.A., Tarikh-i-Mashaikh-i-Chistia, Delhi: Idarah Adabyatt-i-Delhi, Latest

Edition

11- Schimmel, Annemarie, Mystical Dimensions of Islam, Lahore: Sang-e-Meel

Publications, 2003.

12- Stoddart, William, Sufism: The Mystical Doctrine and Methods of Islam, Lahore: Suhail

Academy, 1999

13- Trimingham, Spencer J., The Sufi Orders in Islam, London: Oxford University

Press, 1971



BS, 7th Semester

HPS -402 History of Muslim Contribution to Science Credit Hours: 03

Course Outline

1- Muslim Contribution to chemistry, medicine, optics, geography, mathematics

2- Abu Abdullah Al-Battani (858-929 AD)

3- Abu Raihan Al-Beruni (973-1048)

4- Abu Al-Naser Al Farabi (870-950 AD)

5- Ibn-Al Baitar (Died 1248 AD)

6- Abul Wafa Muhammad Al Buzjani (940-977 AD)

7- Abu Ali Hassan Ibn al Haitham (965-1040 AD)

8- Ibn-e-Rushd (1128-1198 AD)

9- Ibn-e-Sina (980-1037)

10- Jabir Bin Hayyan (died 803 AD)

11- Yaqub Ibn-e-Ishaq Al Kindin (800-873 AD)

12- Muhammad Ibn-e-Zakariya Al Razi (864-930 AD)

13- Al-Khwarizmi

14- Shah Fateh Allah Shirazi

Suggested Readings

1- Muhammad Aslam, Samaya-i-Umar, Lahore: Nadwa tul Musannifin, 1976

2- Nasr, Sayyed Hussain, Islam and the Plight of Modern Man, Longman, London, 1975

3- Nasir-ud-Din, Introduction to Great Chemists, Peshawar University, Peshawar, 1998



BS, 7th Semester

HPS -403 Muslim Political Thoughts in South Asia Credit Hours: 03

Course Outline

1- Farabi

2- Mawardi

3- Imam-al-Ghazali

4- Imam Saadi

5- Ibn-e-Khaldoon

6- Nizam-al-Mulk

7- Mujaddid Alf Thani

8- Shah Wali Ullah

Suggested Readings:

1- Ansari, Abdul Haq, Shaykh Ahmad Sirhindi’s Doctrine of Wahdat-al-Shuhud, Islamic

Research Institute, International Islamic University, 1999

2- Al-Ghazali, Muhammad, The Socio-Political Thoughts of Shah Wali Ullah, Islamabad:

International institute of Islamic Thought and Islamic Research Institute, 2001

3- Ghazi, Mahmood Amhad, Islamic Renaissance in South Asia (1707-1867): The Role of

Shah Wali Ullah and his Successors, Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic

University, 2002

4- Ikram, S.M., Rud-e-Kosar, Lahore: Ferozsons, 1958

5- Nadvi, Syed Abul Hassan Ali, Tarikh-e-Dawat wa Azimat (vol. 4), Lucknow, 1980

6- Qureshi, I.H., Ulema in Politics, Karachi: Maaref Ltd., 1972

7- Sherwani, Haroon Khan, Studies in Muslim Thought and Administration, Latest Edition.



BS, 7th Semester

HPS -404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) Credit Hours: 03

Course Outline

Constitution Making

First Constituent Assembly

Basic principles Committee

Objective Resolution

Issue of Representation and Parity between East & West Pakistan

Language Issue

Provincial Autonomy

Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly

Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56)

Formation of one unit as the basis of Parity between East and West Pakistan

Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy

Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-69)

Reforms

Constitution of 1962

Basic Democracy

War of 1965

Tashkent Pact

Genral Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-71)

LFO nad Election of 1970

Post Election Crises

Constitutional Amendments

Suggested Readings:

1- Ahmad, Justice Masud, Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History (1857-1975),

Lahore: 1983

2- Ahmad, Mushtaq, Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1990

3- Ahmar, Moonis, The Wordl Affairs after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities,

Karachi, 2003

4- Afzal, M. Rafiq, Political Parties in Pakistan (1947-69, vol. 2), Islamabad, 1986

5- Anwar, Syed, Pakistan: Islam, Politics and National Solidarity, Lahore, 1984

6- Burke, Shahid Javed, Pakistan under Bhutto (1971-77), Hong Kong, 1988

7- Burke, S. M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis, Oxford, 1969

8- Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan, Los Angeles, 1963

9- Callard Keith, Pakistan: A Political Study, New York, 1957

10- Chaudhry, G.M., Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1989

11- Chaudhry, G.W., Constitutional Development in Pakistan, London, 1963

12- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Emergence of Pakistan, Lahore, 1967

13- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us, Lahore, 1974

14- Feldman Herbert, The End & the Beginning, Pakistan (1969-71), Karachi, 1976

15- Gauhar Altaf, Ayub Khan: Pakistan’s First Military Ruler, Lahore, 1994

16- Khan, M. Ayub, Friends Not Masters: A Political Autobiography, Karachi, 1967

17- Khan, M. Ayub, Pakistan’s Relations with the Soviet Union (1947-79): Constraints and

Compulsions, Karachi, 1988



BS, 7th Semester

HPS-405 Folk, Arts and Crafts Credit Hours: 03

Objectives:

The main objectives of the course is to study various regional arts and crafts of Pakistan, It will

also focus on the reasons of the decline of these arts and crafts in the country.

Course Outline

1. Folk Legends

2. Myths

3. Traditions

4. Beliefs

5. Religious schools of thoughts

6. Shrines

Suggested Readings:

1. Lucas, F.A., Fifty Years of Museum Work, USA: Museum of New York, 1918

2. Renfrew, C. & Bahn P., Archeology: Theories, Methods and practices, London, 1991

3. Shakoor, M.A., Museum Studies and Archeology, Peshawar: Peshawar Museum, 1953

4. Wittlin, S., The Museum: Its History and its Task in Education, London: Routledge &

Kegan Paul Ltd., nd.

CURRICULUM OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

BS (4-Year)


THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN BS APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM

SCHEME OF STUDIES

From 2017 – Onwards

Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 136

Semester Year Name of Subjects Credit Hours

Semester-I

ENG-101 English – I 3+0

PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0

STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0

MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0

Total 17

Semester-II

ENG-102 English – II 3+0

ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0

STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0

ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0

ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0

PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0

Total 17

BS 3rd Semester

PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0

PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0

ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0

HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0

SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0

COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0

Total 18

BS 4th Semester

ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 3+0

POL-101 Political Science 3+0

ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 3+0

CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 3+0

PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 3+0

PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 3+0

Total 18

BS 5th Semester

PSY-301 Social Psychology 3+0

PSY-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0

PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0

PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0

PSY-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0

PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0

Total 18

BS 6th Semester

PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0

PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0

PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0

PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0

PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0

PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0

Total 18

BS 7th Semester

PSY-401 Health Psychology 3+0

PSY-402 Psychotherapy 3+0

PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 3+0

PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 3+0

Total 15

BS 8th Semester

PSY-451 Women Psychology 3+0

PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 3+0

PSY-453 Thesis 3+0

PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 3+0

PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 3+0

PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 3+0

Total 15

Total Credit Hours: 136

PROPOSED REVISED COURSE OUTLINE BS (4-YEARS)

IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

BS 1st Semester

ENG-101 English – I 3+0

PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0

STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0

MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0

Total 17

ENG-101 ENGLISH – I Credit Hours: 03

Basics of Grammar

Parts of speech and their functions

(Nouns, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjective, Conjunction, Inter junction)

Use of articles

Sentence Skills

Classification by purpose

(Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative)

Classification by Structure

(Complex, Compound, Compound complex)

Analysis of phrase and clause

Preposition

Transitive and intransitive verbs

Active and Passive Voice

Speaking Skills

Communication via Dialogue formation

Expressing your likes and dislikes

Group discussion

My Dreams

Picture description

Games activities

Reading Skills

Aims of Reading

Kinds of Reading

Faulty Reading Habits

SQ3Rs

Writing Skills

Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)

Dictionary Skills

(Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms,

Antonyms)

PAKS-101 Pak-Studies Credit Hours: 03

Introduction/Objectives

Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,

ideological background of Pakistan.

Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and

posing challenges to Pakistan.

Course Outline

1. Historical Perspective

a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama

Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.

b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism

c. People and Land

i. Indus Civilization

ii. Muslim advent

iii. Location and geo-physical features.

2. Government and Politics in Pakistan

Political and constitutional phases:

a. 1947-58

b. 1958-71

c. 1971-77

d. 1977-88

e. 1988-99

f. 1999 onward

3. Contemporary Pakistan

a. Economic institutions and issues

b. Society and social structure

c. Ethnicity

d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges

e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan

Books Recommended

1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980.

2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi:

Oxford University Press, 1993.

4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.

5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of

Public Policy Research, 1972.

6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd.

7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies,

Islamabad.

8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd,

1980.

9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.

10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of

Historical and cultural Research, 1998.

11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.

12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and


13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.

14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on

Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.

STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics – I Credit Hours: 03

Unit 1. What is Statistics?

Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data,

Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number,

Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises.

Unit 2. Presentation of Data

Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution,

Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie

chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive,

Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises.

Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency

Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median

and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and

Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises.

Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion

Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation,

The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation,

Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments

and Moments ratios. Exercises.

Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions.

Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises

Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions

Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with

and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean

and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises.

Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing:

Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of

significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis.

Exercises.

Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population

Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for

small and large samples, Exercises

Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations

Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and

proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises

Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes

Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises.

Unit 11. Regression and Correlation

Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of

parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation

and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples

Recommended Books

1. Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New

York.

2. Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar

Faisalabad.

MATH-101 Mathematics – I Credit Hours: 03

Course Objectives: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of

algebra to apply the concept and the techniques in their respective disciplines.

Course Outline

Preliminaries: Real-number system, complex number, introduction to sets, set operations, function, types

of functions. Matrices: introduction to matrix, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear

equations, Cramer’s rule.

Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of quadratic equations,

equations reducible to quadratic equations, cubes roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficient of

quadratic equations.

Sequences and series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic Binomial Theorem,

introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices.

Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities. Identities.

Recommended Books:

1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, 1978

Houghton & Mifflin.

2. Boston (Suggested text)

3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1978, PWS-Kent Company, Boston.

4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry, (1st Edition) 1971, PWS-Kent

Company, Boston.

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology- I Credit Hours: 03

Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline.

The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socioeconomic

changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation for further studies in the field of

sociology.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

Definition, Scope and Subject Matter,

Sociology as a science,

Historical Background of sociology

2. Basic Concepts

Group, Community, Society

Asociations (Non-Voluntary, Voluntary)

Organization (Informal, Formal)

Social Interaction

Levels of Social Interaction,

Process of Social Interaction (Cooperation, Competition, Conflict, Accommodation,

Acculturation and diffusion, Assimilation, Amalgamation)

3. Social Groups

Definition and Functions

Types of social groups (In and out groups, Primary and secondary groups, Reference groups,

Informal and Formal groups, Pressure groups)

4. Culture

Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture

Material and non material culture, Ideal and Real culture

Elements of culture (Beliefs, Values, Norms and Social sanctions)

Organizations of culture (Traits, Complexes, Patterns, Ethos, Theme)

Other related concepts (Culture Relativism, Sub cultures, Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism,

Cultural lag)

5. Socialization and Personality

Personality, Factors in Personality Formation

Socialization and Agencies of Socialization

Roles and Status

6. Deviance and Social Control

Deviance and its types, Social Control and its need

Forms of Social Control, Methods and Agencies of Social Control

7. Collective Behavior

Collective Behavior, its types

Crowd Behavior, Public opinion, Propaganda, Social Movements, Leadership.

Recommended Books:

1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor, 2001. Sociology the Essential, Australia: Wadsworth.

2. Brown, Ken 2004. Sociology, UK: Polity Press.

3. Gdden Anthony 2002. Introduction to Sociology, UK: Polity Press.

4. Maclonis, John J. 2005. Sociology 10th ed, South Asia: Pearson.

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I Credit Hours: 03

1. Introduction to Psychology

a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan.

b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey)

c. Definition of Tolerance and importance of Tolerance in everyday life.

2. Methods of Psychology a. Observation

b. Case History Method Experimental Method

c. Survey Method

d. Interviewing Techniques

3. Biological Basis of Behavior a. Neuron: Structure and Functions

b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System

c. Endocrine Glands

4. Sensation, Perception and Attention a. Sensation

(I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations

(II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye.

(III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear.

b. Perception

(I) Nature of Perception

(II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social

(III) Kinds of Perception:

(IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance)

(V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception.

c. Attention

(I) Factors, Subjective and Objective

(II) Span of Attention

(III) Fluctuation of Attention

(IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control)

5. Motives

a. Definition and Nature

b. Classification

Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain,

Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behavior, Sex

Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation,

Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization.

6. Emotions


b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic Skin

Response; Pupilliometrics

c. Theories of Emotion

d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory

e. Schachter –Singer Theory

7. Learning

a. Definition of Learning

b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and Error;

Learning by Insight; Observational Learning

8. Memory


b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition

c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes

9. Thinking


b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts

c. Kinds of Thinking

d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning

10. Individual differences

a. Definition concepts of;

b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace College

Publishers.

2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown Publishers.

3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000).

Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An

introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New Jersey:

Prentice-Hall International, Inc.

5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers.

6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.

*************

2nd Semester

ENG-102 English – II 3+0


STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0

ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0

ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0

PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0

Total 17

ENG-102 English –II Credit Hours: 03

Grammar:

Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood

Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting cohesive devices)

Speaking Skills:

Presentation Skills

Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)

Group discussion

Taking part in Seminar

Effective classroom interaction

Reading Skills:

Strategies to improve reading speed

Skimming Scanning Inference

Prediction Anticipation

Stages of reading

Writing Skills:

Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive, Narrative, Expository, Argumentative)

Letter Writing (Invitation, Regrets, Routines)

Emails writing

Note taking and note making

Outlining and summarizing

Brainstorming

Listening Skills:

Introduction

Extensive and Intensive listening

Stress, Intonation, Rhythm

ISL-101 Islamic Studies Credit Hours: 02

Objectives:

1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies.

2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization.

3. To improve students skill to perform prayers and other worship.

4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.

Course Outline


Basic Concept of Quran

History of Quran

Uloom-ul-Quran

Study of selected Text of Holy Quran

Verses of Surah Al-Baqra related to Faith (Verse No. 284-286)

Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 1-18)

Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No. 1-11)

Verses of Surah Al-Furqan related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77)

Verses of Surah Al-Inam related to Ihkam (Verse No. 152-154)

Study of selected Text of Holy Quran

Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58)

Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) related to thinking, Day of Judgment

Verses of Surah Al-Saf related to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No. 1-14)

Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W)

Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (Before Prophet Hood)

Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah

Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah


Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

Important Events of Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

Introduction to Sunnah

Basic Concept of Hadith

History of Hadith

Kinds of Hadith

Uloom-ul- Hadith

Sunnah & Hadith

Legal Position of Sunnah



Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence

Nature of differences in Islamic Law

Islam and Sectarianism


Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization

Historical development of Islamic Culture & Civilization

Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization

Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary isssues

Islam & Science

Basic Concepts of Islam & Science

Contributions of Muslim in the development of science

Quranic & Science


Basic Concept of Islamic Economic System

Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics

Islamic Concept of Riba

Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce


Basic concept of Islamic Political System

Islamic Concept of Sovereignty

Basic Institutions of Governrnent in Islam

Islamic History

Period of Khlaft-e-Rashida

Period of Ummayyads

Period of Abbasids


Basic Concept of Social System of Islam

Elements of Family

Ethical values of Islam

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Ahmad Hassan, (1993), “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic research Institute: Islamabad

Pakistan, International Islamic University.

Bhatia, H. S. (1989) “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society”, New Dehli, Deep & Deep

Publishers Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, (2001), “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia”, Islamabad,

Pakistan Allama Iqbal Open University.

Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Introduction to Islam Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi.

Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, Islamabad: IRI

Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”, Islamabad, Pakistan: Hussain Hamid Hassan

Publication.

Mir Waliullah, (1982), “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”, Islamic Book Service.

STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics –II Credit Hours: 03

Course Contents

1. Probability:

a. Distributions: Binomial & Poisson Distribution

b. Normal Distribution: Proportion & Application

2. Sampling Distribution & Estimation:

a. How to make a sampling distribution: properties & application

b. A brief introduction to estimation; proportion & estimation

3. Inferential statistics:

a. Definition, basic assumptions / rationale and when to use which inferential statistic

b. Hypothesis formulation: Null and Alternative Hypothesis

c. One tailed & two tailed hypotheses tests.

d. Hypothesis testing

e. Level of significance: acceptance and rejection regions

f. Type – I & Type – II errors.

g. Testing the hypotheses: difference between means and within means of both large &

small samples

4. Parametric statistics

a. Introduction

b. Z - Test

c. t – Test

d. Analysis of variance: one – way, two – way analysis of variance and multivariate analysis

(ANOVA & MANOVA)

e. Covariance and repeated measures

5. Non-parametric statistics

a. Introduction

i. Chi-square test (contingency table and proportions, Yates Correction)

ii. Other non-parametric tests: (Wilcoxan test, Mann-Whitney test, Sign test, U-test

Kruskal Wallis)

b. Inferential Statistics and SPSS:

i. Analysis and Interpretation of parametric and non parametric test through

SPSS output

ii. How to construct tables for research report / thesis

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

1. Guilford, J. P., & Fruchter, B. (1985). Fundamental statistics in psychology and

education. New York: West Publishing Co.

2. Howell, D. C. (2004). Fundamental statistics for behavioral sciences. (4th ed.). Australia:

Thomson, Brook.

3. McClane, J. T. (2000). A first course in statistics (7th ed.). New York: Prentice-Hall

4. Moore, D. S., & McCabe, G. P. (1998). Introduction other practice of statistics. (3rd ed.).

New York: Longmans.

ECON-101 Introduction to Economics Credit Hours: 03

Introduction:

Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Micro-economics vs macro-economics,

Opportunity cost, production

Demand, Supply and Equilibrium:

Concept of demand and supply, determinants of demand and supply, Laws of demand and supply, Market

Equilibrium, Skills of demand and supply and market equilibrium,

Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of demand, Laws of supply, price, elasticity of

supply, Different determinant of elasticity of demand and supply, importance of elasticity of demand and

supply.

Theory of Consumer Behavior:

Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal

utility, Consumer equilibrium.

Theory of Production Cost and Revenue

Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of revenue, Cost of Production (Short

run and long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition, Concept of profit.

Market Structures:

Perfect competition and imperfect competition, a surotion and price/ output determination under perfect

competition and imperfect competition.

National Income

Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and difficulties in

measurement of National Income.

Macro-economic Issues

Concepts of inflation, uneploment, Balance of Payment, Exchange rate and Business Cycles. Monetary

and Piseal policies and their role in the economy.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

1. Michel Parkin, 2001, Economics, 5th Ed, Addision Wesley

2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan, “Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG

Publications, Multan. (latest edition)

3. Paul A. Samualson and w.D Nordhaus, 2004 Economics, 18th ed. McGraw Hills, Inc.

4. John Sloman, Economics, (latest edition)

5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition)

ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic Credit Hours: 03

PSY-102 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY-II Credit Hours: 03

Course Contents

Cognition

o Thinking

o Image, Concept

o Creative Thinking

o Language

o Syntax

o Semantics

o Phonetics

o Ciramman

Intelligence

o Nature of Intelligence

o Stanford Binet Test of Intelligence

o Wechslar’s Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS)

o Variations in Intellectual ability

Personality

o Nature of Personality

o Development of Personality

o Environment and Heredity

o Theories of Personality

o Freud, Jung, Adler, Carl Rogers

Social Processes and Relationships

o Nature of Social Psychology

o Attribution

o Attitudes

o Persuasion

o Pro-social Behavior

o Social Cognition

o Prejudice

Health Psychology

o Stress

o Coping of Stress

o Coronary Heart Disease

o Cancer

o Smoking

Psychological Disorders

o Generalized Anxiety Disorder

o Bipolar Disorders

o Somatogona Disorders

o Personality Disorders

Psychological Therapeutic Measures

o Psychoanalysis

o Cognitive Behavior Therapy

o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy

o Client Centered Therapy

Developmental Psychology

o Prenatal Period

o Infancy

o Childhood

o Adulthood

o Old age

o Death

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Edward, E. Smith, Suson Nolen-Hoeksema, & Barbava, L, (2003) Introduction to Psychology,

14th Edition.

2. Robin, K & Orew, W (2005) Psychology, 4th Edition New York

3. Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 7th Edition.

4. Robert, A. Baron, (2001). Psychology, 5th Edition, New York

5. Murphy G. & Korach, J.K., (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, London

6. Sahakian, W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology, John Wiley, New York

7. Wolmen, B.B. (Latest Edition) Contemporary Theories in Systems in Psychology, Harper &

Raw, New York.

8. Schultz, D.P & Schultz, S.E. (1996). A History of Modern Psychology, Harcourt Publishers New

York

************

BS 3rd Semester

PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0

PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0

ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0

HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0

SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0

COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0

Total 18

PSY-201 Experimental Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Explanation in scientific psychology

o Sciences of knowledge

o Nature of scientific explanations

o Science of Psychology

Research Techniques: Observation and correlation

o Naturalistic Observation

o Relational Approach

o Complex correlational procedures

Research Techniques: Experiments

o What is an experiment?

o Variables

o Experimental Designs

o Data

Ethical Issues and Writing research projects

o Research with human participants

o Ethics in research with animals

o Parts of an article

o Writing a research report

Psycho Physics

o Measuring Sensations

o Introducing the variables

o Experimental topics and research illustration

Perception

o Issues in Perception

o From Problem to experiment

o The stop effect

Attention and Reaction time

o Confounding

o Selection of the dependent variable

o Measuring attention

Conditioning and Learning

o Types of conditioning

o Counter balancing: Simultaneous context

o The partial reinforcement extinction effect

Human Factors

o Human factors and Human behavior

o Small designs: Dynamic visual activity

o Field Research

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Mandler George, (2007), A History of Modern Experimental Psychology, MIT Press

2. Postman & Egan, (2007), Introduction of Experimental Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill

3. Kastowtite, B. Roegdiger, H & Elence, D. (2007), Experimental Psychology:

Understanding Psychological Research. Wadsworth Publishers

4. Daivs, S. (2005)., Handbook of Research Methods in Experimental Psychology,

Blackwell Publishing.

5. Goldstein, FB. (2005), Sensation of Perception, Wadsworth.

PSY-202 Theories of Personality Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Personality:

Definition and meaning of personality

Components of personality theory

The psychoanalytic perspective:

Basic assumption & main proponents

Sigmund Freud

Basic concepts

Personality Structure: Three Interacting Systems

Personality Development: Stages of Development

Personality Dynamic and Defense Mechanisms

Application of Psycho Analytic Theory: Assessments & Intervention

Carl Jung

Basic Concepts: Conscious and Unconscious; Archetypes, Personality

Typology, Personality Development

Assessment and Interventions

Critical Evolution

Alfred Adler

Basic Concepts

Assessment & Interventions

Critical Evolution

Karen Horney

Basic Concepts

Assessment and Intervention

Critical Evaluation

Erik Erikson

Psycho Social Stages of Personality Development

Assessment & Interventions

Identity Crisis

Object relation theory

Aeron Beck

Basic concepts

Assessment & interventions

Critical evaluation

Albert Ellis

Basic concepts

Assessment & intervention

Critical evaluation

Gordon Allport and the Individual

o Structure and Dynamics of Personality

o Development of Personality

o Research and Research Methods

Raymond Cattell’s Factor-Analytic Trait Theory

o Factor Analysis

o The Nature of Personality

o The Development of Personality

o Research and Research Methods

George Kelly’s Personality Construct Theory

o Personal History

o Basic Assumptions

o Constructive Alternativism

o Man-the-Scientist

o Motivation

o Personality Constructs

Carl Roger’s Person- Centered Theory

o The Structure of Personality

o The Dynamics of Personality

o The Development of Personality

o Cognitive Dissonance Theory

Dispositional and Trait Theories

Major assumptions and main proponents


1. Allen B.P (1997) Personality theories : Development, growth & diversity (2nd ed.) Boston

Allyn & Bacon.

2. Ewen, R.B (1998) An introduction of theories of personality (5th ed.) New Jersey :

Lawrene Assiciate Publishers.

3. Larson R.J (2008) Personality Psychology (3rd ed.) Boston McGraw Hill.

ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) Credit Hours: 03

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking

Course Contents

Presentation skills

Essay writing


Academic writing


How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content,

Language, form, clarity, consistency)




Recommended books:



1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19

435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing).

2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.16

3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s

Press.b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther

Illinois University. General Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine

Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of

twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).

HIST-101 Introduction to History Credit Hours: 03

Course Content:

1. What is History?

2. Nature and scope of History.

3. Benefits of History: History as a corrective force ; History as a repetitive force

4. Branch of History (Political, Cultural, Social, Economics)

5. Relationship of History with other social sciences

6. Causation

7. Objectivity and subjectivity

8. Classification of History : Narrative History, Scientific History, Philosophy of History, Future

History.

Recommended Books:

Bernard Cohn. An Anthropology among History, Scientific History , Philosophy of History,

Future Histroy.

Caroline Steedman. Dust: The Archive and Cultural History , Manchester University Press,1988.

Carlo, Ginzburg, Clues. Myths and the Historical Method, John Hopkins: University Press , 2002.

Carr, E.H., What is History ? Harmondsworth : Penguin, 1961.

Collingwood, R.G The idea of History . Oxford University Press 1978.

G.W.G.Hegel . Elements of the Philosophy of right. Cambridge University Press,1991.

Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the old, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987.

Govranski . History Meaning and Methods, USA, 1969.

Johan Stuart Mill. On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford, University Press, 2008.

Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam . A Study of Historiography . Lahore: Pakistan Book Center , Latest

Edition.

Peter Burke. Varieties of Culture History , Cornell University Press , 1977.

Ranjit Guha. The small Voice of History , Delhi: Permanent Black , Delhi, 2010.

Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the present , vintage ,2nd Edition 1975.

SOC-102 Introduction to Sociology-II Credit Hours: 03

The development & Perspectives of Sociology

Interactional Perspective

Functional Perspective

Conflict Perspective

Evolutionary Perspective

The Social Institutions

Institutional Traits

Functional & Interrelationship

Types of Institutions

The Family

The Religions

The Political

The Economic

The Educational Recreational

Social Control

Methods of Social Control

Social deviation

The role of tolerance in society

Importance of tolerance

Concept of tolerance in Islam

Lack of tolerance and reasons

Social Structure

Social integration

Social Stratification

Social Mobility

Socio-cultural changes

Cultural change

Social change

Mass communication

COMP-101 Introduction to Computer Credit Hours: 03

Course Objectives

This course is designed in view of the application of computers in wide range of areas. This course would

familiarize students with basics of computer. The course will cover introduction to computer software

related to psychology.

Course Outcome

After having completed this course students would be able to use window software such as MS office

including MS Excel, MS Word and Power point.

Course Contents

Introduction to Computers

History of Computer Development

Uses and Limitations

Basic Units of Personal Computers

Introduction to Windows

Why Windows?

Basic features of Windows

Starting up

Using Applications

Managing Files and Folders

Managing the Desktop

Change Settings

Introduction to MS Word

Basic features of MS Word

Typing, editing, formatting text

Saving and printing

Making Tables in Word

Introduction to MS Excel

Basic features

Everyday Worksheet Tasks

Creating and Formatting Charts

Printing Worksheet

Introduction to Power Point

Basic Features

Preparing presentations using Power Point

Using Computer for online Literature Search

E-books

E-journals

Data Bases

Recommended Books

Maran, R. (1995).Windows 95 simplified. Foster City, C.A: IDG Books World Wide, Inc.

Maran, R., & Wing, K. (1997).Teach yourself word 97, Foster City, C.A: IDG Books world

wide, Inc.

Nelson, K.Y. (1996). Windows 95 is driving me crazy. Berkeley, CA: Peach Pit Press.

Person, R. (1993).Using Excel Version 5 for windows. Indianapolis: Que Corporation.

**********

ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism Credit Hours: 03

Letter Writing

Good News Letter

Bad News Letter

Special Letters

Letter of Congratulation

Letter about reservation

BS 4th Semester

ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 03

POL-101 Political Science 03

ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 03

CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 03

PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 03

PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 03

Total 18

Letter of invitation

Letter of condolence

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION

Report Writing

Technical report writing

Investigation report writing

Short report writing

Professional Skills

CV writing & job application

Interview skills

English Literature

Poetry

The man he killed (Thomas Hardy)

Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat)

Meeting at night (Robert Browning)

Slopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost)

We are Seven (William Wordsorth)

Echoing Green (William Blake)

Prose & Essays

Three days to see (Helen Keller)

Of Marriage & Single life

Of Parents and children

Short Story

The Necklace (Maupassant)

TA-NA-E-KA (Mary Whitebird)

Drama (Selected Reading’s)

Romeo & Juilet(Balcony Scene:Act-II Scene-2)

Hamlet (4th Soliloquy: Act-III Scene-I)

Merchant of venice(Court Scene:Act-IV Scene –I)

Suggested Reading:

1. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press

2. Himstreet & Baty (1984) business communication. Principles and Methods (Seventh Edition)

Boston, Massachusetts: Kent Publishing company.

3. Howe, D.H (2005) English for Undergraduates ,Karachi: QUP

4. Raman , Mr, & Singh , P (2006) Business Communication , New Delhi Oxford University Press.

POL-101 Political Science Credit Hours: 03

Objective:

The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political

Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and

terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with

the subject.

Contents:

1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Sub-fields of Political Science.

2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences.

3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern.

4. Basic concept of Political Science: Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and Sovereignty.

5. State: its origin and evolution ; Western and Islamic concepts of state , Forms of State: Unitary,

Federation, Confederation.

6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary.

7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian.

Note: Sub-fields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory; Comparative Politics;

International Relations; Public Administrative/ Public Policy; Local Government,etc.

Recommended Books:

1. Choudhary Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e Siyasiat ( Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot, 1996.

2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo 11m (Sindhi meaning Science of state), Jamshoro, Institute of

Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.

3. Mazier ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science , Lahore.

4. Bookland , 1996.

5. Michael G Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction , London:

6. Prentice Hall ,1997.

ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology Credit Hours: 03

Objectives:

The course aims to introduce the pertinent concept and theories about evolution of humans and culture .

the course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology archaeology, social-

cultural anthropology and linguistic anthropology.

Course Outline:

1. Introduction

Definition, Concept and branches Physics, Social, Archaeology, Liquidities. Relationship of

Anthropology with other Social Sciences. Relation between Sociology and Anthropology.

Anthropology research techniques. Growth of Anthropology.

2. Evolution.

Evolution of Evolution

Mendel’s Law of Segregation.

Mitosis& Meiosis

3. How we discover past.

Kinds of evidence

Analyze & dating the evidence

Site creation.

4. The living primates:

Common features of primates

Classification of primates.

Hominoids

5. Primates Evolution from early primates to hominoids

Eon, Bras and Epochs.

Cenonzole Era in detail.

6. The first Hominoids.

Australopithecus anamensis.

Australopithecus Robust us.

Homo Hedielbergensis/neanderthalensis

Homos habills

Homos ereclus

Homo sapiens

7. The Stone Age:

Palcolithic

Mesolithic

Neolirhic

8. Culture

The Nature of Culture.

Definition, Properties and Taxpnomy

The evolution and growth of culture

Universal aspect of culture

Material and Non-Material aspects

Culture Diversity and integration

Global and culture

9. Origin of cities & states

10. Origin of food production & Settled Life

11. Language and communication

Origin of language

Structure of language

Socio- linguistics

Nonverbal communication.

12. Marriage

Kinship

Types of marriage

Concept of incest taboo

Kinship systems.

Rule of decent

Types of decent system

13. Political system

Kind of political systems

Political system and economics system.

14. Religion

Origin, functions of religion

Religion and culture ecology

Religion and social control

Kind of religion

With craft and Sorcery

Recommended Books:

1. Ahmad, Akbar S, 1990 Pakistan Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co.

2. Bernard, H. Kussel 1994 Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative Quantitative Approaches,

Londan “Stage” Pub,ications.

3. Bodley, John H. 1994, Cultural Anthropology, California Mayfield Publishing Delhi.

4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd, New Reliance Publishing.

CHEM-230 Bio- Chemistry Credit Hours: 03

Course Contents:

Proteins:

Amino Acid, Peptides & Proteins

Metabolism of Proteins & Amino Acids

Enzymes:

Mechanism of action

Regulation of activities

Bioenergetics

Definition of Bioenergetics

The role of APT

Biologic Oxidation

Metabolism of Lipids

Lipids of physiologic significance

Integration of Metabolism --- the provision of metabolism fuels.

Structure, Function & Replication of Information macromolecules

Genes and Chromosomes

Nucleic Acid structure & Function

DNA

RNA

Biochemistry of Extracellular & Intracellular Communication

Membranes system & Function (Notes)

Endocrine system, Hormone action & signal transduction.

New olrailsmission

Special Topics

Nutrition, Digestion & Absorption

Vitamins & Minerals

Free radicals and antioxidant nutrients

Books Recommended:

Harper’s illustrated Biochemistry, 28th Edition by Robert Murray, Victor Rodwell, Dav Bender

and Kathleen M.Botliam.

Lippincott’s illustrated review : Biochemistry (Lippincott’s illustrated review series )

By riehard A. Hurvey PHD and Denise R. Ferrier.

PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction

o Why study the history of psychology?

o Revisions in the traditional views of science

o Persistent questions in psychology

Early Greek Philosophy

o The first philosophers

o Thales, Anaxinander, Heraclites, Parmenides, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus

o Early Greek Medicin

o The relativity of Truth

o Protagoras, Gorgias, Xenophobes, Socrates,

o Plato

o Aristotle

After Aristotle

o Skepticism & Cynicism

o Epicureanism and Stoicism

o Neoplatonism and Emphasis on spirit

o The Dark ages

o Scholasticism

The Beginning of Modern Science and Philosophy

o Renaissance Humanism

o Challenges to Church authority

o Revie Descartes

Empiricism, Sensationalism and positivism

o British Empiricism

o French Sensationalism

o Positivism

Rationalism

o Baruch Spinoza

o Immanuel Kart

o Johann Friedrich Herbert

o Friedrich Hegel

Romanticism and Existentialism

o Romanticism

o Existentialism

Early Developments in Physiology and the rise of experimental psychology

o Individual differences

o Helmholte

o Early Research on Brain Functioning

o The rise of experimental psychology

Voluntarism, Structuralism and other early approaches to Psychology

o Voluntarism

o Structuralism: Wondt

o Tichtner

o Other early approaches

The Darwinian Influence

o Charles Darwin

o Sir Francis Galton

o Intelligence testing after Galton


1. Pear Joseph J. (2007)., A Historical and Contemporary Look at Psychological Systems,

Psychology Press and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

2. Hergenhahn, BR, (2007), An Introduction to History of Psychology, Wadsworth.

3. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003), History and Schools of Psychology, Atlantic Publishers

4. Murphy, Gardner, 1979, Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, Routledge and

Kegan Paul, London.

5. Hothesall David, (2004), History of Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill.

6. Wertheimer Michael, (2000). A Brief History of Psychology, Thomson Wadsworth

7. Leahey Thomas Hard, (2004). A History of Pscychology, Pearson Education.

8. Hergenhahn, B. (2001). An Introduction to the History of Psychology, Wadsworth

9. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003). History and Schools of Psychology. Atlantic Publishers

PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative Credit Hours: 03

The Methods used in Psychological Research

o Purpose of research

o Distinction between quantitative and qualitative methods

o Ethical issues in psychological research

The Preliminary Stages of Research

o Choice of topic

o Focusing on a specific area of research

o Choice of method, hypothesis and research design

o Measurement in psychology

o Sampling Process

Variables and the validity of Research Designs

o Independent, Dependent and other variables

o The validity of research design

o Efficacy and effectiveness

Research designs and their internal validity

o Types of designs

o The allocation of participants

o Specific examples of research designs

o One variable one level

o One independent variable, two levels

o One independent variable, more than two levels

o One independent variable, one dependent variables

Asking questions: Interviews and Surveys

o Topics for questions

o Formats and setting for asking questions

o Types of Questions

o Layout and pilot study

Measuring attitudes and Meaning

o Reliability of Measures

o Attitude Scales

o Techniques to measure meaning

Observation and content analysis

o Introduction and types of observation

o Issues shared between observation and content analysis

o Structured observation

Scales of Measurement

o Scales of Measurement

o Statisticians and Scales

o Indicators

Summarizing and Describing Data

o Numerical Methods

o Graphical Methods

o Distribution of Data

Samples and Populations

o Choosing a sample

o Random and Non-random Sampling


1. Carter, D. (2007). Quantitative Psychological Research: A student handbook, Psychology press

2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin L. (2007), Research Methods in the Social Sciences, Vistaar Publications

3. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2007). Qualitative Research Methods, Oxford Univ. Press

4. John Shaughness., (2008), Research Methods in Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill

*************

BS 5th Semester

Psy-301 Social Psychology 3+0

Psy-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0

Psy-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0

Psy-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0

Psy-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0

Psy-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0

Total 18

PSY-301 Social Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Social Psychology

o What is Social Psychology?

o Historical Background of Social Psychology

o Social Cognition

o Social Identity theory

o Evolutionary Approaches

Research Methods in Social Psychology

o Pilot Research

o Survey Methods

o How to develop questionnaires?

o Sample

o Variables

Social Influence and Social Memory

o Inferences about individuals

o Spontaneous trait inferences and memory

o Trait Inferences

o Biases in Memory

o Individual Impression Formation

o Inferences about group type

o The concept of self

Stereotyping and Impression Formation

o Stereotype Activation

o Cognitive moderators of stereotype Activation

o Motivation and Stereotype application

o Impression Formation

o Stereotype suppression

Portraits of the self

o Self enhancement

o Mremic neglect

o Selective acceptance

o Strategic Social Comparison

o Self-Evaluation Maintenance

o Constraints on self-enhancements

Attitudes

o Components of attitudes

o Cognitive routes

o Affective routes

o Behavioral routes

o Formation of attitudes

o Attitude Change

Persuasion

o Paths leading to persuasion

o Elements of persuasion

o Real life persuasion

Prejudice

o Nature and power of prejudice

o Social sources of prejudice

o Motivational sources of prejudice

o Cognitive sources of prejudice

Pro-Social Behavior, Helping Others

o Why do we help?

o Who will help?

o How to increase help?

Aggression

o What is aggression?

o Theories of aggression

o How to reduce aggression?

o Influence of aggression


1. Meyers, D. (2007). Exploring Social Psychology 6th ed. Mc-Graw Hill Inc.

2. Cooper, J. & Hogg, M. (2005), Handbook of Social Psychology, Sage Publications.

3. Worchel, Stephen, (2007), Social Psychology Wadsworth.

4. Baron A., Nobert, (2007), Exploring Social Psychology, Allyn & Bacon.

5. Leary, Mark R., and Hoyle H. Rick, (2009), Handbook of Individual Differences in

Social Behavior, Wadsworth

PSY-302 Developmental Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Developmental Psychology

o Lifespan Psychology, An overview

o Theories of Development

o Interpretation of the life span

Origin of Development

o The Biological basis of Development

o Pregnancy and Birth

Infancy

o Development Milestones of Infancy

o Neonates

o Perceptual Development

o Cognitive Development

o Language Development

Early Childhood

o Physical and Motor Development

o Cognitive Development

o Psychosocial Development

o Emotional Life of Girls and Boys Respectively

Middle Childhood

o Physical Development

o Nutrition

o Physical Changes in Middle Childhood

o Piaget’s Theory of Concrete Operations

o Thinking and Problem Solving

o Moral Development

Adolescence

o Physical Changes during Adolescence

o Theories of Adolescence

o Piaget’s Adolescent Egocentrism

o Creative Thinking

o Mental Health Issues

o Peer Relations

o Sexual Behavior

Early Adulthood

o Initiation into Adulthood

o Intellectual/ Ethical Development

o Patterns of Work

o Marriage

o Personal Development

o Sexual Identity and Gender Roles

Middle Adulthood

o Physical Development

Muscular Ability

Sensory Ability

o Intelligence

o Memory

o Midcareer Crisis

o General Adaptation Syndrome

o Marriage at Middle age

o Middle aged divorced person

Late Adulthood

o Physiological theories of aging

o Genetic Theories of Aging

o Effects of Natural Environment on Aging

o Terminal Drop

o Social Development

Dying and Spirituality

o Role of Death in Life

o Four Types of Death

o Pathological Grieving

o Role of Funeral

o Rejection of Life

o Jung’s Theory of Spirituality

o Fowler’s Theory of Spirituality

o Wilson’s Theory of Spirituality


1. Dacey, J. & Travers, J. (2006), Human Development Across the Lifespan, 8th ed. Mc-

Graw Hill

2. Berk, L. (2007). Development through the Lifespan, 7th ed. Allyn and Bacon.

3. Dacey, J, & Travers, J. (2002). Human Development Across the Lifespan, 5th ed. McGraw

Hill

4. Berk, L. (2004). Development Through the Lifespan. 3rd ed. Allyn & Bacon

PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science Credit Hours: 03

Origins of Physiological Psychology

o Nature of Physiological Psychology

o Essential issues in Research

o Careers in Neuro Science

Structure and Functions of Cells of Neuro Science

o Cells of Neuro Science

o Communication within Neurons

o Communication between Neurons

Structure of the Neuro Science

o C. N. S. (Central Neuro Science)

o P.N.S (Peripheral Neuro Science)

Psychopharmacology

o Principles of Psychopharmacology

o Sites of Drug Action

o Neurotransmitter

Vision

o Anatomy of the visual system

o Analysis of visual information

o Role of the visual association cortex

Audition

o Anatomy of Auditory system

o Gustalion

o Olfaction

Sleep

o Physiological mechanism of sleep and awakening

o Disorders of Sleep

o Biological Clocks

Emotion

o Expression and recognition of emotion

o Feelings of emotion

o Aggressive Behavior

Learning and Memory

o Learning and Synaptic Plasticity

o Perceptual Learning

o Instrumental Vs Classical Conditioning

o Relational Learning

Ingestive Behavior

o Drinking

o Eating and metabolism

o Eating Disorder

Neurological Disorders

o Tumors

o Seizure disorders

o Cerebro-vascular accidents

o Developmental and Degenerative Disorders

Human Communication

o Speech Production and Comprehension

o Brain Mechanisms

o Disorders of Reading and Writing


1. Carlson, N. (1999). Foundations of Physiological Psychology, 4th ed. Allyn & Bacon

2. Kiernan, J. (2005). The Human Nervous System, Lippincott William Publishers

3. Kalat, JW. (2005), Biological Psychology, Wadsworth.

4. Andreassi John L. (2006). Psychophysiology, Routledge

5. Carlson, N. (2005). Foundation of Physiological Psychology, 6th ed. Allyn & Bacon

PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative Credit Hours: 03

Introduction

o What is qualitative research?

o Why use qualitative research methods?

Theory in qualitative research

o Introduction

o Positivism

o Phenomenology, Symbolic interactionism, Feminism, postmodernism, hermeneutics

Rigour, Ethics and Sampling

o Theoretical approaches to rigour

o Techniques for ensuring rigour

o Sampling strategies for qualitative research

o Theoretical sampling

In-depth interviews

o Introduction

o Art of a good interview

o Interview techniques

o Managing interviews

Focus groups

o History of focus groups

o Focus group as a method

o Focus group interaction

o Participants, Moderator and note-taker

Narrative Analysis

o Why use narrative analysis?

o What is a narrative?

o Types of narrative analysis

Ethnography

o Introduction

o The ethnographer

o Key informants

o Advantages and limitations

Qualitative data analysis

o Research design and data analysis

o Content analysis

o Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis

o Post structuralism and semiotics

Writing a qualitative research proposal

o What is a research proposal?

o Structure of a research proposal

o Determinants of a successful proposal.


1. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2004). Qualitative Research Methods. Oxford University Press

2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin, C. (2005). Research Methods in the social sciences. Wistaar

Publication

PSY-305 Counseling Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to counseling

o Relationship between counseling and psychotherapy

o Theory and practice in counseling

o Aims of counseling

Cultural and historical origins of counseling

o Emergence of the trade in lunacy

o Invention of psychotherapy

o Secularization of society

o Role of cal Rogers

Issues in the psychodynamic approach to counseling

o Work of Sigmund Freud

o Post-Freudian evolution of the psychodynamic approach

o Attachment theory

o Conversational Model

Cognitive Behavioral Approach to Counseling

o Origin of cognitive behavioral approach

o Application of behavioral ideas in counseling

o Cognitive Strand

o Cognitive Process

o Cognitive Content

o Solution focused therapy

Person-centered approach

o Image of person in P.C.T

o Therapeutic Process

o Congruence and Presence

o Empathy

Feminist approach to the radicalization of counseling

o Feminism as philosophy and social action

o Integrationist approaches

o Store center model

Narrative approaches to counseling; working with stories

o Psychodynamic approaches to narrative

o Cognitive/ constructive approaches to narrative

o Social constructionist narrative therapy

Philosophical counseling

o Relevance of philosophy for counseling and psychotherapy

o Range and Scope of philosophical analysis

o Existentialism

o Postmodern Theory

Counseling Relationship

o Psychoanalytical concept of transference

o Concept of boundary

o Role of money in relationship

Process of counseling

o Negotiating expectations

o Assessment

o Establishing a working alliance

o Ending counseling

o Using structured exercises and interventions

Morals, Values and ethics in counseling practice

o Ethical guidelines developed by professional organizations

o Ethical principles


1. Mcleod, J. (2003). An Introduction to counseling 3rd ed. Open University Press

2. Geldard, K., & Geldard, D. (2005). Practical counseling skills. Polgrave McMillan

PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Abnormal Psychology

o Historical background of Abnormal Psychology

o Current Paradigms in Abnormal Psychology

Biological Paradigm

Psychoanalytic paradigm

Humanistic end existential paradigms

Leaving paradigms

Research Methods in Abnormal Psychology

o Case Study

o Epidemiological Research

o Correlational Method

o Single-Subject Experimental Research

o Mixed Designs

Classification and Diagnosis

o Diagnostic System of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-IV-TR)

o Issues in the classification of Abnormal Behavior

Anxiety Disorders

o Phobia

o Panic Disorder

o Generalized Anxiety Disorder

o Obsessive Compulsive disorder

o PISD

Somatoform and Dissipative Disorders

Somatoform Disorders

o Pain Disorder

o Body Dimorphic disorders

o Conversion disorders

o Hypochondriasis

Dissociative Disorder

o Dissociative Amresia

o Dissociative Fuge

o Depresonalization Disorder

o Dissociative Identity Disorder

Eating Disorders

o Anorenia Nervosa

o Bulimia Nervosa

o Birge Eating Disorders

Mood Disorders

o Depression

o Mania

o Bipolar I Disorder

o Bipolar II

o Unipolar Disorders

Schizophrenia

o Catatonic Type

o Disorganized Type

o Paranoid Type

o Residual Type

Substance-Related Disorders

o Alcohol abuse and Dependence

o Nicotine and Cigarette Smoking

o Marijuana

o Sedatives

o Stimulants

Personality Disorders

o Paranoid Personality Disorders

o Schizoid Personality Disorders

o Schizotypal Personality Disorders

o Borderline Personality Disorders

o Nonrissistic Personality Disorders

o Histrionic Personality Disorders

o Antisocial Personality Disorders

Childhood Disorder

o Landuct Disorders

o Learning Disorders

o Mental Retardation

o Autistic Disorders


1. Comer, R. (2007)., Abnormal Psychology 7th ed. Wadsworth

2. Barlow DH. (2007), Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.

3. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2006), Abnormal Psychology 9th ed. John Willey

4. Alloy, LB., 1999, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.

5. Durand VM. 2000, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.

6. Kendall, PC. 1998, Abnormal Psychology, Houghton Mifflin.

7. DSM-IV-TR 8. Coner, R. (2004). Abnormal Psychology, 5th ed. Worth

9. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2004). Abnormal Psychology. 9th ed. Willey Publishers

***********

BS 6th Semester

PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0

PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0

PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0

PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0

PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0

PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0

Total 18

PSY-351 Educational Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Teachers, Teaching and Educational Psychology

o Teacher-student Relationship

o Teacher Preparation and Quality

o What is good teaching?

o Role of educational psychology

o Using Research to understand and improve teaching

Cognitive Development and Language of Students

o The Developing Brain

o Specialization and Integration

o Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development

o Basic Tendencies in Thinking

o Vygotsky’s Socio-cultural approach

o Role of Adults and Peers

o Language Development

o Family and Community Partnerships

Personal, Social and Emotional Development

o The work of Erikson

o Self Concept and Self Esteem

o Gender, Ethnicity and Self-Esteem

o Self and Others

o Moral Development

o Socialization

Learner Differences and Learning Needs

o Language and Labeling

o Individual Differences in Intelligence

o Ability Difference and Teaching

o Cognitive and Learning Styles

o Family and Community Partnerships

o Students having specific disorders/ impairments

Role of the Teacher

o Today’s multicultural classrooms

o Social class differences

o SES and achievement

o Ethnic and Racial differences

o Legacy of discrimination

o Stereotype Threat

o Recognizing Giftedness in Bilingual Students

Behavioral Views of Learning

o Nature of Learning

o Classical Conditioning

o Operant Conditioning

o Applied Behavior Analysis

Cognitive Views of Learning

o Elements of Cognitive Perspective

o Sensory Memory

o Role of Attention

o Working Memory

o Meta Cognition, Regulation and Individual differences

Motivation in Learning and Teaching

o What is motivation?

o Your general approaches to motivation

o Socio cultural components of motivation

o Self-Determinism

Standardized Testing

o Evaluation, Measurement and Assessment

o Types of Scores

o Types of Standardized Tests

o Accommodations in Testing


1. Wheldall Kevin. (2009), Educational Psychology, Routeledge

2. Sharma, P. (2005) Educational Psychology. APA Publishing co-operation

3. Woolfork, A. (2007), Educational Psychology, Pearson Education Inc.

PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology Credit Hours: 03

The History of Industrial/ Organizational Psychology

o What is industrial/ organizational psychology?

o 100 years of history

o Importance of industrial/ organizational psychology in the 21st century

Research Methods in Industrial/ Organizational Psychology

o What is Science?

o Research terminology and Basic Concepts

o Types of Experimental Designs

o Measurement and Psychometrics

Job Analysis

o Approaches to Job Analysis

o Job Description and Specification

o Job Evaluation

Criterion Measurement

o Defining criterion and their properties

o Two Major components of the criterion problem

o Distinction among performance criterion

Performance Appraisal

o Use of performance appraisal

o Role of industrial/ organizational psychologist in performance appraisal

o A contextual approach

Predictors

o Classification of tests

o Types of Predictors

Recruitment and Selection

o Internal Vs External recruitment

o Selection Process

o Selection Testing & Interview

Training

o Assessing, Training Needs

o Training methods and Techniques

Motivation

o Theoretical Perspectives

o Application of motivational Theories

Job Attitudes: Antecedents and consequences

o Attitudes, Intentions and behavior

o Job Satisfaction

o Organizational Commitment

Stress and Worker Well-being

o Stress and strains

o Environmental Determinants of Well-Being

o Work Family conflict

Group Processes and Work Teams

o Group Vs Teams

o Group decision making

o Work team of the 21st century


1. Finchan, R., & Rhodes, P. (2003). Principles of Organizational Behavior, 3rd ed. Oxford

2. Noe, R., Hollenbeck, J. Gerhart, B., & Wright, P. (2006). Human Resource Management. 5th ed,

McGraw Hill.

3. Newstrom John W. (2007). Organizational Behavior. (12th Ed). McGraw Hill.

4. Luthan Fred, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc.

5. Robins. Stephen, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc.

6. Levy, P. (2003). Industrial/ Organizational Psychology, Understanding the Workplace. Hougton

Mifflin

7. Rogelberg, S. (2004). Handbook of Research Methods in Industrial and Organizational

Psychology. Blackwell

PSY-353 Clinical Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to clinical psychology

o Clinical psychology and other mental health professions

o Role of clinical psychologist

o Models of clinical psychological training

Research Methods in clinical psychology

o Role of research in clinical psychology

o Research Process

Models of Development, Behavior and Personality

o Purpose of a theory

o Parsimony

o Logic and Internal Consistency

o Test Ability

o Psycho Analytic Therapy

o Interpersonal Approaches

o Cognitive Theories

Assessment in clinical psychology

o Goals of assessment

o Deciding what is being assessed

o Determining the goals of assessment

o Diagnosis

o Severity

o Screening

o Prediction

o Evaluation of Intervention

Clinical Interviewing

o Communication Skills

o Attending Skills

o Inghening Skills

o Role ability and validity of interviews

o Diagnostic Interviews for Adults

o Diagnostic Interviews for Children

Measurement of Intelligence

o Definition of Intelligence

o Origins of Intelligence

o Research regarding measuring intelligence

o Individual differences in intelligence

o Stanford Binet Test of intelligence

o Roufman Assessment battery for children

o Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale

o Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children

Neuropsychological Testing

o Halstead Reitan Battery

Assessment of Personality

o Theory of Personality

o Objective Personality Test

o Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory

o Projective Personality Tests

o Rorschach Inkblot Test

o Thematic Apperception Test

Behavioral Assessment

o Behavioral Observation

o Self Monitoring

o Rating Scales of Behavior

o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy


1. Michael T. Nietzel, Douglas A. Bernstein, & Geoffrey P. Kramer (2009) Introduction to Clinical

Psychology, 6th Ed. Prentice Hall

2. Goteib, I. & Compas, B. (2006), Introduction to Clinical Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill

3. Steen, L. & Fleming, I (2007), Supervision and Clinical Psychology, TJ International Ltd.

4. Judith M. (2005). Image Psychology, Matbooaj Lahore.

5. Feltham Colin, Horton Jan, (2001)., Handbook of Counseling and Psychotherapy, Sage

Publications

6. Sadock, Benjamin, Sadock Virginia (2002), Textbook of Psychotherapy, Vol. 2, Lippincott

willians, Wilkins.

7 Compus, E. Compas & Gotlib, H. Ian ( 2002). Introduction to Clinical Psychology. Mc-

Graw Hill Inc.

PSY-354 Positive Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction: Positive psychology, positive prevention, positive therapy

Identifying Strengths: Stopping, the madness, Positive psychology and the Deconstruction of the

illness ideology and the DSM, toward a science of mental health, positive direction in diagnosis and

intervention

Emotion Focused Approaches: Subject well being, the science of happiness and life satisfaction,

Resilience in development, the concepts of flow, positive affectivity, the disposition to experience

pleasurable emotional states, positive motions, the social construction of self esteem, the adaptive

potential of coping through emotional approach, the positive psychology of emotion intelligence,

emotional creativity

Cognitive focused approaches: Creativity and giftness, well being, mindfulness versus positive

evaluation, optimism, Optimistic Explanatory style, hope theory, self-efficacy, the power of believing

you can, problem solving appraisal and psychological adjustment, Setting goals for life and

happiness, the passion to know, a developmental perspective, wisdom: it’s structure and function in

regulating successful life span

Self based approaches: Reality negotiation, uniqueness seeking, happiness,

Interpersonal approaches: Relationship connection, the role of minding in the enhancement of

closeness, compassion, the psychology of forgiveness, gratitude and science of positive psychology,

love, empathy and altruism

Specific coping approaches: Sharing one’s story: On the benefits of writing or talking about

emotional experience, benefit finding and benefit reminding, positive responses to loss, perceiving

benefits and growth, the pursuit of meaningfulness in life, humor, meditation and positive psychology

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Alan Carr, (2004), The Science of Happiness and Human strengths, Bruner-Routledge

2. Seligman, Martin P, (2006), Learned Optimism, Vintage Books

3. Goleman Daniel, (1995), Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books

4. Goleman Daniel, (1998), Workink with Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books

PSY-355 Psychological Testing Credit Hours: 03

The origins of Psychological Testing

o Importance of testing

o Brass Instruments Era of testing

o Influence of Binet’s Early Research upon Testing

Nature and uses of Psychological Tests

o How to define a test

o Types of tests

o Uses of testing

Norms and reliability

o Norms

o Testing Standardization

o Raw Score

o Transformation of Raw Scores

o Selecting a Norm Group

Reliability

o Definition

o Types of Reliability

Validity

o Definition

o Types of Validity

o Standard Error of Measurement

Test Construction

o Defining a Test

o Selecting in Scaling Method

o Constructing the Items

o Testing the Items

o Revising the Test

o Publishing the Test

Measurement of Intelligence

o Definition

o Theories of Intelligence

o Stand Ford Binet Test

Individual Tests of Intelligence

o Wechsler Scales of Intelligence

o Rangman brief intelligence test

o Detroit Tests of Learning Aptitude-4

Group Tests of Aptitude

o A primer of factor analysis

o Multiple aptitude test batteries

o General aptitude test

o Armed Services vocational aptitude battery

Computerized Assessment of Testing

o Computer based test Interpretation

o Scoring Reports

o Descriptive Reports

o Actuarial Reports

o Actuarial Interpretation

o Computer assisted Clinical Reports


1. Anastasi, A. & Urbina, S. (2004). Psychological Testing, Pearson Edu. Ltd.

2. Gregory, R. (2004), Psychological Testing 4th ed. Pearson Edu. Ltd.

3. Kaplan RM., 1997, Psychological Testing, Wadsworth.

4. Binggli, NJ. 2001, Psychological Measurement of Children.

PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology Credit Hours: 03

An Introduction to Cross-Cultural Psychology (C.C.P)

o What Psychology is all about?

o Understanding the process of research in psychology

o The Impact of Cross cultural psychology

Understanding and Defining Culture

o Definition of Culture

o Introduction to Ethnocentrism and stereotypes

o The influence of culture on psychology

Culture and Self

o Culture and concepts of self

o Critical Thinking and evaluation of the analysis

o Beyond dependent and interdependent self constructs

Evaluating Cross-Cultural Research

o Nature of truth in psychology and importance of research method

o Special Issues in Cross Cultural Psychology research

Cultural and Basic Psychological Processes

o Cultural and Biological Basis of Behavior

o Culture and Perception

o Culture and Cognition

o Culture and Consciousness

o Culture and Intelligence

Culture and Development

o Enculturation and socialization

o Culture and Psychological Processes in Development

Culture and Gender

o Definition

o Cross-Cultural Research on Gender

o Conclusion

Culture and Mental Health

o Defining Abnormality

o Assessment of Abnormal Behavior

o Treatment of Abnormal Behavior


1. Mastsumoto, D. (2000). Culture and Psychology, 2nd ed. Wadsworth

2. Samover, L. (2005). Handbook of Cross Cultural Communicaton. Jaico Book Publishers.

***********

BS 7th Semester

PSY-401 Health Psychology 03

PSY-402 Psychotherapy 03

PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 03

PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 03

Total 15

PSY-401 Health Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Introduction

o What is Health?

o Psychology’s involvement in Health

o Revision

Scientific foundation of Health Psychology

Research Methods in Psychology

o Evaluation of Research Methods

o Determining Causation

o Theories of Health Protective Behaviors

Stress and its Measurement

o Theories of Stress

o Measurement of Stress

Stress and Coping

o Physiology of the Immune System

o Psychoneuroinmunology

o Personality factors affecting stress and disease

o Revision + Test

Pain

o Pain and the Nervous System

o The Meaning of Pain

o The Measurement of Pain

o Preventing Pain

o Coping with Stress and Pain

o Personal Resources that Influence coping

o Techniques of Coping with Stress and Pain

Cardiovascular Disease

o The Cardiovascular System

o Measures of Cardiovascular Function

o Changing Rates of Cardiovascular Disease

o Modifying Risk factors for CVD

Cancer

o Cancer and Changing Mortality Rates

o Behavioral Risk factors your cancer

o Risk factors beyond personal control

o Psychological risk factors and cancers

Chronic Illness

o The impact of chronic illness

o Following a cardiac rehabilitation

o Coping with cancer

o Adjusting with diabetes

Preventing Tobacco Use

o Smoking & the Respiratory System

o Choosing to Smoke

o Health Consequences of Tobacco Use

o Effects of Quitting.

Alcohol Consumption

o The effects of Alcohol

o Why do people drink?

o Changing problem drinking

Obesity and Overweight

o The Digestive System

o Overeating and Obesity

o Eating Disorders.


1. Albery Ian & Munafo Marcus. (2008), Health Psychology, SAGE Publications

2. Korchin S, Modern Clinical Psychology Basic Books, UK (Latest Edition).

3. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2005). Health Psychology: An introduction, Sage Publications.

4. Brown J, AK, Health Psychology, McGraw Hill NY, 1990.

5. Murphy David F., 2000, Health, London Sage.

6. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2000). Health Psychology: An Introduction

PSY-402 Psychotherapy Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Psychotherapy

o The Modules

o The Training Programme

o The Process of Learning

Basic Listening Skills

o What is listening in Psychotherapy?

o Listening to what is not spoken

Working Alliance

o Tasks bonds and goals

o Factors Influencing the strength of the working alliance

o Managing Boundaries

o Sessions

Inductive Reasoning to Determine Pattern

o Dysfunctional Patterns

o Identifying Patterns

o Home Work

Strategies for Change

o Elements of Change

o Strategies

o Sessions

Resistance

o Sources and Forms of Resistance

o Responding to Resistance

Transference and Counter Transference

o Classification of Transference and counter transference

o Sings of Transference and counter transference

Termination

o Goals and Content of Termination

o The Process of Termination

o Types of Termination

o After Termination


1. Beitaman, B., & Yoe, D. (2004). Learning Psychotherapy, 2nd ed. Norton

2. Richard, S. (2004). Theories of Psychotherapy & Counseling

PSY-403 Internship (6-8 Weeks) Credit Hours: 03

PSY- 404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Cognitive Psychology:

History, method and paradigm

Basic Processes:

Perceiving object and recognizing patterns

Paying attention

Forming and using new memory traces

Retrieving memories from long term storage

Representation and organization of knowledge

Narrative and autobiographical memory

Memory for general knowledge

Concepts and categorization

Visual imagery

Use and manipulation of information

Language

Thinking and problem solving

Reasoning

Making decisions

Individual and situational differences in cognition

Cognitive development through adolescence

Individual and gender differences in cognition

Cognition in cross-cultural perspective

Book Recommended:

Galotti, K.M,. (1999) Cognitive Psychology in and out of the laboratory, 2nd Ed. Wads worth.

PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Introduction

o Definition and Scope

o Religious Faith, Intrinsic and Extrinsic orientation

o Fundamentals of Islam and their psychological significance

Islamic Vs Modern Concepts of Mental Health

o Perspective of Muslim philosophers

o Integrated personality (Al-Ghastly, IBM Arabia, Shahwaliullah, Roomi and Iqbal)

o Western criteria of mental health

o Personality Development in Islam

o Muslim concept of man with especial reference to Ghzali and Razi

o Shahwaliullahs concept of individual and society: Typology

Historical background of Muslim Psychology: Survey of Muslim

o Contribution to Psychology, Differences between Shariat and Tariqat

o Concept of abnormality in Islam (Psychological closeness to God).

o Doctrine of Tasauwuf with reference to Sufi Sacruts

o Comparison with Modern Psychology

o Kohibergs Moral Development and its relationship to religious techniques

o Educational System Prevalent in Pakistani Culture (institutions)

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Ajmal, M, (1983), Muslim Contribution to Psychotherapy, Institute of Psychology,

Quaid-e-Azam University Islamabad

2. Ali Azhar Rizvi, (2001), Muslim Psychology, Lahore Book Deput

3. Sharif, M.M, (2007), A History of Muslim Philosophy, Royal Book Company

4. Nasar Husain, (2001), History of Muslim Philosophy, Routledge

5. Azeemi Khawja Shams-Ud-Din, (2003), Meditation, BZU Press Multan

PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Child Psychology

o Nature and Aims

o Methods

o Cross-Sectional and Longitudinal Approaches

The Nature of Childhood

o Historical Perspective

o Child as miniature adult

o Child as victim

o Cultural Perspective

o Variations in Child rearing Practices

o Individualistic and Collectivistic Orientations

o Personality Development viewed cross-cultural

Beginning Life

o Our Inheritance

o From Conception to Birth

o The Newborn’s Adjustment to the world

o Forming Relationships

o The Nature of Relationships

o Family

o Developing Attachments

o Relationships among Peers

Emotional Development

o Nature and Functions of Emotions

o Children’s Concept of Emotion

o Socialization of Emotions

o Emotional Competence

Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development

o Aims and Methods

o Stages of Cognitive Development

o Pros and Cons of Piagetion Theory

Child as Apprentice Vygotsky’s Theory of Socio-Cognitive Development

o From other assistance to self-assistance

o Evaluation

Children as Information Processors

o Modeling Mental Activity

o The Nature of Thought

o Organizing the Mind

o Memorizing

o Thinking about People

Using Language

o Nature and functions of language

o Developmental course of language

o Impairing language acquisition

Towards Adulthood

o Becoming a Person

o Continuity and Change


1. Schaffer, H. (2004). Introducing Child Psychology, Blackwell Publishing

2. Parke, R. & Locke, V. (2003). Child Psychology: A Contemporary Viewpoint. McGraw

Hill

PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Introduction:

Aims and scope Brief History Role of a Forensic Psychologist Perspectives of Forensic Psychology

Assessment and Intervention Status of Forensic Psychology in the World Status of Forensic Psychology

in Pakistan.

Recommended Books

Aamodt, M. (2004).Applied industrial/organizational

psychology. (4th ed.). UK: Wadsworth, a division of Thompson Learning. Baron, R. A. (2004).Social

psychology (10th ed.). UK: Pearson Education. Bartol, C. R. (2012).Introduction to forensic psychology:

Research

and application. SAGE publications Inc. Cox. H, R. (2007). Sports psychology: Concepts and

applications. (6thed.). McGraw Hill Companies. Fulero, S. M., &Wrightsman. (2009). Forensic

Psychology (3rd ed.). Australia: Wadsworth. Gelso, C.&Fretz, B. (2001).Counseling psychology:

Practices, issues, and intervention. USA: Harcourt, Inc. Hurlock, E. (1980). Developmental psychology:

A life span

approach. (5thed.). TATA McGrawhill. Kaur, R. (2006). Child psychology: New trends &innovations.

India: Deep and Deep Publications PVT, Ltd Kring, A. M. (2010). Abnormal psychology (11th ed.). UK:

John Wiley and Sons. Levin, M., & Perkins, D. D. (2004).Principles of community

psychology: Perspectives and

applications (3rd ed.). USA: Oxford University Press. Singh, P. (2004). Organizational psychology.India:

Centrum Press.

PSY-408 Human Resource Management (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Changing Nature of Human Resource Management

o Nature of Human Resource Management

o Human Resource Management Challenges

o Human Resource Management and Careers

Strategic Human Resource Management

o Human Resource as a core competency

o Human Resource planning

o Managing Human Resource surplus or shortage

o Human Resource performance and Bench Marking

o Human Resource information system

Managing Diversity and equal employment (EEO)

o Diversity Training

o EEO issues and Race, national Origin and Citizenship

o Sexual harassment and work place relationship

o Individuals with disabilities in the work force

Job Analysis

o Nature of Job Analysis

o Stages in Job Analysis

o Method of Job Analysis

o Job Description and Job Specification

Recruitment

o Strategic recruiting decisions

o Internal Vs external recruiting

o Recruiting evaluation

Selection and Placement

o The Selection Process

o Selection Testing and Interview

o Background investigation

Training Human Resources

o Nature of Training

o Training Needs Assessment

o Training design and delivery

o Training Evaluation

Career Development

o Developing Human Resources

o Development needs analysis

o Succession Planning

o Management Development

Performance Management and Appraisal

o Identifying and Measuring employee performance

o Use of performance appraisal

o Who conducts appraisal?

o Methods for appraisal performance

o Rates Errors

o Appraisal Feed back

Compensation Strategies and Practices

o Nature of Compensation

o Pay Structures

o Development of Basic Pay System

Benefits

o Nature and types of benefits

o Security and retirements benefits

o Health care benefits

o Benefits administration


1. Mathis, R., & Jackson, J. (2007). Human Resource Management, Thomson

2. Casico Wayne F, (2005). Managing Human Resources, McGraw Hill

3. R.Wayne Mody, Robert M. Neo, (2008) 7th ed. Human Resource management, Prentice

Hall Inc.

**********

BS 8th Semester

Course Code Course Title Credit Hrs.

PSY-451 Women Psychology 03

PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 03

PSY-453 Thesis 03

PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 03

PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 03

PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 03

Total 15

PSY-451 Women Psychology Credit Hours: 03

Global-Multicultural psychology of women

o Feminity and Masculinity

o Stereotyping and Discrimination

o Prejudice

Growing Up Female

o Sexual differentiation

o Rearing

o Female Physiology

Theories of Feminity

o Sigmund Freud

o Keren Horney

o Nancy Chodorow

o Social Learning theories

Getting the Message

o Self-Confidence

o Assertiveness

o Entitlement

o Use of Power by females

Communication and Friendships

o Verbal Communication

o Non-Verbal Communication

o Friendship between Women

o Diversity in Women’s Friends

o Women’s friendship with men

Family and intimate relationship

o Content of intimate relationship

o Couple bond

o Families and Parenthood

Women at Work

o Job, Family and house hold tasks

o Equity and Discrimination

o Sexual Harassment in the workplace

o Stress

Physical Health, Mental Health of Women

o Women’s Strength and Fitness

o Women and Physical Illness around the world

o Depression in Women

o Psycho Therapy

Violence against women

o Dating Violence

o Husbands abusing Wifes

o Rape

o Torture of Women

o Strategies to protect women


1. Lips, H. (2006). A New Psychology of Women, 3rd ed. Quebeeon World Toirffield Inc

2. Lee, J and Shaw, S. (2004). Women’s Woices, Feministivisim, 2nd ed. McGraw Hill Inc

PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance Credit Hours: 03

1. Tolerance: Definition features and Range.

2. Tolerance, Acceptance and understanding.

3. Comparing communication in culture with high and low tolerance for ambiguity. Tolerance and

social anxiety tolerance and Islam.

4. The psychology of social and cultural diversity, inter group and outer group evaluation:

multicultural approaches and factors on recognition.

5. Psychological implication:

Personality development: Age, Gender moral values. Tolerance in youth.

Brain Activity and mental health.

Social psychology support and training.

6. Drugs/Substance related disorders and Tolerance, Tolerance limit Tolerance level.

Types of tolerance

7. How Psychology help to promote tolerance.

Intervention that target social charge.

Promote diversity, perception and social inclusion.

Engage people

Facilitate cultural assimilation in communication.

Recommended Books:

1. Distress tolerance; theory research and clinical application (2011) Michal J. alonsky, Amit

Bernstein, Anka A Vujanavie Guldord Press: USA

2. Co-operation, tolerance and Prejudice A contribution to social and medical Psychology. Samuel

Lawy (1948), Digital Print 2007, Social Psychology Vol: 7

3. Tolerance in 21st century prospect and challenges (2006) Gerson Moreno-Riano Lexington

Book USA.

PSY-453 Thesis Credit Hours: 03

PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Criminology

o Concept of crime and criminal law

o Elements of crime

o Concept of law

o Source of law

Measurement of Crimes

o Perception of Crime

o Emergence of Scientific criminology

o Source of Crime data

o Characteristics of Offenders

o Characteristics of Victims

Biological explanation of Criminal Behavior

o Phrenology

o Neurological Factors

o Neuro Chemistry

o Genetics

Psychological Explanations of Criminal Behavior

o Mid and Crime

o Psychiatric Approach

o Personality Theory

o Cognitive Development Theory

o Learning Theory

Sociological Theories of Criminal Behavior

o Ecological Theories

o Anomie

o Study of Gangs

o Subculture Theories

o Caballing Theories

Types of Crimes

o Violent Crimes

o Property Crimes

o Organized Crimes

o Terrorism

Corrections in Community

o Diversion

o Parole

o Megan’s Laws


1. Willium, K. (2004). Textbook on Criminology, 5th ed. Oxford University Press.

2. Reid, S. (1997). Crime and Criminology. McGraw Hill Inc.

PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

- Basic Issues in Person environment Relationship.

- Effects of Environmental Stressors-Temperature.

- Humidity Pollution.

- Chemical.

- Noise.

- Population Density.

- Urbanization & Crowding.

- Territoriality.

- Privacy & Personal Space.

- Application of Environmental Psychology.


1. Veitch R & Ark Klein D., Environmental Psychology, Prentice Hall NJ, 1995.

PSY-456 Military Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

Introduction

o Use of Psychology during two world wars

o Psychology and Military

Vision

o Structure and function of eye

o Color Blinders

o Camouflage, Counter camouflage

Hearing

o Structure and function of ear

o Role of smell in war, sensitivity

o Equilibrium and body orientation

o Topographical orientation

Efficiency

o Efficiency and work habits

o Boredom

o Effects of environmental conditions on efficiency

Selection and Recruitment

o Psychological assessment of army personal

o Army’s general classification test

o Aptitude Tests

Motives

o Needs

o Psychological Mechanism

o Frustration

Morale

o Determinists of Morale

o Effects of De-morale

Adjustment

o Factors of adjustment in army

o Defence escape mechanism

o Mental breakdown

Learning

o Learning and practice

o Theories of Learning

o Problem solving patterns

o Effective methods of teaching in army


1. Borny, E. G. (1975). Psychology for the armed forces

2. Segal, D. R.., & Goldman, N. (1976). The Social Psychology of Military Psychology

PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional ) Credit Hours: 03

Overview

o Past, Present and Future of Parapsychology

General Characteristics of PSI-Phenomena

Telepathy

o State of Cholinergia and Andrenergia

o Telepathic network and unconscious relays

o The dynamic centre of mobile consciousness

Altered state of consciousness

o Precognition

o Hypothesis

Clairvoyance

o Percognition

o Premonition

Psychokinesis, sub-conscious mind and psychic energy

Human aura

Psychometry (object reading)

Automatic writing

Medium ship

OOBE (Out of body experience) and astral projection

Mirror and crystal ball gazing

Metaphysical healing

Visualization


1. Berande, S. (1986). The limits of influence; New York: Routledge & Kegan

2. Broughton, R. (1992). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Consultant

3. Durbou, A. (1982). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Counsultant

4. Ehrenwald, J. (1978). The ESP experience; New York: Basic Books

5. Freeman, J. (1975). The Master Key; Washington: Unity Books

6. Greenhouse, H. (1972). The Book of Psychic Knowledge; London: Cargi Books

7. Kastenbaum, R. (1982). Death Society and Human Experiences, London: Charles E, Merrill

8. Leshan, L. (1974). Clairvoyant Reality; London: Turnstone Press

9. Mody, R. (1977). Life after Life; Corgi Books

10. Murphy, G. (1961). William James on Psychical Research; London: Chatto & Windus

11. Puharich, A. (1984). Beyond Telepathy; London: Souvenir Press

12. Randall, J.L. (1984). Parapsychology; New York: Harper & Row

13. Smith, B. (1982). Meditation; London: George Allen & Unwind

Psy-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management Credit Hours: 03

1. Basic Human Behavior – (S-O-R)

2. Theories and concept about behavior Classical and operant conditioning

3. Stimulus Central of behavior, motivation and reinforcement Information and decision

4. Target behavior and nature of organism

5. Theory and practice of behavior modification reinforcement in motivation

6. Applied behavior assessment Research case, research design, Data evolution program development and

learning process.

7. Competencies in critical analyzing behavior

8. Behavior analytical research proposal caring out behavior research in the field. writing applied

research/treatment report

9. Behavioral intervention in the children

10. Behavioral modification for various type of clients and mental abnormalities

11. Assertion training, systematic desemitizating, Bio food training cognition restricting, modeling and

aversive method.

BOOKSRECOMMENDED Gambrill, E. D. (1977). Behaviour modification: Handbook of assessment, intervention and evaluation.

London: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Martin, G., & Pear, J. (1983). Behavior modification: What it is and how

to doit. (2nd ed.). New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Miltenberger, R. G. (1997). Behaviour modification:

Principles and procedures. New York: Brooks / Cole publishing Company. 54 Spiegler, M. D., &

Guevremont, D. C. (1998). Contemporary behaviour

therapy. (3rd ed.). London: Brooks / Cole Publishing Company. Turner, S. M., Calhoun, K. S., & Adams,

H. E. (1981). Handbook of clinical behaviour therapy. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

CURRICULUM OF SOCIOLOGY

BS (4-Year)


THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN

BS Sociology Program Scheme of Studies

From 2017 Onwards

Duration: 4 year (8th Semester) Total Credit Hours: 133

1st SEMESTER

Course Code Course Title Credits

ENG-101 ENGLISH-I 3+0

PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES 2+0

STAT-101 MATHEMATICS /STAT-I 3+0

PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 3+0

GSCI-101 EVERYDAY SCIENCE 3+0

SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3+0

17

2nd SEMESTER


ENG-102 ENGLISH-II 3+0

ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES 2+0

STAT-102 SOCIAL STATISTICS 3+0

SOC-151 SOCIAL WORK 3+0

ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 3+0

SOC-152 SOCIAL THOUGHT 3+0

17

3rd SEMESTER


ENG-201 ENGLISH III 3+0

COMP-101 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 3+0

POL-101 POLITICAL SCIENCE 3+0

ENV-101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3+0

SOC-201 CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3+0

15

4th SEMESTER


ENG-202 ENGLISH-IV 3+0

LAW-101 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 3+0

SOC-251 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3+0

SOC-252 PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE 3+0

SOC-253 GENDER STUDIES 3+0

15

5th Semester


SOC-301 CRIMINOLOGY 3+0

SOC-302 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3+1

SOC-303 SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT 3+0

SOC-304 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 3+1

MGT-306 PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 3+0

17

6TH SEMESTER


SOC-351 RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY 3+0

SOC-352 ANTHROPOLOGY 3+0

SOC-353 POPULATION STUDIES 3+1

SOC-354 RURAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0

SOC-355 URBAN SOCIOLOGY 3+0

16

7th SEMESTER


SOC-401 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE 3+0

SOC-402 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0

SOC-403 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION 3+0

SOC-404 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0

SOC-405 RESEARCH PROJECT INTERNSHIP 3+0

MGT-307 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND HRD 3+0

18

8th SEMESTER


SOC-451 SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION 3+0

SOC-452 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 3+0

SOC-453 SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION 3+0

SOC-454 CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0

SOC-455 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW AND HUMAN RIGHTS 3+0

SOC-456 RESEARCH PROJECT/ INTERNSHIP 3+0

18

SUB TOTAL 133

English I

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-1

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.

Course Contents

Basics of Grammar

Parts of speech and use of articles

Sentence structure, active and passive voice

Practice in unified sentence

Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure


Punctuation and spelling

Comprehension

Answers to questions on a given text

Discussion

General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of

the teacher keeping in view the level of students)

Listening

To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers

Translation skills

Urdu to English

Paragraph writing

Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher

Presentation skills

Introduction


Recommended books:

1. Functional English

a) Grammar

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1.

Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492

2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2.


b) Writing

1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise

Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405

7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.

c) Reading/Comprehension

1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford

Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.

d) Speaking

PAKISTAN STUDIES

BS Sociology

Course Code: PAKS- 101, Semester-1

Introduction/Objectives



Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age

and posing challenges to Pakistan.

Course Outline


a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad

Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.

b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism

c. People and Land


ii. Muslim advent

iii. Location and geo-physical features.

2. Government and Politics in Pakistan

Political and constitutional phases:

a. 1947-58

b. 1958-71

c. 1971-77

d. 1977-88

e. 1988-99

f. 1999 onward




c. Ethnicity

d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges

e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan

Books Recommended


2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis.

Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993.

4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.

5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute

of Public Policy Research, 1972.

6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road,

nd.

7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy

Studies, Islamabad.

8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons

Ltd, 1980.

9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.

10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National

Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998.

11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.

12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and


13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.

14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National

Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.

SOCIAL STATISTICS

BS Sociology

Course Code: STAT- 101, Semester-1

Unit 1. What is Statistics?

Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics,

Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant

digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing

of Data. Exercises.


Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency

distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their

Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve,

Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types

of frequency curves. Exercises.


Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation

between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages.

properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of

outliers and their detection. Exercises.


Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean

Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the

standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation,

Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.


Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution.

Exercises


Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors,

sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling,

Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and

proportions. Exercises.

Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing

Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II

errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general

procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises.


Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and

proportion for small and large samples, Exercises


Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population

means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table.

Exercises


Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of

attributes. Exercises.


Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation

of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear

correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its

parameters. Examples

Recommended Books

1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.

New York.

2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana

Bazar Faisalabad.

Note: General Courses from other Departments

Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their

Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.

Course Name: Introduction to Psychology

Basic and Social Sciences

Course Code: PSY- 101, Semester-1

Course Outline: Historical Background of Psychology

Greek Period

Development of Psychology as a Science

Schools of Psychology

Perspectives in Psychology

Research Methods in Psychology

Observation Method (Introspection, External Observation)

Survey Method

Interview Method

Case Study Method

Biological Basis of Behavior

Nervous System

Central Nervous System

Brain and Spinal Cord

Autonomic Nervous System

Sympathetic Nervous System

Sympathetic Nervous System

Sensation

Five Senses

Structure and Function of Eye

Structure and Function of Ear

Structure and Function of Nose

Structure and Function of Tongue

Structure and Function of Skin

Perception

Definition

Depth perception

Laws of Perceptual Organization

Attention

Definition

Span of Attention

Fluctuation in Attention

Conditions of Attention

Learning

Nature of Learning

Types of Learning

Classical Conditioning

Instrumental Conditioning

Fearing by Trail and Error

Learning by Insight

Learning by Imitation

Learning by Modeling

Vicarious Conditioning

Motivation

Nature of Motives

Instincts

Drive and Drive Level

Types of Motives

Maslow’s Theory of Motivation

Herzberg Theory of Motivation

Atkinson’s Theory of Motivation

Emotion

Nature of Emotions

Expression of Emotions

Psychology of Emotion

Cannon Bard Theory of Emotion

Singer Schacstea Theory of Emotion

Memory

Sensory Memory

Short term Memory

Long term Memory

Process of Memory

Retention, Recall, Recognition

Impact of Learning on Memory

Suggested Books

Edward, E. Smith Nolen-Hoeksema & Barbava, L. (2003) Introduction to Psychology 14th

Ed.

Robin, K & Orew, W(2005) Psychology, 4thEd. New York

Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 5th Ed. New York.

Murphy G. & Korach, J.K (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology

Sahakian W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology

Wolmen, B.B (Latest Ed.) Contemporary Theories in System in Psychology

Schultz D.P & Schultz, S.E (1996) A History of Modern Psychology

Everyday Science

BS Sociology

Course Code: GSCI- 101, Semester-1

Physical Science Universe and cosmos, Big Bang and the expanding un verse, Age of universe, Black holes,

Galaxy, Milky way, Stars, Solar System.

Earth Sciences

Structure of earth, Magnetic field, Atmosphere and life, Plate techonics, Drifting

continents, Minerals, Continental shelf, Earth quakes, volcanoes, Hurricanes, Humicam, cyclones,

Hurricanes.

Physics

The nature of matter, Atomic no. and Atomic mass, Symbol and isotopes. Quantum theory,

Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half life and radioactive dating, Hook’s Law,

Elastically the Kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds, Freezing of water,

Thermodynamics.

Chemistry

The atomic theory of Matter, Atomic, Elements, Molecules, Compounds and mixtures,

Chemical symbols and Chemical bonding, Chemical reactions, Coil, age metals, Barbon and

Carbon cycle, Fertilizers, Soaps and Detergents.

Biological Sciences

Basis of life, Classification of animals, Classification of man, major animal groups, Cell,

Genes, Nucleic acids, Proteins, Enzymes, Metabolism. Biochemical energy, Hormones and

endocrine glands, chemical nature of hormones, Vaccines, Antibiotics, Photosynthesis, Respirator.

Human Physiology and Anatomy

Bones and muscles, digestive System, Circulatory System Excretory System, Nervous

system.

Environment Science

Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid Rain.

Reading List

Fundamentals of Physics (4th Ed.) by Haliday, Resnick Walhen

Physics by Resnick, Walken, Halliday

Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beisen

General Science Student Edition. AGS publishing (2004)

Zoology. 5th Ed. By Miller and Harley

INTRODUCTIONS TO SOCIOLOGY

Course Code: SOC 101, Semester-1

Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the

discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and

structures, socio-economic changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation

for further studies in the field of sociology.

Course outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition, Scope and subject Matter

b. Sociology as a Science

c. Historical back ground of sociology

2. Basic concepts

a. Group, Community, Society

b. Associations

i. Non-Voluntary

ii. Voluntary

c. Organization

i. Informal

ii. Formal

d. Social Interaction

i. Levels of Social Interaction

ii. Process of social interaction

a) Cooperation

b) Competition

c) Conflict

d) Accommodation

e) Acculturation and diffusion

f) Assimilation

g) Amalgamation

3. Social groups

a. Definition & Functions

b. Types of social groups

i. In and out groups

ii. Primary and secondary group

iii. Reference groups

iv. Informal and formal groups

v. Pressure groups

4. Culture

a. Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture

i. Material and non material culture

ii. Ideal and real culture

b. Elements of culture

i. Beliefs

ii. Values

iii. Norms and social sanctions

c. Organizations of culture

i. Traits

ii. Complexes

iii. Patterns

iv. Ethos

v. Theme

d. Other related concepts

i. Cultural Relativism

ii. Sub cultures

iii. Ethnocentrism and Egocentrism

iv. Cultural lag

5. Socialization & Personality

a. Personality, Factors in Personality Formation

b. Impact of tolerance on an individual’s personality

c. Socialization, Agencies of Socialization

d. Role & Status

6. Deviance and social control

a. Deviance and its types

b. Social control and its need

c. Forms of Social control

d. Methods & Agencies of Social control

7. Collective Behavior

a. Role of tolerance in collective behavior

b. Crowd behavior

c. Public opinion

d. Public opinion

e. Propaganda

f. Social movements

g. Leadership

English-II

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENG- 102, Semester II Objectives: Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.

Course Contents

Paragraph writing


Essay writing

Introduction

CV and job application

Translation skills

Urdu to English

Study skills

Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis

writing and comprehension

Academic skills

Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet

Presentation skills

Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)


Recommended books:

Communication Skills

a) Grammar

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third

edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.

b) Writing

1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise

Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405

7 Pages 45-53 (note taking).

2. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills.

Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing

memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing).

c) Reading

1. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary

Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.


3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.

ISLAMIC STUDIES

BS Sociology

Course Code: ISL- 101, Semester II Objectives:

This course is aimed at:

1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies

2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization

3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships

4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious

life.

Detail of Courses



2) History of Quran

3) Uloom-ul -Quran

Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran



(Verse No-1-18)

3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11)

4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)

5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)

Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran

1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)

2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment

3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)


1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)




1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina

3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina




3) Kinds of Hadith

4) Uloom –ul-Hadith

5) Sunnah & Hadith

6) Legal Position of Sunnah













Islam & Science


2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science

3) Quranic & Science









3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam

Islamic History

1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida




1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam

2) Elements of Family

3) Ethical Values of Islam

Reference Books:

1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad




5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication

Islamabad, Pakistan.

6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research

Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)

7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”

Islamic Book Service (1982)

8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep

Publications New Delhi (1989)

9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama

Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

SOCIAL STATISTICS

BS Sociology

Course Code: STAT- 102, Semester II Unit 1. What is Statistics?

Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics,

Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant

digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing

of Data. Exercises.





Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types

of frequency curves. Exercises.


Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation

between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages.

properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of

outliers and their detection. Exercises.


Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The

Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale,

Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance

and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.


Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution.

Exercises



sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling,

Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and

proportions. Exercises.

Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing

Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II

errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general

procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises.





Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of

population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and

ANOVA Table. Exercises


Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of

attributes. Exercises.


Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation

of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear

correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its

parameters. Examples

Recommended Books

1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.

New York.

2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana

Bazar Faisalabad.

Note: General Courses from other Departments

Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their

Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.

SOCIAL THOUGHT

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 152, Semester-II

Objective

The course will provide familiarity about history of social thought, stages of social

development and change. The course will emphasize contributions of Western, Eastern and

Muslim Thinkers towards social thought and social development.

Course outline

1. Introduction

a. Historical Development of Social Philosophy

2. Early Social Thought

a. Folk Thinking

b. Greek

c. Egyptian

d. Babylonian

e. Chinese

f. Indian Social Thought

3. Contribution of Muslim Thinkers in Social thought

a. Abuzaz Ghafari

i. Wealth Theory

b. Imam Ghazali

i. Causes of group life

ii. Social justice

iii. Educational reforms

c. Ibn-E-Khuldun

i. Philosophy of history

ii. Science of culture

iii. Ethnocentrism

iv. Rise & fall of nations

v. Causes of social life

d. Shah Waliullah

i. Evolution of society

ii. Causes of social life

iii. Societal disease

iv. Concept of perfect society

e. Moulana Ubedullah Sindhi

i. Basic Human Ethics

f. Allama Iqbal

i. Concept of self

ii. Theory of religion

Recommended books

1. Barnes, H.E. (Ed.) 1966. An introduction to the History of Sociology. Chicago: The

University of Chicago Press.

2. Bogardus, Emory S. 1960. The Development of Social thought 4th ed. NewYork:

Longmans, Green & Co.

3. Coser, Lewis A. 1971. Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social

Context. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers.

4. Coser, Lowis A. 1977. Masters of Sociological Thought, New York: Harcourt Brace

Jovanarich Publisher.

5. Kinlock, Graham C. 1987. Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms.

New York: McGraw Hill Inc.

6. Keat, Russel and John Urry. 1982. Social Theory as Science. London: Routledge and

Kegan Paul Ltd.

7. Ritzer, George. 2000. Sociological Theory. 5th ed. York: McGraw Hill Book Co.

8. Turner J.H. 2003. The Structure of Sociological Theory. 7th ed. Australia: Thomson

Wadsworth

9. Zeitlin, Irving M. 1981. Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory. New

Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc.

10. Turner, J.H. 1987. The Structure of Sociological Theory Homewood Illinois: Dorsey Press.

11. Ritzer, George, 1988. Sociological Theory. Singapore: McGraw Hill.

12. Coser, L.A. 1971. Maste of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical Social Context. New

York, Harcourt Brace.

13. Dubin Robert. 1978. Theory Building. New York: Maxwell, Macmillan.

ENGLISH III

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking

Course Contents

Presentation skills

Essay writing


Academic writing


How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form,

clarity, consistency)




Recommended books



1. Writing, Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills, Third Impression

1992 ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,

argumentative and report writing).

2. College Writing Skills by John Langan, Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.

3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R.

Mandell. St. Martin’s Press.


c) Reading

The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compliled by norther Illinois University,

General Editiors: Janice Neulib: Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephere Ruffus and Maurice

Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century

literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER

BS Sociology

Course Code: COMP- 101, Semester-III

Course Contents

1. Introduction to Computer, Characteristics, Components

2. History, Generation, Computer System, Basic Machine Organization

3. Types of Computer, Hardware & Software, Machine Cycle, Instruction Cycle

4. Introduction of Internet, Types of ISP, Uses of Internet, Advantage & Disadvantage of

Internet

5. Application Software

6. Practical MS-Office, Internet Applications

7. System Unit and its Components, Motherboard, Types of CPU, System Clock

8. Types of RAM and ROM, Buses, Registers

9. Storage Devices, Types, Functions of Operating System

10. System Software and its Types

11. Operating System, Types, Functions of Operating System

12. Input and Output Devices

13. Utility Programs

14. Data Communication and Networks

15. Types of Computer Networks and Architecture of Networks

16. Network Topologies Protocols, Communication Devices

Books Recommended

1. Rajmohan Joshi. Introduction to computer.

2. Kirishna Kant, M. M. Srinivasan. Introduction to computer system performance evolution.

3. Helene G. Kershner. Introduction to computer literacy.

4. D. Ravichandran. Introduction to computer and communication.

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III

Course Contents

1. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology

2. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour

3. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols

4. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion

5. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication

and Control

6. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology

7. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion

8. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic

Political Behaviour.

Books Recommended

1. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology

2. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory

3. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science

4. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and

Control

5. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development

6. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action

ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENV- 101, Semester-III

Course Overview and Goals:

The course aims to learn about environmental sociology and explore the relationship between

human societies and the larger natural environment of which they are a part. It also reviews the

history of resource use, wilderness preservation, pollution, various environmental movements,

and other developments with significant ecological implications.

Course Contents:

Introduction:

i. Definition and Concepts of Environmental Sociology

ii. Scope and Importance of Environmental Sociology

Industrialization or Capitalism

i. Ecological Conditions before the Industrial Revolution

ii. The Environment at the Time of the Industrial Revolution.

The Modern Economy and its Ecological Implications

i. Expansion and Conservation

ii. Imperialism and Ecology

Consumer Society

i. Consumption and Materialism

ii. The Fetishism of the Commodity and its Secret

iii. The State of Consumption Today

iv. Modern Environmentalism

The Origins of Modern Environmentalism

i. The Ideology of Scientific Conservationism

ii. The Growth of the Wilderness Idea

A New Paradigm Emerges

i. The Ecology of Affluence

ii. Sixties Seedtime

Environmental Movements

i. Environmental Movements in Taiwan

ii. Environmental Movements in Thailand

iii. Environmental Movements in the Philippines

iv. Culture and Asian Styles of Environmental Movements

Exploring Environmental Problems/Issues

i. Air Pollution

ii. Water Pollution

iii. Noise Pollution

iv. Depletion of Ozone layer

Social Justice and environmental issues

i. Gender, Justice, and Environmental Issues

ii. Race, Justice, and Environmental Issue

iii. Social Class, Justice, and Environmental Issues

Causes of Environmental Disruption:

i. The state and policy: Imperialism,

ii. Exclusion and ecological violence as state policy

iii. The science of nature and the nature of science

Recommended Books:

1. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld (2004). An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand

2. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld. 2004. An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand Oaks,

California: Pine Forge Press.

3. Brown, Janet W., Pamela S. Chasek, and Gareth Porter. 2000. Global Environmental

Politics. Boulder,

4. Brown, Lester R. 2001. "Eradicating Hunger." Pp. 43-62 in State of the World 2001, edited

by Lester R.

5. Drew. 1996. "Ecology and the Common Good: Catholic Social Teaching and

Environmental Colorado: Westview Press.

6. Environment, Development and Social Movements. London and New York: Routledge.

7. Eric Darier (ed.) (1999). Discourses of the Environment. Malden, Penn:

8. Frey, R. Scott , R. Scott (ed.) (2001). The Environment and Society Reader. Boston,

9. Frey, R. Scott. 2001. "Environmental Problems from the Local to the Global." Pp. 4-25 in

The Environment

10. Gardner, Gary, Erik Assadourian, and Radhika Sarin. 2004. "The State of Consumption

Today." Pp. 3-21 in State of the World 2004, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World

Watch Institute.

11. Gardner, Gary. 2003. "Engaging Religion in the Quest for a Sustainable World." Pp. 152-

176 in State of the World 2003, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World watch Institute.

12. Gunter, Valerie and S. K. Smith (2007). Volatile Places: A Sociology of communities and

Haven: Yale University Press.

13. Humphrey, C. R., T. L. Lewis, and F. H. Buttel (2003). Environment, Energy, and Joseph

Murphy and Maurie J. Cohen. New York: Pergamon.

14. Ken Conca, GeofFrey, R. Scott D. Dabelko (eds.) (2004). Green planet blues :London,

Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.

15. Murphy, Joseph, and Maurie J. Cohen. 2001. "Consumption, Environment, and Public

Policy." Pp. 3-17 in Exploring Sustainable Consumption: Environmental Policy and the

Social Sciences.

16. Murphy, Raymond. 1994. Rationality and Nature: A Sociological Inquiry into a hanging

Relationship.

17. Narayanan, Vasudha. 2001. "Water, Wood, and Wisdom: Ecological Perspectives from the

Hindu Oaks: Pine Forge.

18. Paehlke, Robert C. (1989). Environmentalism and the future progressive politics. New

Press.

19. Richard Peet, and Michael Watts (eds.) (2004). Liberation Ecologies, Second Edition:

Society: Exemplary Works. Thomson.

20. Sale, Kirkpatrick. 1993. The Green Revolution: The American Environmental

CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 201, Semester-III

Objective:

The course provides a review of classical sociological theorists to contemporary

sociological thinking. It focuses on the content and utility of classical theories in terms of

understanding social world. While the course provides a general history of sociological theory,

the focus remains on examining how classical theories have provided the basis for a better

understanding of the character and dynamics of societies around the world. The contents of the

course also help understand the nature of contemporary sociological theories.

Course Outline

1. Background

a. Social Forces

b. Intellectual Forces

c. French Revolution

d. Enlightenment

2. Development of Sociological Theory

a. Theory and Knowledge

b. Process of Theorizing

c. Types of Sociological Theories

d. Inductive and Deductive

e. Process of theorizing

f. Fact, Propositions, and Laws

g. Sociological Theory between 1600 -1800 AD

3. August Comte

a. Positivism

b. The law of Human Progress

c. Hierarchy of the Sciences

d. Social Static & Dynamic

2. Emile Durkheim

a. Rules of Sociological methods

b. Division of Labour

c. Social Solidarity

d. Theory of Religion

e. Theory of Suicide

3. W. G. Sumner

a. Folkways and Mores

b. Ingroup and outgroup

c. Basic motives

4. Karl Marx

a. Communist Manifesto

b. Socialism

c. Stages of Social Evolution

5. Herbert Spencer

a. The law of Social Evolution

b. Concept of Society

c. Laissez-faire

6. Max Weber

a. Sociology of Religion

b. Bureaucracy

c. Protestant Ethic and the Sprit of Capitalism

Recommended Books:

1. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings in Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post-

Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: McGraw Hill.

2. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms”

New York: McGraw Hill.

3. Ritzer, George (2002). Sociological Theory (10th edition). New York: McGraw Hill.

4. Blalock, Hubert M. (1969) Theory Construction from Verbal to Mathematical Formulation

(Ed). N.J.; Prentice Hall Inc.

5. Bronner, Stephen Erick (latest ed.) Critical Theory and Society-A Reader, London;

Routledge and Kegan paul.

6. Cooley, C.H. (1962). Social Organization, New York: Scrichnes Books.

7. John, J. Macionis. 2004. Sociology, 10th edition. Hardcover

8. Ross, H. Laurence (1963). Perspectives on the Social Order, New York: McGraw-Hill

Book Company, Inc.

9. Imasheff, N. and G.A. Theoderson, (1976) Sociological Theory: Its Nature and Growth,

New York: Random House.

10. Calhon, Craig. Ed. 2007. Contemporary Sociological Theory. 2nd ed. Malden, USA:

Blackwell Publishing.

11. Wallace, Ruth A. & Alison Wold. 1991. Contemporary Sociological Theory. Continuing

the Classical Tradition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall

12. Waters. Malcolm. 1994. Modern Sociological Theory. London: Sage Publications

13. Appelrouth Scott. 2007. Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era: Text and Readings.

London: Pine Forge Press.

The Women University Multan

BS Sociology

Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-IV

Letter writing

Formal letter

Bad news letter

Special letter

letter of congratulations

letter about reservation

letters of condolence

Professional skills

C.V writing and job application

Job application

Interview skills

English literature

Poetry

The man he killed.

Across the Indus

Meeting at night

Stopping by woods on a snowy evening

We are seven

Echoing Green

Prose and essays

Three days to see

Of marriage and single life

Of parent and children

Short story

The necklace

Ta-na-E-ka

Drama

Romeo and Juliet

Hamlet

Merchant of Venice

INTRODUCTION TO LAW

BS Sociology

Course Code: LAW- 101, Semester-IV

Course Contents

1. Introduction

i. Definition (Background and Definition of Jurists)

ii. Source of Law

iii. Kinds of Law (According to Classifications)

2. Schools of Jurisprudence

i. Analytical School

ii. Historical School

iii. Philosophical School

iv. Comparative School

v. Sociological School

3. International Law

i. Definition

ii. Nature

iii. Source of International Law

4. Islamic Law

i. Definition

ii. Source of Islamic Law

iii. Importance of “UTEHAD”

5. Great System of Law

i. European Legal System

ii. Roman Law

iii. British Common Law

iv. Muslim Legal System

v. Hindu Legal System

6. Major Concepts

i. Law and Morility

ii. Law and Liberty

iii. Law and Rights

iv. Role of Law

v. Administrative Law

vi. Natural Law

Books Recommended

1. Banakar, R. and Max Travers 92002) Introduction to Law and Social Theory (Oxford: Hart

Publishing).

2. Barzilai, Gad (2003) Communities and Law: Politics and Cultures of Legal Identities (Ann

Arbor: University of Michigan Press).

3. Cotterrell, Roger (2006) Law, Culture and Society: Legal Ideas in the Mirror of Social

Theory (Aldershot: Ashgate).

4. Encyclopedia of Law and Society: American and Global Perspectives, edited by David S.

Clark. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 251, Semester-IV

Objective:

This course will introduce students to some of the major contemporary theoretical

perspectives in sociology, including: functionalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism,

identity theory, rational choice theory, and feminist theory. To explore these perspectives,

contributions of various theorists will be examined. Capabilities to evaluate sociological theories

critically will be developed. An attempt will be made to apply theories to understand current social

problems and issues Pakistan and the world are facing.

Course Outline

1. Neo-structural Functionalists

a. Talcott Parsons

b. Robert K. Merton.

2. Critical Conflict Theory

a. Thorstein Veblen

b. Ralf Dahrendorf

c. C. Wright Mills

3. Frankfurt School of Thought

a. Jurgen Habbermas

4. Social Behaviourism and Interactionism

a. Phenomenology (Husserl, Alferd Schutz),

b. Systematic Social Behaviouism (George Simmel)

c. Symbolic Interaction ( C.H.Cooly, G.H Mead)

5. Evolving Contemporary Feminist Theory

a. Feminism

b. Historical development

c. Gender theories.

Recommended Books:

1. Calhoun, Craig Et El. (2002). “Contemporary Sociological Theory”. Blackwell Publisher

Ltd.

2. Coser, L A (1971), Master of Sociological Thought; Ideas In Historical Social Context, New

York, Harcourt Brace.

3. Dubin Robert (1978); Theory Building, New York, Maxwell, Macmillan

4. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings In Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post-

Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: Mcgraw Hill.

5. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development And Major Paradigms”

New York: Mcgraw Hill.

6. Ritzer, Georg (2002). Sociological Theory (10th Edition). New York: Mcgraw Hill.

7. Turner J H (1987), The Structure Of Sociological Theory, Homewood Illinois; Dorsey Press.

PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 252, Semester-IV

Objective:

The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani society.

It aims to impart knowledge about national culture and sub-cultures of Pakistan. The course will

develop understanding about the integrated function of various social institutions in the country.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition of Society

b. Characteristics of Pakistani Society

c. Social Stratification, Cast, Class & Ethnicity

d. Social Institutions in Pakistan

i. Family

ii. Religion

iii. Economy

iv. Politics

v. Education

vi. Recreational

2. Educational Dynamics

a. Illiteracy

b. Literacy

c. Universal Primary Education Concept

d. Schools; Technical & Higher Education

e. Status of Formal and Informal Education

3. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture

3.1 Provincial Culture

a. Culture of Punjab

b. Culture of Sindh

c. Culture of NWFP

d. Culture of Balochistan

e. Culture of Kashmir & Northern Areas

4. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan

a. Rural Society

b. Urban Society

5. Minority and Their Belief

6. Major Social Problems

7. Major Occupation and Production Activities

Recommended Books:

1. Ahmad, Akbar S. (1990). “Pakistani Society”. Karachi: Royal Books Co.

2. Hafeez, Sabiha. (). “Pakistan Changing Society.

GENDER STUDIES

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 253, Semester-IV Objective:

The concepts about gender relations will be learnt. The historical movements and feminist

perspectives about gender relation will be explored. The course will provide understanding about

globalization and its role towards changing gender relation in various societies around the world.

Special emphasis shall be given to Muslim and Pakistani societies. Specific areas of gender

discrimination (both for men and women) will also be learnt.

Course outlines

1. Introduction

a. Definition, Concepts and Importance

b. Gender Studies in International Setting

c. Gender Studies in Pakistani Perspective

d. Feminism

2. Major Feminist Perspectives

a. Liberal Feminism

b. Radical Feminism

c. Marxist Feminism

d. Theological Feminism

3. Gender and Human Rights

a. Definition and Nature of Human Rights

b. Collective Rights

c. Ethnic Minority Rights

d. Fundamental Rights

e. Property Rights

4. Gender and Politics

a. Gender and Third World Politics

b. Women Political Leaders, Past and Present

c. Women in the Legislatures and Executive of the Law

d. Power and Patriarchy

e. Women in Pakistani political Setup

f. Women Participation in Local Government System

5. Gender and Education

a. Gender and Education

b. Gender, Origin and Development of Education

c. Gender Education and Religion

d. Gender Education and Polity

e. Gender Education and Economy

f. Gender Education and Social Mobility

g. Gender and Forms of Education

6. Gender and Population

a. Population composition

b. Sex Composition

c. Gender and Family Size

d. Gender and Reproductive Role

e. Gender and Youth Problem

f. Gender and Population Issues

g. Changing Perspective of Gender Role in Population

7. Gender and Development

a. Gender Roles

b. Access to Resources

c. Gender Disparity

d. Problems of Gender Development

e. The Role of Development Aid in Gender Development

f. The Role of non-Government Organizations in Gender development

g. Journey from WID to GAD

Recommended Books:

1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage.

2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage.

3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge.

4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Rutledge.

Criminology

Course Code: SOC-301, Semester V 1-Introduction

a. Social Construction of Crimes and Criminals

b. Types of Criminal and Crime

c. Law and Crime

d. Deviancy

e. Sin

f. Vice

g. Crime and Social Organization

h. Crime and Social Problem

i. Criminology and its Scope

j. Criminology and Criminal Law

2-Approaches to Criminal Behavior

a. Biological and Environmental Factors

b. Psychological and psychiatric Determents

c. Sociological and Economic Approaches

d. Islamic Point of View

3-Crime and Criminals

a. The Occasional Criminals

b. The Habitual Criminals

c. The Professional Criminals

d. The White-Collar Crimes

e. The Organized Crimes

f. Corporate Crimes

g. Custom Based Deviance and Crimes

4-Detection of Crimes

a. Agencies of Detection Formal-Infrormal

b. Techniques of Detection

c. Problems of Detection

5-Reformative Treatment of Criminals:

a. Corporal Punishments

b. Capital Punishment

c. Imprisonment

d. Prison and Related Problems

e. Probation, Parole and Rehabilitation

6-Explanation of Criminal Behavior

a. Rational Choice Theory/Exchange Theory

b. Choice and Trait Theories

c. Social Reaction Theories

d. Social Process Theories

e. Social Structural Theories

7-Trial and Conviction of Offenders

a. Agencies: Formal and Informal

b. Criminal Courts: Procedures and Problems

8-Prevention of Crimes

a. Long Term Measures

b. Short Term Measures

9-Punitive and Reformative Treatment of Criminals

a. Corporal Punishment

b. Imprisonment

c. Probation

d. Parole

e. Rehabilitation of Criminals

f. Prison and Related Problems

Research Methodology

Course Code: SOC-302, Semester V 1-Introduction:

k. Definition of Research Methodology

l. Characteristics of Research Design

m. Types of Research Design

n. Components of Research Design

2-Measuring the Social Phenomenon, Dimensional Setting:

e. Purpose of Scaling

f. Types of Scale

g. Rating Scales

h. Use of Multi-Dimensional Scaling

3-Conducting Applied Research:

h. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques

i. Feasibility Studies

j. Impact Assessment Techniques

4-Data Analysis and Interpretation:

d. Basic Consideration

e. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates

f. Introduction to Multi-Variate Analysis

g. Fundamentals of Factor Analysis

h. Computer Use for Data Analysis

5-Report Writing:

f. Contents Formulation

g. Format of Report

h. Report Writing Style

i. Composing and Formatting

j. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation

k. Literature Citing and Bibliography

l. Footnotes and Endnotes

Sociology of Development

Course Code: SOC-303, Semester V 1-Introduction

o. Defining basic Concepts

p. GDP, GNP and their relation with Socio-Economic Status

q. Key Themes and Issues in Sociology of Development

2-Historical Perspectives on Development (Modernization Theory)

i. Introduction of Modernization Theory

j. The Theoretical Origins of Modernization Theory

k. Modernization Theory

l. Summary of Modernization Theory and its Implications

m. The Critique of Modernization Theory

n. Conclusion

3-Historical Perspective of Development (Underdevelopment Theory)

k. Introduction of Underdevelopment Theory

l. The Theoretical Origins of Underdevelopment Theory

m. Underdevelopment Theory

n. Summary of Underdevelopment Theory and its Implications

o. The Critique of Underdevelopment Theory

p. Conclusion

4-Political Development

i. Introduction

j. Third World Politics: the Analysis of Instability

k. Military Intervention in Third World

l. conclusion

5-Development Planning & Aid

m. Introduction

n. The Failure of Development Aid

o. Rural Development Programs

p. Conclusion

6-Gender & Development

a. Transitional Practices in the Third World

b. Socialist Societies in the Global System

c. Problems of Development

d. Models of Case Studies of Development

e. Problems and Prospects of Sociology of Development

f. The Role of Development Aid in Development

g. The Role of Non-Government Organization in Development

7-Demographic Transitional Theories Related with Development

8-Development in Pakistan: a case study

9-Conclusion

Community Development

Course Code: SOC-304, Semester V

1-Introduction

r. Meaning, Scope and Subject Matter

s. Historical Development

2-Theories and Approaches of Community Development

3-Process of Community Development

o. Community Mobilization

p. Community Participation

q. Resource Mobilization

4-Community Development

q. Community Development in Pakistan

r. History of Community Development before Partition of Sub-continent

s. Community Development with Reference to Village Aid Program

5-Role of International Organizations in Participatory Community Development

6-Community Concepts and Definition

a. The nature of Community

b. Methodology and Organization of Community

c. Development and Role of Social Welfare Councils in Community Development

7-Community Organization and Related Services

m. Family and Child Welfare

n. Cottage Industries

o. Adult Education

p. Skill Development and Health

q. Housing

r. Water and Sanitation

s. Development in Rural/Urban Areas of Pakistan

8-Cooperation and Community Development

q. Principles and Methods of Cooperation

r. History of Cooperative Movement in Pakistan

s. Role of Cooperative Societies in Community Development

9-Community Development Programs in Underdeveloped Countries of Asia, Africa:

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bangladesh, Kenya, Thailand, Egypt and Philippine

Project Planning and Management

Course Code: MGT-306, Semester-V

1-Introduction

t. Definition, Need, Identification, Selection and Scope of the Project

u. Characteristics of Project, Types of Project

v. Project Cycle

w. Cause and Effect Diagram

x. Project Objectives

2-Project Planning

r. Development of Indicators

s. Preparing Project Proposal

t. Logical Framework Analysis

u. Key Components of Project

v. Potential Problem Analysis

w. Field Force Formation Strategy

3-Project Management

t. Organization of Resources

u. Task Allocation, Role Taking

v. Coordination in Project Team

w. Accountability within Project

x. Conflict Resolution

y. Time Management

z. Liaison with External Agencies

aa. Preparation of Technical Progress Reports

bb. Preparation of Financial Progress Reports

cc. Writing of Minutes and Reports of Project Meetings

4-Project Monitoring and Evaluation

t. Checking Deviation and Progress Monitoring

u. Follow-up, Managing Deviation

v. Definition and Difference Between M&E

w. Need for Evaluation

x. Steps in Evaluation, Collecting Necessary Data, Expanding Logframe Matrix for

Evaluation, Checking Deviation, Adjusting Deviation

5-Impact Assessment

t. Definition, Concepts & Meaning

u. Types of Impact Assessment

i. Social Impact Assessment

ii. Economic Impact Assessment

iii. Physical Impact Assessment

iv. Environmental Impact Assessment

v. Methods and Techniques of Impact Assessment

RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY

BS Sociology Program

Course Code: SOC- 351, Semester-VI

Objective:

The course aims to understand social measurement, research design, and scientific ways to assess

social phenomena. The focus will be on quantitative measurement; however, qualitative

assessment with concepts and themes will also be taught.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition of research design

b. Characteristics of research design

c. Types of research design

d. Components of research design.

2. Measuring the Social Phenomena, Dimensional Scaling

a. Purpose of scaling

b. Types of scales

c. Rating scales.

d. Use of multi-dimensional scaling

3. Conducting Applied Research

a. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques

b. Feasibility studies

c. Impact Assessment Techniques

4. Data Analysis and Interpretation

a. Basic considerations

b. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates

c. Introduction to multivariate analysis

d. Fundamentals of factor analysis

e. Computer Use For data Analysis

5. Report Writing

a. Contents Formulation

b. Format of Report

c. Report Writing Style

d. Composing and Formatting

e. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation

f. Literature Citing and Bibliography

g. Footnotes and Endnotes

Recommended Books:

1. Neuman, W. Lawrence (2000). “Social Research Methods”. New York: Allyn and

Bacon.

2. Baker, Therese L. (1989). “Doing Social Research”. McGraw Hill.

3. Babbie, Earl (2005). “The Practice of Social Research”. Belmont, California:

Wordsworth.

4. Miller, D. C. (1991). “Research Design and Social Measurement”. London: Sage

Publication.

ANTHROPOLOGY



Objective:

The course aims to introduce the pertinent concepts and theories about evolution of humans and

culture. The course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology,

archaeology, socio-cultural anthropology, and linguistic anthropology.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition, Concept and Branches: physical, social, archaeology, liguisitics

b. Relationship of anthropology with other social sciences,

c. Relation between sociology and anthropology

d. Anthropological research techniques

e. Growth of anthropological theories

2. Evolution

a. Evolution of Evolution

b. Mendel’s Law of Segregatio

c. Mitosis & Meiosis

3. How we discover Past

a. Kinds of evidence

b. Analyze & dating the evidence

c. Site creation

4. The Living Primates

a. Common features of primates

b. Classification of primates

c. Hominoids

5. Primates Evolution: From Early Primates to Hominoids

a. Eon, Eras & Epochs

b. Cenozoic Era In detail

6. The first Hominoids

a. Australopithecus Anamensis

b. Australopithecus afarensis & africanus

c. Australopithecus Robustus

d. Homo heidelbergensis/neanderthalensis.

e. Homos habilis

f. Homo erectus

g. Homo Sapiens

7. The Stone Age

a. Paleolithic

b. Mesolithic

c. Neolithic

8. Culture

a. The nature of culture

b. Definition, Properties and Taxonomy

c. the evolution and growth of culture

d. universal aspects of culture

e. Material and Non-Material aspects

f. Cultural Diversity and Integration

g. Globalization and culture

9. Origin of Cities & States

10. Origin of Food Production & Settled Life

11. Language and Communication

a. Origin of language

b. Structure of language

c. Socio-linguistics

d. Nonverbal communication

12. Marriage

a. Kinship

b. Types of Marriage

c. Concept of Incest Taboo

d. Kinship systems,

e. Rule of decent

f. Types of decent system

13. Political System

a. Kind of political systems

b. Political system and economic system

14. Religion

a. Origin, functions of religion

b. Religion and cultural ecology

c. Religion and social control

d. Kinds of religion

e. Witchcraft and Sorcery

Recommended Books:-

1. Ahmad, Akbar S. 1990. Pakistani Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co.

2. Bernard, H. Russel. 1994. Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative and Quantitative

Approaches. London: Sage Publications

3. Bodley, John H. 1994. Cultural Anthropology, California: Mayfield Publishing Co.

4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd. New Delhi: Reliance

Publishing

5. Ember, Carol R. & Ember Melvin. 1990. Anthropology, 6th ed. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice

Hall, Ince. Harper and Row

6. Harris Marvin. 1987. Cultural Anthropology. New York: Harper and Row

7. Harris Marvin. 1985. Culture, People, nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology

London: Harper and Row

8. Hertzler J. O. 1981. The Social Structure of Islam. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

9. Kennedy, Charles H. 1992. Pakistan London: Westview Press, Oxford

10. David Pocock, (1998) “Understanding Social Anthropology”. The athlone press London;

11. Eliotd Chapple & Carletons S. coon (2004) Principles of Anthropology cosmo publications,

India;

12. Fellmann/Getis/ Fellmann (1985) Human Geography (Land scope of human activates). wm

brown publishers;

13. Gray Ferraro (2004) An Applied Perspective (Fifth Edition) Thomsan, Wadsworth;

14. Irfan Habib (2004) Prehistory Peoples history of India (1) Fiction house Mozang Road

Lahore;

15. Irfan Habib (2004) The Indus Civilization, Peoples history of India (2) Fiction house

Mozang Road Lahore;

16. Joy Hendry (1999) An Introduction to Social Anthropology (Macmillan Press);

17. Nigel Rapport & Joanna overing (2005) Socil & Cultural Anthropology Rout ledge,

London & New york;

18. Salahuddin A Kahn (1996) Anthropology As Science The Problem of Indigenization in

Pakistan Sang-e-meel Publication lok vira Publishing house Lahore.

19. Vijay Kumar Thakur & Irfan Habib (2004) The Vedic Age, Peoples history of India (3)

Fiction house Mozang Road Lahore.

20. Bernard, H. Russell (1994). Research Methods in Anthropology; Qualitative and

Quantitative Approaches. London: Sage Publications.

21. Bodley, Jhon H. (1994). Cultural Anthropology. California: Mayfield Publishing Co.

22. Embers N Embers (1990) Social and Cultural Anthropology: Printice Hall. New

York/London

23. Ember, Carol R. and Ember, Melvin (1990). Anthropology. (6 ed. Englewood Cliffs:

Prentice Hall Inc.

24. Harris, Marvin (1987). Cultural Anthropology, New York: Harper and Row.

25. Park, Michael Alan, (1986). Anthropology: An Introduction, New York: Harper and Row.

26. Harris, Morven (1985). Culture, People, Nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology.

London: Harper and Row.

27. Bodily John H. (1994) Cultural Anthropology, California, Mayfield Publication Co.

28. Harris Marrier (1987), Cultural Anthropology, Newark, Hanper & Co.

POPOULATION STUDIES



Objective:

Relevant concepts of population dynamics shall be explored. The theories in relation to population

growth will be shared. The concept of culture and social values regarding population growth will

be emphasized. The variables including fertility, mortality, and migration shall be studied with

reference to change in population in a given area. Population policies about growth and control

will be learnt.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. The significance of population study

b. Scope of Population studies

c. Sources of population data

2. Population growth in Pakistan

a. Historical trends

b. Present population situation

c. Future prospects.

3. Demographic processes

a. Fertility: socio-economic variables affecting fertility

b. Mortality: Socio-economic variables affecting mortality

c. Migration:

4. The structure of Pakistan's population

a. Geographic distribution

b. Age and Sex structure

c. Education, Dependency burdens. Birth rates: their relationships to GNP growth

rates and income distribution.

5. Population related problems of Pakistan

a. Economic factors behind high fertility rate

b. Social, cultural and, ethnic factors behind high fertility rates

c. Mortality especially maternal and Infant mortality.

6. The population debates

a. Some conflicting opinions

b. The micro-economic theory of fertility

c. The demand for children in developing countries

7. Theories of Population

a. Theory of demographic transition

b. Malthusian population trap and its criticism

c. Ibn-e-Khaldun theory.

PRACTICAL

Students have to submit a comprehensive research report demonstrating various dimensions of

Pakistan population based on data collected from different relevant government and non-

government organization

Recommended Books:-

1. Hans Raj (1993) Population Studies, Indian council of Social Research sciences New

Delhi;

2. K.Srinivasan 1998, Basic Demographic Techniques & Applications, Sage Publication.

Andrew Hinde, 1998. Demographic Methods, Oxford.

3. Paul Demeny (2003) Geoffrey Mcnicoll Encyclopedia of Population Macmillan Reference

U.S.A (Thomson/Gale);

4. Peterson, William, (1975), Population, New York, Macmillan.

5. Todero, M.P., 2000, Economics Development in the Third World. Longman, London.

6. United Nations (2004). Population Division, Department of Economic and Social Affairs.

Retrieved February 13, 2004.

7. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe - Official Web Site

8. United States Census Bureau (2005). Census Bureau - Countries Ranked by Population.

Retrieved February 13, 2005.

9. UNO. 2000. Population Trends, World population Monitoring, Population Growth

Structure and Distribution 1999. Department of Economics and Social Affairs, Population

Division. U.N.O.

10. Weeks John R (1992), Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Belmart

California, Wadsworth Publishing Company.

RURAL SOCIOLOGY


Course Code: SOC- 354, Semester-VI Objective:

The course aims at providing knowledge of basic concepts of rural sociology to the students.

Moreover an in-depth understanding of structure of rural society will be carried out. The course

focuses on issues relating to the study of rural people and places, as well as rural related issues in

both advanced and developing countries. This course is designed to explore the changing nature

of rural development in the global economy.

Course Outline

1. Introduction to Rural Sociology

a. Rural Sociology as a Science

b. Rural Sociology and Other Social Sciences.

2. Basic Concepts and Processes

a. An understanding of the Rural Social System

b. Caste and "baradari" structure

c. Fractions, dispute and "We-groups".

3. Problems of small and fragmented holding

a. Landless tenants and agricultural labor.

4. Social stratification and social differentiation

b. Basic Concepts and action:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Nations

http://www.un.org/esa/population/

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/February_13

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2004

http://www.unece.org/pau

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_Census_Bureau

http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/ipc/idbrank.pl

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/February_13

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2005

c. Group, Role and Status, Norms and Values, Folkways and Mores

d. Social Systems and Sub-systems

e. Rural Culture, Social Processes in Rural Society,

5. Rural Social Institutions, Technology and Rural Society.

6. Social Change and Rural Society

a. Rural Settlement

b. Small scale farming

c. Feudalism, Capitalism, Family farming

d. Agrarian politics and village development,

7. Relationship between technological and socio economic aspect of rural society.

a. Gender and Development

b. Role and status of Rural Woman

c. Pattern of Rural Settlement

8. Rural Resources

a. Land Tenure System, size of landholdings.

b. Rural Social structure, provision of services in rural area; health, education and

sanitation etc.

Recommended Books:-

1. Chitamber, J.B. "(2003)"Introductory Rural Sociology, 2nd Edition, New Age

International (P) Limited Publisher, New Delhi.

2. Chitamber, J.B. (1975), An Introduction to Rural Sociology, New Delhi Balley Eastern

Ltd.

3. Dalal, B. (2003). Rural Planning in Developing Countries, New Delhi, Earthscan.

4. Doshi, Shambhu Lal, Prakash Chandra Jain. 1999 - Rural Sociology

5. Khan Hameed A. (1985) Rural Development in Pakistan Lahore,

6. Khan, Nowshad (2000) Rural Poverty Alleviation, National Book Foundation, Islamabad

7. Kolb. John. H.L. (1989), A Study of Rural Sociology (4th Edition) Houghton Mifflin.

8. Sahibzada, Mohibul Haq. 1997. Poverty Alleviation. Institute of Policy Studies. Islamabad.

9. Setty, E.2002, New Approaches to Rural Development Amal Publications Pvt.Ltd.

10. Social Policy and Development Centre.2000. Social Development in Pakistan, New York,

Oxford University Press.

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=p9u7PAAACAAJ&dq=Rural+Sociology&lr=

URBAN SOCIOLOGY



Objective:

The course provides knowledge of the concepts and approaches of urban sociology. It targets at

providing necessary skills to the students for the solution of urban social issues. The causes,

theories and affects of urbanization will also be explored. The study of human ecology, urban

ways of life, neighbourhood, residential differentiation and gentrification, urban protest, and

comparative urbanism (Hungary, China and Japan) will be carried out.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition of Basic Concepts

b. Urbanization and Urbanism, Community, Town, City, Metropolis and Megalopolis.

2. Urban Sociology

a. Scope and Field of Study

b. The Rise, and Decline of Cities

c. Origin of Urban Life

3. The Rise of Modern City

a. Growth of Cities

b. Factors in Urbanization and Urban Growth

c. Growth of Cities-planned Development.

4. Trends of Urbanization in Pakistan.

5. The Ecology of the City

a. Human Ecology-meaning and Relationship with Urban Sociology

b. Location of the City.

6. The Social Relations in the City

a. The Small Groups - Their Functions and Role Structure

b. The Urban Attitudes, Ideals and Values,

7. The Urban Economic System, Rest and Recreational Activities in the City.

8. The Disorganized Areas

a. Slums, Katchi Abadies and Their Development

b. Lack of Coordination in Various Social Systems in the City

c. Juvenile Delinquency and Street Crime in the City.

9. Main Social Problems of the Cities, Their Origin, Causative Factors and Remedial Measures.

10. Welfare Agencies in the City - Their Structure and Functioning, Adjustment of migrants in

the City, Town Planning, Social and Welfare Planning, Meaning, Need and Scope,

Planning and Development of the City, House Planning, Neighborhood Planning,

Voluntary Associations, The Future of the City.

Recommended Books:

1. Bardo, John W. (1982). Urban Sociology. New York: MacGraw-Hill, Inc.

2. Bardo. John W. (1982) Urban Society. New York, McGraw Hill Inc.

3. Berry, Briyan (1977). Contemporary Urban Ecology. New York: Macmillan.

4. Brenner, Neil & Roger Keil (ed.) (2006). The Global Cities Reader. Routledge, London &

New York.

5. Ecology, San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Co.

6. Ehrlich, Paul R. and Annix St (1970). Population Resources and Environment. Issues in

Human

7. Fitzpatrick, Kevin, & Mark LaGory, (2000), Unhealthy Places: The Ecology of Risk in the

Urban Landscape, Routledge: London.

8. Gibbs, Jack P. (1961). Urban Research Methods. New York: D. Van Nostrand Co.

9. Gottdiener, M. & Leslie Budd (2005) Key concepts in Urban Studies. Sage, London.

10. Hambery, Amos H. (1950). Human Ecology, New York: The Ronald Press.

11. Khan, Mahmood H., (1998), Climbing the Development Ladder with NGO Support:

Experiences of Rural People in Pakistan, Karachi, Oxford University Press.

12. Khan, Shoaib S., (1981), Rural Development in Pakistan, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing

House.

13. Lamba, P. S. & S. S. Salanki (1992). Impact of Urbanization and Industrialization on Rural

Society. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern Limited.

14. Lamba, P.S. and.S.S. Salanki, (1992), Impact of urbanization and industrialization on rural

society. New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited.

15. Nabeel; Hamdi (1995), Housing without Houses. WCIB 4HH, UK.

16. Parker, Simon (2004) Urban Theory and the Urban Experience Encountering the City.

Routledge, London

17. Quim, James A. (1995), Urban Sociology, New York, America Park Co.

18. Unders Tanding, Karachi, Arif Hassan, 2001, City Press, Karachi.

SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 401, Semester-VIl Objective:

The course focuses at providing basic concepts and models of health sciences. The psycho-socio

and cultural assessment of health seeking behavioral patterns and the role of therapeutic

management group will be examined. The indigenous healing system and contemporary medical

system will be studied.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Medical Sociology, and the field of medical sociology

b. Contribution of sociology to medicine.

2. Health and disease

a. Social definition of illness

b. Health and disease as deviant behavior

c. Social cultural causes of disease

3. Sociological perspectives on health & Illness

a. Functionalist Approach

b. Conflict Approach

c. Interactionist Approach

d. Labeling Approach

4. Illness Behavior and Perceptions of Illness

a. Illness Behavior

b. Cultural Influences on Illness Behavior

c. Sociological and Demographic Influences

d. Lay Beliefs About Health and Illness

e. Self medication

f. Sick Role

5. Social Determinants of Health

a. The Social Gradient

b. Stress

c. Early Life

d. Life Expectancy

e. Social support networks

f. Education and literacy

g. Employment/Working conditions

h. Social environments

i. Addiction

j. Food

k. Transport

6. Patient and Doctor

a. Doctors view of disease and the patient

b. Patient’s perspective of illness

c. Patient doctor relationship

d. Patient-nurses relation

7. Sociology of medical care

a. Hospitals

b. Origin and development.

Hospitals as social organization: problems of Quackery.

8. Interpersonal relationship in medical settings.

9. Mental illness in sociological perspective.

10. Complementary & alternative Medicine (CAM)

http://www.nationmaster.com/cat/Education

http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Literacy

http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Employment

http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Working-conditions

http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Social-environment

Recommended Books:

1. A.P Dixit (2005) Global Hiv/Aids Trends, Vista International Publications house New

Delhi;

2. Bauggartner, Teda (1994), Conducting and reading research in health and human

performance. England, Brow and Benchmarn Publishers.

3. David Tucket (Ed), An Introduction to Medical Sociology, London, Taritocl Publication,

1976.

4. David Tucket. 1982. An Introduction to Medical Sociology. Tavistock Publication,

London.

5. David, Mechanic, Medical Sociology, New York. The Free Press, 1960.

6. David, Mechanic. 1990. Medical Sociology. The Free Press. New York

7. Diarmuid O Donovan (2008) The State of Health Atlas University of California Press;

8. G. C Satpathy (2003) Prevention of HIV/AIDS & Drug Abuse Isha Books;

9. G.C. Satpalhy (2003) Prevention of Hiv/Aids & Drug abuse, isha Books, New Delhi.

10. Global Health Challenges for Human Security (ed.) Lincoln Chen et el. Global Equity. UK

2003.

11. Jai P Narain (2004) Aids in Asia the challenge a head , Sage Publications New Delhi;

12. Julia A Ericksen (2008) Taking charge of Breast Cancer University of California Press;

13. Meena Sharma (2006) Aids, Awareness Through Community Participation Kalpaz

Publications Delhi;

14. Moon, Graham (1995) Society and Health. An Introduction to Social Science for Health

Professional. London. Routledge.

15. Moward E. Treaman at. Al. Handbook of Medical Sociology, Englewood Cliffs, NJ

Prentice Hall, Inc. 1963.

16. P Dixit (2005) Global HIV/AIDS Trends, Vista International Publishing House Delhi

110053;

17. Rose Weitz (2004) The Sociology of health, Illness & health care a critical approach

Thomson wads worth.

18. Rubina Sehgal(2004)The Trouble Times; Sustainable Development in the age of extreme.

Islamabad.

19. Schilla Mclean and G. Mahar. 1983. Medicine, Morals and Law, Gower Publishing Co.

Ltd. UK.

20. Shah, Ilyas (1998) Community Medicine . Karachi.

21. The Body, Culture and Society: An Introduction by Philip, Hancock et. el. Open University

Press. Buckingham.

22. The Sociology of Health and Medicine: A Critical Introduction by Ellen Annandale. Polity

Press 1998.

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY


Course Code: SOC- 402, Semester-VIl

Course Contents

9. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology

10. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour

11. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols

12. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion

13. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication

and Control

14. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology

15. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion

16. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic

Political Behaviour.

Books Recommended

7. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology

8. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory

9. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science

10. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and

Control

11. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development

12. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 403, Semester-VIl

Objective:

The course provides students with the sociological insight of education. Core concepts, levels,

educational institutions, theories, educational policies and reforms will be studied. Relationship of

education with socio-economic development will also be discussed.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. The Concept of Education

b. Origin and Development of Education

c. Forms of Education, Formal, Non-formal

d. Contemporary Education System.

2. Sociological Theory and Education

a. Education and Socialization

b. Social Stratification and Education

3. Roles of Education

a. Education and Social Mobility

b. Functions of Education

c. Education and Democracy

d. Education for Leadership

4. School as an Organization

a. Definitions and Theoretical Models

b. Bureaucratization and Professionalization of Schooling

5. The Sociology of School as an Agent of Change

a. The Social Construction of Curriculum

b. Education and Development

6. Relationship between Education and the Economy

a. Reconstructions Views of Education and Economic Development

b. Manpower Planning

c. Demand and Supply of Educational Institutions in Developing Countries.

7. Education and other social institutions.

a. Education Policy and Reforms

b. Private and Public Sectors of Education

c. Education Problems

d. Quality of Education

e. Investment in Education

f. Status of Education in Pakistan

Recommended Books:

1. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993), The Sociology of Education. A Systematic Analysis. New Gercy

Prentice Hall.

2. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993). The Sociology of Education: A Systematic Analysis. New

Gersy: Prentice Hall.

3. Banks, Olive (1971). The Sociology of Education. London: B. T. Batsford Ltd.

4. Best, John W. (1992), research in Education, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.

5. Best, John W. (1992). Research in Education. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.

6. Brubacher, L.S. (1970). Modern Philosophies of Education. New Delhi: Macgraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd.

7. Cosin, B.R. and others (latest ed.). School and Society: A Sociological Reader. London:

Routledge and Kegan Paul.

8. Dale, R.G. Eland and M. MacDonald (1976). Schooling and Capitalism. London: Routledge

and Keg a Paul.

9. David Levinson, Peter W. Cookson, Alan R. Sadovnik. 2002. Education and Sociology: An

Encyclopedia

10. Evetts, J. The Sociology of Educational Ideas. London: Rutledge and Kegan Paul.

11. Hirst, P.H. and R.S. Peter (1970). The Logic of Education. London: Routledge and Keg and

Paul.

12. Ottaway, Andrew Kenneth Cosway. 2003. Education and Society: International Library of

Sociology

13. Singh, Dr. Achyut Kumar, (1992), Education and National Character. New Delhi, Ashish

Publishing House.

14. Stephen J. Ball .2000. Sociology of Education: Major Themes

15. Torres,Carlos Alberto, Ari Antikainen. 2002. The International Handbook on the Sociology

of Education: An International.

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=mfj5a6Z3le4C&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Education&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=mfj5a6Z3le4C&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Education&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=W9GHPA3zK0IC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Education&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=Egrywdv7D9EC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Education&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=Egrywdv7D9EC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Education&lr=

INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY


Course Code: SOC- 404, Semester-VIl Objective:

The course will provide familiarity about the basic concepts, theories and process of industrial

sociology.

Course Outlines:

1. Introduction:

a. Industry and Society

b. Industry and Social Stratification

c. Work, Occupation, Industry, Organization, Factory and Management

2. Industrialization:

a. Social Theory of Productive System

b. Antecedent of Industrialization in west

3. Theories of Industrialization

4. Formal Organization:

a. Bureaucracy

b. Organizational Charts (Structure)

c. Trade Union, and theories of Unionism

5. Work ethics in Islam

a. Division of Labor

b. Work ethics

c. Distribution of Wealth

6. Industrialization in Pakistan

a. Historical view of Industrial Development

b. Problems and Prospects of Industrialization in Sociological Perspective

c. Industrial Relationship in Pakistan

7. Trade Unionism in Pakistan

a. Labor Movement

b. Trade Unionism

c. Union Leadership and Collective Bargaining

38. Laboure Policies in Pakistan

a. Historical Perspective and social change

b. Analysis of wages

Field Visit:

The students will visit different industries to study human relations in industry. They will meet the

employer and employees to discuss their problems and submit a comprehensive report.

Suggested Readings:

1. Hall, R.H., (1995) Organization: Structure, Process and Outcomes, prentice Hall, California.

2. Health, Christian, luff Pual (2000) Technology in action Cambridge University Press.

3. Theobland. (1994). Understanding Industrial Society: A Sociological Guide. St. Merton

Press, New York.

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


Course Code: MGT- 307, Semester-VIl Objective:

The course will help the students to understand the meaning, concepts and theories of formal and

informal organization. A detailed discussion, sharing and participation on organizational structure,

process, human resource management and general problems of organization with special reference

to Pakistan will be carried out.

Course Outlines

1. Introduction

a. Meaning and difference between social organization

b. formal and informal organization

c. Characteristics of formal organization.

2. Theories of Formal Organization:

a. classical organizational theories

b. neoclassical theories

c. System approach to organization.

3. Foundations of Individual Behavior

a. Key biographical characteristics.

b. Types of ability.

c. Shape the behavior of others.

d. Distinguish between the four schedules of reinforcement.

e. Role of punishment in learning.

f. Practice self-management

g. Exhibit effective discipline skills.

4. Foundations of group Behavior

5. Values, attitude & Job satisfaction

6. Personality & emotions & their role in Effectiveness of Organization

a. What is Personality

b. Five Model of Personality Dimensions

c. Personality Attributes Influencing OB

d. What Are Emotions

e. Emotions Dimension

f. OB Applications of Understanding Emotions

7. Organizational Structure and Human Resource Management:

a. Meaning and interrelationship of organizational size

b. Complexity and formalization.

8. Organizational Processes:

a. Motivation, power and authority

b. Leadership

c. Communication

d. Conflict

e. Decision making

9. Human Resource Management.

a. Role of human resource development in organization and socialization of employees

b. Training and development of employees

c. Career planning and human resource development

d. Meaning and problems of performance appraisal.

10. General problems in organization of Pakistan:

a. Structural problem

b. Operational problems

c. Behavior problems

Recommended Books:

1. Ahuja KK. (1993). Management and Organization Dehli CBS Publishers and Distributors.

2. R obbins , S. P. (2003). Organizational Behavior

3. Arndt sorge & Malcolm Wasner (1998) IEBM Hand book of Organization Behaviour;

4. Betty Jane Punnett. 2004. International Perspectives on Organizational Behavior and

Human Resource ...

5. Davis, Newstoms (1992), Organizational Behavior. Human Behavior at work

6. Deborah eade (2005) Development NGOS & Civil Society Oxfam GB New Delhi

International Thomson Business Press;

7. H. Berberoğlu . 1993. Human Resources Management and Organizational Behaviour in

the Hospitality ...

8. Hofmeister, J., "Global and Local Balance in Human Resources Leadership," in Losey, M.,

Meisinger, S., and Ulrich, D., (eds.), The Future of Human Resource Management (Virginia:

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005), pp. 361-369

9. Luthans, 1998,Organization Behavior, McGraw Hill

10. New York. McGraw Hill Inc.

11. Nick wates (2000) the community Planning Earthscan publication ltd London.

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=K_G4AAAAIAAJ&q=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=K_G4AAAAIAAJ&q=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=wBrYPQAACAAJ&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=wBrYPQAACAAJ&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

12. Peterson R.B. and I. Tracy (1979), Systematic Management of Human Resources. UK.

Adison-Wasty Pub. Co.

13. Ph. D. Robert G. Delcampo, Ph.D., Robert G. DelCampo, Kristie M. Boudwin, Sherri L.

Hines. 2007. That's What She Said! a Guide to Using "The Office" to Demonstrate ...

14. Randall S. Schuler, Paul F. Buller. 1996.Cases in Management, Organizational Behavior

and Human Resource Management

15. Rao,TV (2000) Human Resourse Development National Book Foundation Islamabad.

16. Robert Kreitner, Angelo Kinicki. 2007. Organizational Behavior

17. Singh, K.2000, Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management. New Delhi.

18. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective (10th ed.) New York:

MacGraw-Hill, Inc.

19. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective 10th Edition, New York:

McGraw Hill Inc.

20. Werther, William B. and Davis K. (1993). Human Resources and Personnel Management

(4thed.), New York: Macgraw-Hill, Inc.

SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION

BS Sociology

Course Code: SOC- 451, Semester-VIII Objective:

The course highlights the basic concepts, causes, resistance to social change and transformation.

The Evolutionary, cyclic and conflict theoretical approaches and models of social change will be

discussed. It also focuses on the relationship of change with respect to socio-economic and political

aspects of development.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Various dimensions of social change

b. Magnitude, rate and direction of social change

c. Identification of social change.

d. Factors affecting social change

2. Theories of social change.

3. Analysis of social change

a. Types of social change

b. Dynamics of social change: dynamics of social change in Pakistan.

4. Trends and prospects of social change in the Third World.

5. Analysis of economic development in modern and modernizing countries.

6. Sociology of economic development

a. Development-nature and scope

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=QubSR7j632sC&printsec=frontcover&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=LC5MAAAACAAJ&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=LC5MAAAACAAJ&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=N9DnAAAACAAJ&dq=ORGANIZATIONAL+BEHAVIOUR+AND+HUMAN+RESOURCE+MANAGEMENT&lr=

b. Sociological and economic concepts of development

c. Development continuum-under-development

7. Social and economic development

a. Instruments

b. Approaches to development

c. Implications of development,

8. Rural and urban sections of economic development

a. Sustainable development

b. Problems in development

c. Availability of physical resources

d. Non-availability of technical know-how

e. Availability of appropriate human resources

f. Socio-cultural constraints of development

g. Social implications of development.

Recommended Books

1. Elzioni, A, and E. Elzioni, (eds), Social Change, New York: Basic Book Inc, 1964.

2. Etzioni, Amitai and Etzioni Eva (1964 eds.). Social Change - Sources, Patterns and

Consequences, New York: Basic Books, Inc.

3. Ghimire, K.B. and Pimbert, M.P, (1997), Social Change and Conservation, London,

Earthscan.

4. Gouldner, Alvin W and Miller S.M. (1965 eds.). Applied Sociology; Opportunities and

Problems, New York: Free Press.

5. Halperin, Sandra. 2004. War and Social Change in Modern Europe: The Great

Transformation Revisisted

6. Hunter, G. (1969). Modernizing Peasant Societies, London: Oxford University Press.

7. Khan, S. R., Ed. (2000). 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press.

8. Kingston, Jeff. 2004. Japan's Quiet Transformation: Social Change and Civil Society in the

Twenty

9. Lapiere, R.T. Social Change, New York: McGraw Hill Book Co., 1965.

10. Moore, W.E, Social Change, Englawood Cliffs, N.J. Prentice Hall Inc, 1974.

11. Organisational Transformation and Social Change by EBSCO Publishing (Firm) - 2004

12. Schelkle, Waltraud.2000. Paradigms of Social Change: Modernization, Development,

Transformation

13. Schuerkens, Ulrike. 2004. Global Forces and Local Life-worlds: Social Transformations

14. Smith, A.D, The Concept of Social Change: A Critique of the Functionalist Theory of

Social Change, London, Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1973.

15. Swansen, G.E. Social Change, Glenview, III, Scott, Foresman and Co. 1971.

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=AobnW_ouxn0C&printsec=frontcover&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=AobnW_ouxn0C&printsec=frontcover&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=BzSWAAAACAAJ&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=BzSWAAAACAAJ&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=4gXaGAAACAAJ&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=qVkMMdQOQHYC&printsec=frontcover&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=qVkMMdQOQHYC&printsec=frontcover&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=vzlptJyCvmEC&dq=SOCIAL+CHANGE+AND+TRANSFORMATON&lr=

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION


Course Code: SOC- 452, Semester-VIII

Objective:

The course focuses on providing knowledge to the students regarding core concepts, theories and

function of religion in the integration of society. Sociological analysis of the major religions with

special focus on Islam will be carried out.

Course Outline

1. Introduction

a. Definition of Religion

b. Elements of Religion.

2. Theories of Religion

a. Sociological theories of religion

b. Psycho-analytical theory of religion

c. Evolutionary Sociological approaches

3. The Sociological Functions of Religion

a. Universal Order of Religion

b. Pragmatism in Religion

c. Integrating Power of Religion, and Religion and Social Ideals.

4. Sociological Analysis of major world religions: Islam Judaism, Hinduism, Christianity,

Confucianism and Buddhism.

a. Religion as Agency of Social Control.

b. Sociology of Islam:

5. The world view of Islam

a. Human Nature and Human Personality

b. Prophet’s Sunnah as the Normative matrix of Islamic culture and Society

c. Normative Foundation of Islamic Social Structure of Society

d. Major Components of Social Structure

e. Groups and Institutions in Islamic Society

f. Institution of family and its place in the Islamic Social Scheme, socialization in Islamic

Framework, persuasion and Motivation and their relation to Socialization Development

of Attitudes.

6. Education as the mean of Socialization status of Ulama in the Muslim Society epilogue.

Recommended Books:

1. Binder, Leonard (1963). Religion and Politics in Pakistan. California: University of

California Press.

2. Evan, Prithard E.F. (1965). Theories of Primitive Religions. Oxford: Claneolan Press.

3. Ghazli-al-Muhammad. Sociology of Islam. Draft Report. International Islamic

4. Islam and Contemporary Society (ed.) by Salem Azzan. Islamic Council of Europe and

Longman. London and New York 1982.

5. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975), Religion and Society in Interaction. The Sociology of

Religion, New Jersey Prentice-Hall.

6. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975). Religion and Society in Interaction: The Sociology of Religion.

New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.

7. Religion in Society: A Sociology of Religion (6th Ed.) by Ronald L. Johnstone. Upper

Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001.

8. Religious Fundamentalism in Developing Countries by Santosh C. Saha and Thomas Carr

Greenwood Press. Westport, Connecticut. 2004.

9. Schneider, Louis (1964). Religion, Culture and Society: A Reader in the Sociology of

Religion. New York: John Wiley and Sons.

10. Schneider, Louis (1970). Sociological Approach to Religion. New York: Wiley and Sons.

11. Sociology of Religion: A Reader by Susanne C. Monahan, William A. Mirola, and Michael

O. Emerson. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001.

12. The Discipline of Religion: Structure, Meaning and Rhetoric by Russell T McCuteheon.

Routledge. London & New York 2003.

13. Thompson, Ian (1988). Religion: Sociology in Focus Series. London: Longman.

14. Thompson. Ian. (1988), Religion, Sociology in Focus Series. London Longman.

15. Vernon, Glenn M. (1962), Sociology of Religion, NewYork McGraw Hill. Vernon, Glenn

M. (1962). Sociology of Religion. New York: MacGraw-Hill.

SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION

BS Sociology


This course provides familiarity regarding the basic concepts and models of globalization. It will

examine the global economy and its impact on local economy as well as social and cultural change

especially on South Asian countries. The role of media regarding globalization will also be

discussed.

Course Outline

1. Introduction and Overview of Sociology of Globalization

a. Sociology of globalization, globalization: myth or reality;

b. Characteristics of globalization, globalization, modernization & Europeanization;

globalization and cultural leveling.

2. Theories of globalization, global stratification, global inequalities, globalization and local

identity.

3. The Rise of Globalization

a. The Second Globalization: Creating the Post-War Political-Economic Order

b. The Rise of Neoliberalism

4. Globalization and Corporations

a. X-HOUR: From Bureaucracy to Networks

b. Corporate Governance and Strategy

c. Multinational Corporations

5. Political Globalization

a. Global Politics, Governance, Transnational State, etc.

b. Power and Transnational Politics

c. Emergence of Global Classes, Local Actors in Global Politics.

6. Technology and globalization, global economy and the digital networks.

7. Globalization and Workers

a. Changes in Work

b. Social Inequality

c. Training for Global Competition

8. Globalization and the State

a. Welfare Reform

b. Tax Reform

c. Regulatory Reform

9. Globalization and Culture

10. Transnational Social Movements, Transnational Civil Society, Globalization and the

Environment

11. Globalization and Race/Ethnicity, Transnational Migrations, Transnational Communities,

Transnationalism.

12. Globalization and Women/Gender

13. Globalization, Resistance, Hegemonies and Counterhegemonies, Alternative Futures

14. The Global village: Recovering Place and Social Practices.

15. The Making of International Migrations – WTO

16. Globalization and Social Institution

Recommended Books:

1. Ellwood,w.(2001) The no-nonsense guide to Globalization

2. Frank, T (2001) One market under god, Anchor Books

3. Janoski, Thomas. 2005. The Handbook of Political Sociology: States, Civil Societies, and

Globalization

4. Nash, Kate Contemporary Political Sociology: Globalization, Politics, and Power

5. Roland Robertson, Kathleen E. White. 2003. Globalization: Critical Concepts in Sociology

6. Sassen, Saskia. 2007. A Sociology of Globalization

7. Sklair, L (2001) The transnational capitalist class, Blackwell

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=Kmr6gBjhRI4C&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=Kmr6gBjhRI4C&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=NEOYVK37Pw8C&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=EONtBVG6mpAC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=ITEIHQAACAAJ&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

8. Timothy J. Scrase, Todd Joseph Miles Holden, Scott Baum. 2003. Globalization, Culture

and Inequality in Asia

9. Ehrenreich and Hochschild (eds), Global Woman: Nannies, Maids, and Sex Workers

10. Jan Nederveen-Pieterse, Globalization and Culture: Global Melange

11. William I. Robinson, Promoting Polyarchy

12. William I. Robinson, A Theory of Global Capitalism

13. Michael Buroawoy, et. Al. (eds.), Global Ethnographies

14. Joseph Stiglitz. Globalization and Its Discontents

15. Osterhammel and Petersson. Globalization: A Short History.

16. Kristensen and Zeitlin. Local Players in Global Games (pp. xii-xxii; 1-187; 301-322)

(Continue reading)

17. Bronfenbrenner. Global Unions

18. Linda Weiss. The Myth of the Powerless State

CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY

BS Sociology


The course will emphasize on concepts, theories, communication and relationship with client as

well as ethics in clinical sociology. It will enable the students with the skills of intervention,

process of intervention and clinical sociology practices. It will also enable the students to learn

mediation and conflict resolution, evaluation and preventive programming.

Course Outline

1 Introduction

a. Sociological Practice

i) Applied Sociology

ii) Clinical Sociology

b. Interrelation and Difference Between Clinical and Applied Sociology

2 Theories in Clinical Sociology

3 Communication and Relationships with Clients

4 Ethic in Clinical Sociology

5 Intervention

a. Levels of Intervention

i. With Individuals

ii. With Families

iii. With Groups

iv. With Communities

v. With Formal Organizations

b. The Process of Intervention

i. Assessment

ii. Programme Planning

iii. Programme Implementation

iv. Programme Evaluation

6 Clinical Sociology Practice

a. Mediation and Conflict Resolution

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=lFLTdf4O8X8C&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=lFLTdf4O8X8C&dq=Sociology+of+Globalization&lr=

b. Evaluation

c. Preventive Programming

7 Application of Clinical Sociology to Contemporary Social Problems: Case Studies

Recommended Books:

1. Howard M. Rebach, John G. Bruhn. 2001. Handbook of Clinical Sociology

2. Jan M Fritz – 1996. The Clinical Sociology Resource Book

3. Jan Marie Fritz. 2007. International Clinical Sociology

4. Roger A. Straus. 2001. Using Sociology: An Introduction from the Applied and Clinical

Perspectives.

http://books.google.com.pk/books?id=KUna6t631XUC&printsec=frontcover&dq=CLINICAL+SOCIOLOGY&lr=

CURRICULUM OF POLITICAL SCIENCE &

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

BS (4-Year)


BS POLITICAL SCIENCE & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

SCHEME OF STUDIES

FROM 2019-2023 & ONWARDS

Duration 04 Years (8 SEMESTERS)

Credit Hours 132

2019 to 2023 & Onwards

Scheme of Studies

1ST YEAR

Semester I

Course Codes Course Title Credit

Hours

ENG-101 English –I 3+0


PIR-101 Introduction to Political Science -I 3+0

MATH-101 Mathematics-I 3+0

ECON-101 Introduction to Economics ( General –I) 3+0

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology ( General –II) 3+0

TOTAL: 17

Semester II

Course Codes Course Title Credit

Hours

ENG-102 English-II 3+0

PIR-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0

PIR-151 Introduction to Political Science-II 3+0

MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0

ECON- 206 Economy of Pakistan

( General –III)

3+0

SOC-252 Pakistani Society And Culture ( General –IV) 3+0

TOTAL:17

2ND YEAR

Semester III

Semester IV

3RD YEAR

Semester- V

Course

Codes

Course Title Credit

Hours

ENG-201 English-III 3+0

COMP-201 Introduction to Basics in Computer 3+0

PIR-201 Political Systems ( Developed ) 4+0

LAW-101 Introduction to Law ( General –V) 3+0

SOC-253 Gender Studies ( General –VI) 3+0

TOTAL:16

Course

Codes

Course Title Credit Hours

ENG-202 English ( IV ) 3+0

PIR-251 Political Systems ( Developing ) 4+0

PIR-252 Pakistan Movement 4+0

PIR-253 Introduction to International Relations 3+0

GEOG-101 Introduction to Geography

( General –VII)

3+0

TOTAL:17

Course

Codes


PIR-301 Western Political Philosophy -I 4+0

PIR-302 Muslim Political Philosophy 3+0

PIR-303 Comparative and Developmental Politics- I 4+0

PIR-305 Public Administration 4+0

PIR-306 Theories of International Relations: A

Comparative Study

3+0

TOTAL:18

Semester VI

4th Year

Semester VII

Semester VIII

Total Cr hrs= 130

Course

Codes


PIR-351 Western Political Philosophy -II 4+0

PIR-353 Comparative and Developmental Politics- II 3+0

PIR-354 History of International Relations 4+0

PIR-356 Foreign Policy of Pakistan 3+0

PIR-357 Political Geography 3+0

TOTAL:17

Course

Codes


PIR-401 Methods of Study and Research 4+0

PIR-402 Foreign Policy Analysis 4+0

PIR-403 Public International Law - I 3+0

PIR-404 Diplomacy 3+0

PIR-405 Foreign Policies of UK, USA 4+0

TOTAL:18

Course

Codes


PIR-451 Public International Law- II 3+0

PIR-452 International Organizations 3+0

PIR-453 Political Economy 4+0

PIR-454 Local Government in Pakistan 3+0

TOTAL:13

Objectives:

The objective of this course this is to introduce the students with the fundamentals

of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the

forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used

in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the

subject.

Course Contents:

1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Subfields of Political Science.

2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences.

3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern.

4. Basic concepts of Political: Power, Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and

Sovereignty.

5. State, its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State,

Forms of State: Unitary, Federation, Confederation.

a) Definition , Nature and conditions for successful Democracy

b) Virtue of Tolerance in Democratic Process.


7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian.

Note:Subfields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory;

Comparative Politics; International Relations; Public Administration/

Public Policy; Local Government, etc.

Recommended Books:

1. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book

Depot, 1996.

2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State),

Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.

3. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland,

1996.

4. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice

Hall, 1997.

5. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore

IlmiKutubKhana, 1996.

6. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to

Political Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997).

7. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad,

National Book Foundation, Latest Edition.

Semester-I

PIR-101 Introduction to Political Science - I 03 Credit Hours

8. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi,

S. Chand & Co., 2006.

9. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi,

S. Chand & Co., 2006.

10. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg,


11. Introduction to Political Science: By Gaig Parsons 3rd Edition Parson

Education 2019.

12. Political Science: An Introduction Global Edition by Michall G. Roskin

Robert L. Cord, James A. Medeires 7th Edition Pearson Education

Limited,2016.

13. Power and Choice: An Introduction to Political Science: by W. Phillips

Shively 2nd Edition Mc GramHill Gigher Education 2013.

14. Kamran, Democracy Governance in Pakistan (2017).

15. Sayeed, Political System of Pakistan (2107).

16. Sayeed, Politics in Pakistan the Nature & Direction of Change (2017).

English I (Functional English)

Basics of Grammar

1. Parts of speech and their functions

(Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjectives, Conjunction, Interjection)

2. Use of Articles

3. Sentence Skills

Classification by Purpose

(Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative)

Classification by Structure

(Complex, Compound, Compound Complex)

4. Analysis of phrase, clause

5. Preposition

6. Transitive and intransitive verbs

7. Active and Passive Voice

8. Speaking Skills

Communication via Dialogue formation

Expressing your likes and dislikes

Group discussion

My Dreams

Picture Description

Games activities

9. Reading Skills

Aims of Reading

Kinds of Reading

Faulty Reading Habits

SQ3Rs

10. Writing Skills

Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)

11. Dictionary Skills

(Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms,

Antonyms)

Semester-I

ENG-101 English-I 03 Credit Hours

Recommended Books:


a) Grammar

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 1.


2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercise 2.

Third edition, Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506

b) Writing

1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and

Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN

019435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.


1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford

Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.

d) Speaking

Semester-I

General I

ECON-101

Introduction to Economics 03 Credit Hours

1. Introduction

Nature and scope of Economics (Different school of thought, Definition of

Economics, Subject matter of economics), Classification of economics, Scope and

definition of Microeconomics, basic concepts (Production, Consumption, Income,

Resources, Consumers, Producers).

2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium

Concept of demand, Demand function, Law of demand, Changes in demand

(Expansion, contraction, Rise and fall in demand), Elasticity of demand (Concept,

measurement and kinds of elasticity of demand), Importance of Elasticity of

demand. Supply (concept), Supply function, Law of supply, Changes in supply,

Supply elasticity (concept, measurement and measurement and importance),

Market Equilibrium.

3. Theory of Consumer Behavior

Concept of consumer’s behavior, Utility, Types of utility. Measurement of utility

(Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer’s

Equilibrium, Utility function.

4. Theory of Production Cost and Revenue

Concept of production, Production function, Factors of production, Laws of

return, Concept of cost, Cost function, Kinds of cost in view of time period,

Short-run cost and Long-run cost, Concept of revenue, Kinds of revenue, Revenue

Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition.

5. Market Structure

Concept of market, kinds of market, Concept of firm, Concept of profit, Concept

of perfect competition (assumption), Price and output determination (equilibrium

of the firm), under perfect competition in short-run and long-run. Concept of

monopoly, Equilibrium of the firm under monopoly.

Recommended Books:

1. Micheal Parkin. 2004, Economics, 5th Ed., Addision Wesley

2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan,

“Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG Publications, Multan. (latest edition)

3. Paul A. Samualson and W.D Nordhaus. 2004 Economics, 18th Ed.

McGraw Hills, Inc.

4. John Sloman, Economics (latest edition)

5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition)

Semester I

General II PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology 03 Credit Hours

Course Contents:


2. Definition Applied fields and goals of Psychology

3. Rise of psychology as science

4. Major Trends in Development of Psychology

5. Sensation:

Sensory, procession, Vision, Audition

6. Perception:

Attentional Process, Organizational process in perception, identification and Recognition

processes

7. Learning and Behavior:

Classic Conditioning, Operanl Conditioning, Observational Learning

8. Memory:

Sensory Memory, Short-term Memory, Learning and Encoding in LTM

9. Motivation and Emotion:

Definition and types of motives (Primary, Secondary, Basic Emotions and Culture

Theories of Emotions, Functions of Emotions

10. Personality:

Definition and Assessment of Personality, Theories of personality, Psychodynamic Theory

Behaviorist Theory, humanistic theory, Trait theory

11. Social psychology:

Social Cognition, Attitudes and their Formation, Prejudice, Social Influences and Groups

Behavior, Interpersonal Attraction and Loving

Recommended Books:

Lahey, Benamin (2000). Psychology McGraw Hill

Feladman, Robert S. (2002) Understanding Psychology, McGraw Hill

Gerow Josh, R (1997) Psychology: an introduction Longman

Carlson neil R, and buskist, William, (1997) Psychology , Allyn and Bacon

Zimbardo Philips G Gerring Richard J. (1996) Psychology and Life, Harper Collions

Semester-I

ISL-101 Islamic Studies 02 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is aimed at;

1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies

2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization

3. To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships

4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and

religious life.

Detail of Courses



2) History of Quran

3) Uloom-ul-Quran




(Verse No-1-18)

3) Verses of Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithul (Verse No-1-11)

4) Verses of Surah Al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77)

5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (Verse No-152-154)


1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58)

2) Verses of Surah Al Hashar (18,1920) Related to thinking, Day of Judgement

3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakr, Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)


1) Life of Mohammed Bin Abdullh (Before Prophet Hood)



Seerat of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W) II

1) Life of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W ) in Madina

2) Important events of life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina

3) Important lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina




3) Kinds of Hadith

4) Uloom-ul-Hadith

5) Sunnah & Hadith

6) Legal Positions of Sunnah













Islam & Science


2) Contribution of Muslims in the Development of Science

3) Quranic & Science



2) Means of Distribution of Wealth in Islamic Economics

3) Islamic Concepts of Riba





3) Basic Institutions of Govt in Islam

Islamic History

1) Period of Khilafat-E-Rashida







Recommended Books:

1. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Emergence of Islam” IRI Islambad

2. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Muslim Conduct of State”

3. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Introduction to Islam”

4. Maulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi

5. Hussain Hamid Hassan, An Introduction to the study of Islamic Law” leaf

publication Islamabad, Pakistan.

6. Ahmad Hasan, “ Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute,

International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)

7. Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic

Books Service (1982).

8. H.S. Bhatia, :”Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep

Publications New Dehli (1989).

9. Dr. Muhammad Zia Ul Haq “ Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal

Open University, Islamabad (2001)

Semester-I

MATH-101 Mathematics -I 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The objective of this course this is to prepare the students, not majoring in

mathematics, with the essential tool of algebra to apply the concepts and the techniques in

their respective disciplines.

Course Contents:

1. Preliminaries Real-number system, complex numbers, introduction to sets,

set operations, functions, types of functions.

Matrices, introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinants,

system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule.

2. Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis

of roots of a quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations,

cube roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficients of quadratic

equations.

3. Sequences and Series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression,

harmonic progression.

4. Binomial Theorem: Introduction to mathematical induction, binomial

theorem with rational and irrational indices.

5. Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities.

Recommended Books:

1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry,

1978, Houghton & Mifflin,

2. Boston (suggested text)

3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1987, PWS-Kent Company,

Boston.

4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry (6th edition), 1986,

PWS-Kent Company, Boston.

Semester II

General -III

ECON-206

Economy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The objective of this course is development and growth of economics, a

comprehensive definition of economic development, and common characteristics of

developing countries.

Course Contents:

8. Factors of economics development. Technology and economic development.

Obstacles to science development. Remedial measures to overcome economic

development. Market imperfections, poverty and its measurement, various circle

of poverty.

9. Mineral and power recourses of Pakistan, natural recourses and economic

development. Capital formation. Qualitative and quantitative aspects of

Pakistan’s population. Explosion family planning. Importance of population for

economic development. Unemployment problems. Human capital formation.

Manpower planning.

10. Role of agriculture sector. Food and cash crops. Farm Mechanization. Collective

and cooperative farming. Problems of agriculture sector and solution. Food

shortage problem in Pakistan. Tax on agriculture income. Livestock. Forests in

Pakistan.

11. Role of agriculture credit. Rural credit its types and sources. Rural credit its

problems and solutions. Problems of agricultural marketing and solutions.

Importance and objectives of agriculture price policy. Land tenure system in

Pakistan.

12. Role of industrial sector. Problems of industrial sector and solution. Principal

manufacturing industries in Pakistan. Industrial promotion measures taken by

Government. Small and medium enterprises. Agro based industries. Localization

of industries.

13. Role of foreign trade in economic development, major Exports and imports of

Pakistan. Foreign trade performance of Pakistan. Exports promotion measures

taken by Government. BOP (Cause of deficit and solutions). Devaluation of

Currency.

14. Transports and communication system in Pakistan. Role of transport and

communication sectors in Pakistan. Pakistan Railways, Pakistan Motorways.

15. Meaning and definition of economic planning. Need and role of economic

planning. Aims and objectives o economic planning. Pre requisites for effective

economic planning factors including the effective economic planning.

16. Components of federal Budget. Economic importance of Budget. Fiscal policy.

Deficit flouncing. Tax structure in Pakistan.

Recommended Books:

10. Muhammad Ramzan, Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed khan, “ Economics o

Pakistan” MKG Publications, Multan. ( Latest Edition).

11. Kh. Amjad Saeed, ( Latent), “ The Economic of Pakistan” SA Saluman

Publications.

12. Waqar Ahmad and Rashid Ahmad, the management of Pakistan’ s Economy.

Oxford University Press, Karachi.

13. Chaudhary M. Aslam, Human Resource development.

14. Pakistan Economic Surveys, Published by Government of Pakistan, (Insets

issues).

15. Annual Report of State Bank of Pakistan and CBR year books. (Insets issues).

Semester-1I

ENG-102 English-II 03 Credit Hours

English-II (Communication Skills)

1. Grammar:

a) Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood

b) Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting devices)

2. Speaking Skills:

a) Presentation Skills

b) Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and

pronunciation)

c) Group discussion

d) Taking part in Seminar

e) Effective Classroom interaction

3. Reading Skills:

a) Strategies to improve reading speed

b) Skimming, Scanning, Inference, Prediction, Anticipation

4. Writing Skills

a) Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive,

Narrative, Expository, Argumentative)

b) Letter Writing (Incitation, Regrets, Routines)

c) Emails writing, Use of library and internet

d) Note taking an note making

e) Outlining and summarizing

5. Listening Skills:

a) Introduction

b) Extensive and Intensive listening

c) Stress, Intonation, Rhythm

Recommended Books:

e) Grammar

3. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 2.


f) Writing

2. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and

Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN

019435405 7 Pages 45-53 (Not Taking).

3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skill.

Fourth impression 1992. ( Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to

presentations. Descriptive and argumentative writing). ISBN 01943534065

g) Reading

1. Reading. Advanced. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary

Skills. 3rd impression 1991. ISBN 0194534030.

2. Reading and study Skills by John Langan

3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.

Semester II

MASS-101

Introduction to Mass

Communication 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of

the subject of journalism. The very basic concepts and terminologies used in MASS Media

to make the students friendly with the subject.

Course Contents:

17. Brief history of Journalism in Pakistan

18. What is journalism –Brief study of various types of Journalism – Daily Press –

periodical press—Electronic Journalism—(Radio , T.V, and online Newspapers.

19. What is news ?

Brief introduction to different types of news, news sources of newspapers.

20. News and news values

Brief introduction to the structure of the news ( Headline, Lead or Intro, Body or

Text, End.) qualities or responsibilities of sub- editor.

21. The brief study of the other important contents of newspaper, editorial , column,

Feature ( Introduction, Role in society and its various types ) .

22. Short notes on Media terminologies ( Press note , Handout, Press release , Hard

news and soft news, Publicity, Propaganda , Advertising Public opinion ,

Caption , Letter to the editor, print line , By line , Date line , News agencies ,Beat

, CPNE, APNS, PFUJ, Public Relation, Documentary, PPO, RPPO, PEMRA,

Code of ethics ) , Pres Communique.

Recommended Books:

16. M. Imtiaz Shahid, Mass communication, Introducing New Trends( English ) ,

Advanced publishers, Lahore , 2010.

17. Mirza Muhammad Yousaf , Faqiha Abbas, Exploring Journalism, A one

Publishers, Lahore , Third Edition , 2009.

18. Dr. Miskeen Ali Hijazi, G.m. Naqash, Mass Communication. Theory and

practice, A one Publishers , Lahore,2004.

19. Abdul-ul-Salam Kurshid, Fann-e-sahafat, Maktabba-e- Karwan, Lahore,

20. Dr. Mohidi Hassan, Dr. Abdul-ul-Salam , Journalisim for Ali, Aziz, Book Depot,

Lahore.

Semester-II

Course Code

PIR-101

Pakistan Studies 02 Credit Hours

Objectives:

Develop vision of historical perspective govt, politics,

contemporaryPakistan ideological background of Pakistan.

Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising

in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.

Course Contents:

Mid Term


a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and

Allama Iqbal.

b) Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah

c) Factors leading to Muslim Separatism

d) Ali Garh movement, All India Muslim League, Lucknow Pact, Khilafat

Movement, Nehru Report, 14 Points of Quaid-e-Azam, Allahbad Address,

Congress Ministries 1937, Lahore Resolution, Cabinet Mission Plan,

3rd June 1947 Plan, Independence Act 1947.

e) Location and Geo-Strategic Importance of Pakistan.

Final Term

24. Govt and politics in Pakistan and constitution development of Pakistan.

a) 1947-58. I. Objective Resolution. II. Causes of the failure of parliamentary

democracy in Pakistan. III. Salient features of 1956 constitution.

1958-69 Ayub Khan’s Reform.

b) Salient features of 1962’s constitution.

1969-71, 1971’s Election, LFO.

c) Causes of separation of East Pakistan.

1971-1977 Bhutto’s Reforms

d) Salient features of 1973’s constitution.

1977-88 Zia’s Islamization.

8th Amendment.

1988-1999 Political Development.

e) 1999-Onward.

25. Foreign policy of Pakistan and Challenges.

Recommended Books:


22. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press,

2000.

23. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical

analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993.

24. Khalid Bin Sayeed, Pakistan the Formative Phase 1857-1948

25. Inamullah Khawaja, The creation of Pakistan.

26. Maya Tudor, The Promise of Power, The Origins of Democracy In India an

Autocracy in Pakistan.

27. Aysha Jalal, the Sole Spokesman: Junnah, The Muslim League, and the Demand

for Pakistan.

28. Stephon P.Cohen, The Idea of Pakistan.

Semester II

General –IV SOC-252 Pakistani Society And Culture 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani

Society. It aims to impart knowledge about National Culture and sub –Culture of Pakistan.

The course will develop understanding about the integrated functions of various social

institutions in the country.

Course Contents:

26. Introduction

a) Definition of society

b) Characteristics of Pakistani Society

c) Social Stratification , Cast & Class & Ethnicity

d) Social Institutions in Pakistan

I. Family

II. Religion

III. Economy

IV. Politics

V. Education

VI. Recreational

27. Educational Dynamics

a) Illiteracy

b) Literacy

c) Universal Primary Education Concept

d) Schools , Technical & Higher Education

e) Status of Formal and Informal Education

28. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture

a. Provisional Culture

a) Cultural of Punjab

b) Cultural of Sindh

c) Cultural of NWFP

d) Cultural of Balochistan

e) Cultural of Kashmir & Northern Areas

29. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan

a) Rural Society

b) Urban Society

30. Minority and their Belief

31. Major Social Problems

32. Major Occupation and Production Activities

Recommended Books:

29. Hameed, Abdul , 1965 Interrelationship of living standard, Education and

information and social change.

30. Koernig, Samuel, 1970. Sociology – An introduction to the science of society .

Roberts Publications, London.

31. 1959. The Sociological Imagination. New York : Oxford University Press.

32. Ashok Narang , Political Sociology , Murari Lal & Sons , 2006.

33. The Muslim Family Laws Ordinance No. VIII of 1961, Ministry of Law, Govt. Of

Pakistan, Rawalpindi.

34. 58. Young , Kimball & Mack, Raymond, w.1959. Sociology and social Life ,

American Book, N.Y.

Semester-II

PIR-151 Introduction to Political Science-II 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The objective of this course this is the continuation of Political Science-I. It mainly

emphasizes on the functional aspects of the politics in a society. The students are to be

enabled to understand the functioning of the political system, study its various components

and actors influencing this functioning.

Course Contents:

33. Political System: Definition, Characteristics & Functions.

34. Law: Definition, Sources , kinds, ; its relationship with morality, individual

Liberty & rights & duties .

35. Constitution: Definition, kinds and amendments.

a) Virtue of Tolerance in constitutional process.

36. Political Parties: kinds, structures & Functions .

37. Interests groups: kinds , functions, relationship with Political Parties .

38. Public Opinion: Definition, Formulation , assessment.

39. Electoral process: mechanism, kinds of representation, requirements of impartial

elections.

40. Political Ideologies: Liberalism, fascism , Nazism , socialism, Marxism,

nationalism .

41. Rise of liberalism in Europe.

Recommended Books:

35. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot,

1996.

36. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State),

Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.

37. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland, 1996.

38. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice Hall,

1997.

39. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore IlmiKutubKhana,

1996.

40. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to Political

Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997).

41. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad, National Book

Foundation, Latest Edition.

42. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand

& Co., 2006.

43. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S.

Chand & Co., 2006.

44. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg,


45. Political Sciece : A Comparative Introduction by Rod Hague, Mortin Harrop,

John Mc Comick second edition Macmillam Education UK, 2016

46. A Novel Approach to Politics: Introducing Political Science: by Douglas A. Van

Bella 3rd edition SAGE Publications 2017.

Semester III

COMP- 201 Introduction to Basics In Computer 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

Course Contents:

1. Introduction to Computers, Concepts , Functions, Applications, Hardware .

2. Types Of Computer .

3. Input/outputs.

4. Software.

5. Systems Software .

6. Application Software .

7. Customized Software .

8. Word Processing .

9. Spreadsheet.

10. Tools of Statistical Analyses using Computer .

11. Database Application.

12. Internet browser.

13. E-mail: Personal Organizers.

14. Multimedia Applications.

15. Business Application.

16. Accounts.

17. Payroll.

18. Production.

19. Market Planning.

Recommended Books:

47. Peter Norton ‘s (2002 ) Introduction to Computers.

48. Long and long ( 1999), Introduction to Computers .

Semester III

ENG- 201

English - III

03 Credit Hours

English-III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills)

Grammar:

a) Phrasal Verbs

b) Commonly Confused Words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones)

Writing Skills:

a) Essay writing (Descriptive, Narrative, Analytical. Persuasive)

b) Precis Writing/ Summarizing (rules and Practice)

c) Report Writing

Technical Report Writing

Investigation Report Writing

Short Report Writing

d) How to write a proposal for research paper/ term paper

e) How to write research paper/ term paper (emphasis on style, content, language,

form, clarity, consistency)

Presentation Skills:

a) Discussion and Practice

b) Oral Communication

c) Picture Discussion

Recommended Books:


1. Writing Advance by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression

1992. ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,

argumentative and report writing).

2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education 2004.

3. Patterns of College Writing (4the edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R.

Mandell. St. Martins Press

4. The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois

University. General Editions: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus

and Maurice Scharto. (Note: A reader which will give students exposure to the

best of twentieth century literature, without taking the taste of engineering

students).

Semester III

General VI SOC-253 Gender Studies 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course aims at introducing the students the construction of gender in

society with reference to class, race and sexuality. Its highlights the gender role and their

sociological characteristics.

Course Contents:

1. Definition and nature of gender studies.

2. Gender studies as an interdisciplinary subject and its relationship with other

social and natural sciences .

3. Contemporary construct of sex and gender studies .

4. Gender and immediate area of concern family work , education , law and

sexuality .

5. Gender and popular culture .

6. Theoretical aspects of gender .

7. Gender and issues of race , class and ethnicity.

8. Political and Cultural aspect of sex and gender .

9. Gender relation in everyday life .

10. Gender, everyday life and engendering .

Recommended Books:

49. Caroline B . Brettell , Gender in Cross Cultural Perspective , Pearson Education ,

New Jersey , USA, 2011.

50. Dr. Abdul Hameed Malik , Sociology of Gender Relations , National Book

Center , 2005.

51. Gender Trouble , Judith Butler , 1989.

52. Feminism Is for Everybody : Passionate Politics , Bell Hooks, 2000.

53. The Second Sex , Simone de Beauvoir , 1949.

54. Karen Hagemann , Palgrave Macmillan , 2013.

55. Marysia Zalewski, Feminist International Relations , Exquisite Corpse , Book

New Limited , London,2013.

Semester III

General –V LAW-101

Introduction to Law

03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

One of the primary objectives of this course is to familiarize the reader with the purpose,

content, scope and significance of law in our contemporary society. This paper better

serves its purpose when combined with Jurisprudence or the science of Law. The

purposive direction of this course aims at legal socialization of its readers. This course

latently aims at realizing the need of social equilibrium in a modern society. This can be

achieved by appreciating the nature and direction of change by the understanding of Law.

Contents:

1. Introduction

I. Definition ( Background and definition of Jurists )

II. Source of Law

III. Kind of Law ( According to Classification )

2. International Law

I. Definition

II. Nature

3. Islamic Law

I. Definition

II. Source of Islamic Law

III. Importance of “ Ijtehad ”

4. Great Systems of Law

I. Muslim Legal System

5. Major Concepts I. Law and Morality

II. Law and Liberty

III. Law and Rights

IV. Rule of Law

Recommended Books:

1. Phil Harris , An Introduction to Law,2006.

2. Dr. Vidya Dhar Mahajan ,Political Theory ( Principles of Political Science ) , S.

Chand & Company PVT.LTD, 2013.

3. N.D Arora , Political Science , McGraw Hill Education ( India ) Private

Limited,2013.

4. Muhammad Asif Malik, Interbational Law (Including Muslim International Law)

, Publishers Emporium Ahatta Shahdarian, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, 2011.

5. Mazher ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland ,

1996.

6. Introduction to Political Science revised and enlarged edition 216 by Pro, Dr.

Muhammad Sarwar Imle kitab khana.

7. Political Science, Theory & Practical by Mazhar-ui-Haq eight edition 2015.

Semester III

PIR- 201 Political Systems (Developed) 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The course is designed to given an understanding to the students about the

functioning of the developed political systems and their structure. In this course

efforts are made to cover the various aspects of Political Systems of UK and USA.

The purpose of this course is to generate awareness among the students about the

actual functioning of these political systems and find out the reasons of its

malfunctioning and solution of various problems faced in it.

Course Contents:

Following aspects of the political systems of UK and USA shall be studied.

42. Historical background and development;

a ) A detailed explanation of Renaissance in Europe

43. Constitutional/legal foundations of the system;

44. Political process and political recruitment;

a) Political parties and pressure groups

b) Functioning of the organs of the governmental legislature, executive and

judiciary

c) Political environmental factors influencing the politics such as

geographic, socio-economic, international scenario, media etc.

45. Political culture

Recommended Books:

56. F.N Forman and N. D J Baldwin, British Politics, London: MacMillan, 1991.

57. G. Q Wilson, AmericanGovernment: Institutions and Politics, 3rd edition,

Health& Co., n.d.

58. Harold J Laski, Parliamentary Government in England, London, Allen &

Unwin, 1960.

59. J. M. Colomer, Political Institutions in Europe, London, 1966.

60. M. Carter Gwendolen and John H. Hertz, Major Foreign Powers, New York:

Harcourt, Brace & World, INC, 1967.

61. P. G Cocker, Contemporary British Politics and Government, Kent, Tudor

Business Publishishing Ltd, 1993.

62. Pomper McWilliams Baker, American Government, McMillan Publishing Co,

London, 1993.

63. Ramsay Muir, How Britain is Governed, London, Constable & Co., 1940.

64. Robert G. Neumann, European Government, New York: McGraw-Hill, INC,

1968.

65. Thomas E. Patterson, The American democracy, Boston, McGraw Hill

College, 1999.

Semester IV

ENG-202 English -IV

03 Credit Hours

English-IV (Drama, Poetry, Literary, Criticism)

1.Letter Writing

Formal Letter

a) Good News Letter

b) Bad News Latter

Special Letter

a) Letters of congratulations

b) Letters about reservation

c) Letters of Invitation

d) Letters of Condolence

2.Professional Skills.

a) CV Writing & Job Application

b) Job Application

c) Interview skills

3.English Literature

Poetry

a)The man he killed ( Thomas Hardy )

b) Across the Indus ( Taufeeq Rafat )

c)Meeting at Night ( Robert Browning )

d) We are seven ( William Wordsworth)

e)Echoing Green ( William Blakes)

4.Prose & Essays

a) Three days to see ( Helen Keller )

b) Of Marriage & Single Life

c) Francis Bacon

d) Of Parents and Children

5.Short Story

a) The Necklace ( Maupassant )

b) TA-NA-E-E-KA( Mary Whitebird )

6.Drama ( Selected reading )

a) Romeo & Julier ( Balcony Scene: Act –II Scene 2) (William Shakespeare)

b) Hamlet ( 4th Soliloquy : Act –III Scene I )

c) Merchant of Venice ( Court : Act-IV Scene I )

Recommended Books:

66. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press.

67. Himstreet, & Baty ( 1984) Business Communication Principles and Methods (

Seven Edition ). Boston , Massachusetts, Cant Publishing Company .

68. Howe, D.H . ( 2005) English for Undergraduates Karachi : OUP.

69. Queen, D( ed) ( 1985) Configuration. Washington, D.C: VSIA.

70. Raman, M& Singh, P: 9 2006) Business Communication New Delhi: Oxford

University Press.

Course Contents:

Part A)

1. Definition of Geography

2. Physical Geography

3. Distribution of land and water

4. Internal structure of earth

5. Rocks and their types

6. Major land forms – Mountains , Plains, Plateaus, Earthquake and

volcanoes .

7. Composition of Atmosphere .

8. Temperature

9. Air Pressure

10. Winds

11. Humidity.

12. Oceans- Composition , Relief of ocean Basin .

Part B)

13. Regional Geography of Pakistan

14. Location, Position , Area , Population, Administrative divisions,

15. Physiographic, Climate

Recommended Books:

1. Arbogast, A. F. (2007) Discovering Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, London.

2. Christopherson, R. W. (2009) Geo systems: An introduction to Physical Geography,

Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

3. Guinness, J. P. & Nagle, G. (2011) Geography, Hodder Education, London.

4. Miller, G. T. (2008) Living in the Environment, Principles, connections and Solutions,

Wadsworth, USA.

5. Agnew, J. A., Mitchell, K., &Toal, G. (Eds.). (2008). A companion to political geography.

John Wiley & Sons.

6. Tim Marshal, Prisoners of Geography, Scribner, 2016.

Semester IV

General –VII

GEOG-101

Introduction to Geography

03 Credit Hours

Semester IV

PIR- 253

Introduction to International

Relations

03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to focus on the dynamics of International Relations ,

National Interests , power factor and state behavior as a guide to understand the nature of

real politick. The course will enable the students to analyze the basic approaches and

fundamental concepts of International Relations.

Course Contents:

1. Introduction, Nature and Scope of International Relations.

2. Approaches to the study of International Relations

a) Realism

b) Idealism ( Liberalism )

c) Behaviouralism

3. Modern State System and Sovereignty.

4. Doctrine of Power in International Relations.

a) Elements of Power

b) Balance of Power

5. National Interests in International Relations.

6. Concept of Nationalism.

7. Concept of Diplomacy .

a) Status of diplomacy during cold war

b) Status of diplomacy in the post cold war era

c) Status of diplomacy after 9/11

8. Ideologies in the 21st Century

a) Clash of civilization ( Islam vs the west )

b) End of History

Recommended Books:

71. Bruce Russett , Grasping the Democratic Peace : Principles for post cold War

World , Princeton , Princeton University Press, 1993.

72. Chris Brown , Understanding International Relations, London , Palgrave , 2005.

73. Hans J. Morgenthau, Politics among Nations , New York , McGraw Hill , 1993.

74. J. Steans and L. Pettiford , International Relations: Perspectives and themes,

Harlow , Pearson Education Press, 2005.

75. James E. Dougherty and Robert L.Pfaltzraff Jr. Contending Theories of

International Relations : Comprehensive Survey , Ed ( New York ) , Harper and

Row Publishers , 1981.

76. John T. Rourke , International Politics on the World Stage , Boston , Boston


77. Karen A Mingst, Essentials of International Relations , London, W.W.Norton &

Company , 2004.

78. Robert Jervis and Art Robert , International Politics: Enduring Concepts and

Contemporary Issues, New York , Addison Wesley , 2003.

79. Robert Jervis , Perception and Misperception in International Politics , Princeton ,

Princeton University Press, 1976.

80. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A.

Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M. Arreguín-

Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018)

81. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard

Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition

(February 15, 2019)

82. The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations

by Seventh Edition, Edited by John Baylis, Steve Smith, and Patricia Owens,

Oxford University Press(2017).

83. An Introduction to International Relations: by Richard Devetak Jim George 2017.

84. An Introduction to International Relations: by Philip Alam Reynolds 5th edition

Routledge Taylor and Francis Group Loudon and Newyourk 2016.

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Karen+A.+Mingst&search-alias=books&field-author=Karen+A.+Mingst&sort=relevancerank


https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Heather+Elko+McKibben&search-alias=books&field-author=Heather+Elko+McKibben&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&text=Ivan+M.+Arregu%C3%ADn-Toft&search-alias=books&field-author=Ivan+M.+Arregu%C3%ADn-Toft&sort=relevancerank


https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Richard+Jackson&search-alias=books&field-author=Richard+Jackson&sort=relevancerank


https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Georg+S%C3%B8rensen&search-alias=books&field-author=Georg+S%C3%B8rensen&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&text=J%C3%B8rgen+M%C3%B8ller&search-alias=books&field-author=J%C3%B8rgen+M%C3%B8ller&sort=relevancerank

Semester IV

PIR – 252

Pakistan Movement 04 Credit Hours

Course Contents:

1. All Indian Muslim League : Objectives & Priorities

2. Imitative towards the establishment the responsible Government

( 1940-1935 )

3. Fluctuating trends in the subsequent developments in Pakistan Movements .

4. The Second world war and its impacts in Pakistan Movement.

5. Establishment of British Raj and its impacts on Indian Muslims

6. Politics of All Indian National Congress and Muslims Grievances .

7. Gradual involvements of the Muslims In Political Process and the role played

by eminent Muslims Leaders.

8. The Cripps mission and Congress Revolt , Jinnah Gandhi talks , Shimal

Conference & elections , the cabinet mission

9. The interim the Government and transfer of Power.

Recommended Books:

1. Sultan, Politics of the all India Muslim League, edition 2016, 1924-1940

2. Tal Bot, History of Modern South Asia, Politics, States, Diasporas (2016).

3. Andrew Neywood, Political Ideas and Concept (2016-17)

Semester IV

PIR - 251

Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political

Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students

with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also

enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out

the reasons of malfunctioning, if any.

Course Contents:

Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be

studied:

9. Historical background and development :

10. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system :

a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan

11. Political process :

a) Political Parties and Pressure groups :

b) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and

Judiciary .

c) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic ,

socio economic , International Scenario , media etc.

12. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations ,

Nature of civil military relations .

Recommended Books:

85. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980.

86. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice

–Hall , latest edition .

87. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book

Corner ,2004.

88. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic

Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) .

89. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University , Press ,

1967.

90. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) .

91. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e-Meel Publications N.D.

92. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001.

93. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private Limited.

94. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University

cataloging publications.

95. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler Dickovick

and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.

Semester IV

PIR - 251

Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political

Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students

with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also

enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out

the reasons of malfunctioning, if any.

Course Contents:

Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be

studied:

13. Historical background and development :

14. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system :

a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan

15. Political process :

d) Political Parties and Pressure groups :

e) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and

Judiciary .

f) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic ,

socio economic , International Scenario , media etc.

16. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations ,

Nature of civil military relations .

Recommended Books:

96. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980.

97. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice

–Hall , latest edition .

98. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book

Corner ,2004.

99. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic

Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) .

100. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University ,

Press , 1967.

101. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) .

102. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e-Meel Publications N.D.

103. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001.

104. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private

Limited.

105. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University

cataloging publications.

106. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler

Dickovick and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.

Semester V

PIR-302

Muslim Political Philosophy

03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to aquaint the students with the major political concepts of

Islam, the structural functional aspect of Islamic Polity, the writings of prominent Muslim

thinkers with the prospects relating to the application of Islamic principles to modern times

.

Course Contents:

a) The political concepts and institutions in Islam .

1. Khilafat

2. Shura

3. Justice ( Adl)

4. Sovereignty

5. Equality

6. Status of Minorities in an Islamic State .

b) Muslim Political Thinkers :

1. Al-Mawardi

2. Al-Farabi

3. Al- Ghazali

4. Ibn-e- Khuldun

5. Allama Muhammad Iqbal

Recommended Books:

107. M.M sharif , History Of Muslim Philosophy , Lahore , Sang-e-meel ,

Publication , Latest edition.

108. Haroon Khan Sherwani , Muslim Political Thought & Administration ,

Lahore , Ashraf Publications , 1962.

109. E.J.Rosenthal , Political Thought in medieval Islam , Oxford University

Press, 1967.

110. Rashid Ahmed , Musalamano Kay Siasi Afkar ( Urdu ) , Lahore , Urdu

Bazar .

111. Watt. Montgomery , Islamic Political Thoughts , Edinburgh University

Press , Latest Edition .

112. Mumtaz Ahmed (ed) , State , Politics and Islam , American Trust

Publications , Indianapolis , 1986 .

113. Muqadema Ibne Khaldoon ( Urdu Translation ) .

114. Allama Muhammad Iqbal , Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam ,

Lahore, Shaikh Ghulam Ali & Sons.

115. Gerhard Bowering, Islamic Political Thought: An Introduction, Princeton

University, 2015.

116. Dr. Muhammad Daud Rahber, Sir Muhammad Iqbal, A Modern

Interpreter of Islam, Pakistan Writers cooperative society, 2017.

117. Muhammad Aslam Chaudhary, Muslim Political Thought, Publishers

emporium, 2018.

Semester V

PIR - 305

Public Administration

04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to familiarize the students with the fundamentals of

government and administration. Students will thus gain knowledge regarding the

practical working of government as the functional arm of the state. This will also

enable the students to become successful managers regardless of the fields they opt

for as their future Careers.

Course Contents:

1. Definition , Scope , Relationship with other social sciences, public and

Private Administration.

2. Approaches : Traditional , Behavioural and post Behavioural.

3. Rise of the Big Government and the Contributory Factors .

4. Bureaucracy, Concept, Nature and Functions Max Weber’s Ideal type,

Criticism and the Changing view of Bureaucracy .

5. Functional Elements of administration :

a) Organization, its type , principles and theories .

b) Planning , Rationale and Principles .

c) Personnel Administration, its techniques and functions .

d) Communication, types and channels.

6. Decision Making: Models and Processes .

7. Administrative Accountability: The Role of legislature, judiciary, public

advocacy groups, ombudsman and the media .

8. Financial Administration: Budgeting, Auditing and the problems of

financial discipline.

9. Public policy making with reference to the policy making structures in

Pakistan.

10. Administrative Structure of Pakistan: Nature, Organizations &

Management Processes in the Centre and the Provinces.

11. Public –Private Collaboration, and the role of NGOs .

Recommended Books:

118. A.R. Tyagi , Public Administration : Principles and Practices ,

Lahore Naeem Publishers, 1990.

119. Felix A. Nigro , Llyod Nigro , Modern Public Administration ( 7th

ed.), New York , Harper and Row/ Collins , 1988.

120. Harold Koontz and Cyril O’Donnell , Principles Of Management:

An Analysis of Managerial Functions New York, McGraw – Hill, 1972.

121. James E. Morgan , Administrative and Supervisory management

London Prentice- Hall , 1982.

122. John McDonald Pfiffner, Public Administration , New York , John

Wiley & Sons 1975.

123. Marshall E. Dimock, Public Administration , Holt , Rinehart and

Winston , 1953.

124. Raymond W. Cox III , et. al, Public Administration in Theory and

Practice , New Delhi , Pearson Education, Inc, 1994.

125. Richard J.Stillman , Public Administration , Concepts and Cases ,

London Houghton Mifflin , 1976.

126. Shahid Ali Rizvi , Nazmiyat –e-Amma ( Urdu) , Karachi

Makataba-e- Faridi 1982.

Semester – V

PIR-306

Theories of International Relations: A

Comparative Study 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The objective of this course is to understand and differentiate between the main approaches

in international relations as well as to apply them for developing the related theories and

sub-theories. The major purposes of this course are to provide the students with the

opportunity to explore international relations in a variety of ways, and to familiarize them

with the major theoretical traditions, which explain the world politics. It would enable the

students to grasp the main themes of the theories that have been most influential over the

past two centuries. It would also explain the recent theoretical work in world politics by

providing an up-to-date survey of the foundational and anti-foundational theoretical

literature. Thus the learners will be able to understand the main themes of the various

theories and be able to assess their comparative strengths and weaknesses.

Course Contents:

1. Introduction to Theories, Paradigms, Concepts in International Relations

2. Foundational Theories:

3. Realism

a) Timeless wisdom of Realism

b) Essentials of Realism: State, survival and self help

c) Kinds of Realism: Structural Realism, Historical and Practical

d) Realism, Liberal Realism

e) Neo-Realism

4. Liberalism

a) Liberal Debate

b) Varieties of Liberalism: Idealism, Liberal Institutionalism and

c) Liberal Internationalism

d) Crisis of Liberalism

5. Marxist Theories

a) Essential Elements of Marxist Theories

b) World System Theory

c) Dependensia

d) Gramscianism

e) Critical theory

f) Neo-Marxism

6. Feminist Theory

a) Liberal feminism

b) Marxist / Socialist feminism

c) Post-modern feminism

d) Stand-point feminism

Core Books:

1. Griffiths, Martin Fifty Key Thinkers in International Relations, London:

Routledge 1999

2. Robert Owen Keohance, Neoliberalism and its Critics, NY: Columbia

University Press, 1986

3. Scott Burchill, Theories of International Relations, NY: Palgrave, 2005

4. Malhotra Vinay Kumar and Alexander A. Sergonin, Theories and

Approaches to International Relations, New Delhi Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2001

Recommended Books:

1. Emma Rothschild, What is Security? Daedalus, Vol. 124, NO. 3

(Summer 1995)

2. Art, Robert. nd Kenneth Waltz (eds), The Use of Power: Military Power

and International Politics, Lanham: Rowman Littlefield Publishers, Inc.

1999/2004

3. Jervis, Robert “Theories of War in an Era of Leading Power Peace,

American Political Science Review 96, 1 March 2002): 1-14

4. John Mewsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, NY: W.W.

Norforvi and Company 2002 (Chs 9 and 10)

5. Approaches to World Order, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1999.

6. Dougherty Jones and and Robert Pfaltzgraff L Jr., Contending Theories

of Intentional Relations, NY: Harper & Row,1981

7. Barry Buzan, UleWaever and Jappe de Wilde, Security: A new

Framework for Analysis, Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc 1988.

8. Theories of International Relations by Scott Burchill, Edition: 5TH

13,Publisher: Palgrave

2013.

9. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard

Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition

(February 15, 2019)

10. Contestation and Constitution of Norms in International Relations by Antre Wunir

published August 2018, publisher Cambridge University ISBN 978-1-107-16952-4

11. European Integration Theory Oxford University Press, 209 Antre Wunir,Thomas

Diez ISBN 9780199226092.

.

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Scott_Burchill.php?CSID=A3CUZOCQMCJCUCDQTUQ2UUSCB





Semester V

PIR - 301

Western Political Philosophy I

04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to provide students grounding in evolution of Greek

Political Thought and Institutions. The Significance of this course is that Greek

philosophy and institutions provided the basis for further development of the

political studies .

Course Contents:

12. Political Institutions in ancient Greece.

13. The Philosophy of Socrates .

14. Political Philosophy of Plato .

15. Political Philosophy of Aristotle .

Recommended Books:

127. Ebenstein , Political Thought From Plato To Present, London ,

1986.

128. Judd Herman , Political Thought From Plato To Present, Islamabad

, National Book Foundation , 1982.

129. Earnest Barker , Greek Political Thought : Plato & Aristotle ,

London 1964.

130. G.H. Sabine , History Of Political Thought , London ,1980.

131. D.R. Bhandari , History Of European Political Thought , New

Delhi, 1962.

132. If you are an Egalitataing how you are so rich? Revised edition

ISBN-13 978-674006935, Aruthor G.A.Cohen.

133. Anarchy, State and Utopia by Robert Nozick, Published Nvember

12,2013. ISBN-13 978-0465051007, publisher basic books.

Semester VI

PIR-353

Comparative and Developmental

Politics –II 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is in continuation of “Theory of Comparative and Developmental

Politics –I”. Its purpose is to acquaint the students with a broader framework within

which a political systems develops, the various theories put forward and models

designed . The role played in the process by elite institutions such as civil and

military bureaucracies will also be taken into account.

Course Contents:

1. Political Development: meaning of political Development and common

characteristics.

2. Indicators of Political Development;

3. Socio Political Change and modernization; Major theories and their

functional implications.

4. Major issues of National identity and integration : Legitimacy , Role of

Bureaucracy and Military Elite , Charismatic Leadership.

Recommended Books:

134. Arthur Hughes, American Government , 3rd Edition , 1980.

135. David Easton , The System Analysis of Political Life , New York,

Wilde , Latest edition.

136. G.A Almond and J. Coleman , The politics of Developing Areas,

Princeton University Press, Latest edition .

137. G.A Almond , Comparative Politics, Princeton University

Press,1966.

138. G.M Career , Major Foreign powers , New York , 1972 .

139. J.C. Johari, New Comparative Government , New Dehli , Lotus

Press,2006.

140. Leonard Binder , Crisis and Sequences in Political Development ,

Princeton University Press, 1971.

141. Roy C. Macridis, Comparative Politics , London , The Dorsey

Press, 1972.

142. Ward and Macridis, Modern Political Systems ( Asia ) , New

Jersey , Prentice Hall, 1976.

Semester -VI

PIR-356 Foreign Policy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The purpose of this course is to understand the background of foreign policy of

Pakistan in proper reference to context. Moreover, the students will be taught about the

main determinants, guiding principles, desired and acquired objectives in the age of

competing national interest of the state and also taught Pakistan relations with various

countries, its role in selected regional and international organizations, its policy and

strategy towards non-state actors will be analyzed. Furthermore, foreign policy of Pakistan

toward various regional and global issues would be discussed too.

Course Content:

1. Introduction to Pakistan’s Foreign Policy

a) Major determinants, principles and objectives

b) Geo-Political and Geo-strategic setting

c) Foreign policy-making process

d) Divergence and convergence in government and public perceptions

2. Pakistan’s Foreign pol. Phases of P icy (Brief Review)

a) Phase I (1947-1953): The Formative Phase.

b) Phase II (1954-62): The Period of Alignment.

c) Phase III (1962-1971) Bilateralism

d) Phase IV (1971 – 1979) Post 1971 Pakistan: New direction of

Foreign Policy

e) Phase V (1979 – 1988) Pakistan and Soviet Military Intervention in

Afghanistan

f) Phase VI (1989 – 2001) The End of Cold War, the New World Order

and Pakistan.

g) Phase VII (2001 onward) Post 9/11 to-date

3. Pakistan Relations with the Muslim countries: General overview

4. Relations with selected countries:

a) Relations with the United States

b) Relations with China

c) Relations with Russia

d) Relations with India

5. Pakistan’s Nuclear Policy: A brief review

6. Pakistan in the United Nations

7. Pakistan’s foreign policy: Latest trends and transformations

Core Books:

1. Abdul Sattar, Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Concise History-1947 to 2016

(London: Oxford Publication, 2017).

2. Burke, S.M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, An Historical Analysis, Karachi:


3. Amin, Shahid M. Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal, Oxford

University Press, Karachi, 2010.

Recommended Books:

1. Shahi, Agha Pakistan Security and Foreign Policy. Lahore: Progressive

Publishers, 1988.

2. Ahmad, Ishtiaq and Bashir Aamir, India and Pakistan Charting a Path to

Peace. Pan Graphics Islamabad 2004.

3. Bhutto, Z. A., The Third World: New Directions. Karachi: Oxford University

Press, 1973.

4. Bhutto, Z. A. The Myth of Independence, Karachi. Oxford University

Press, 1969.

5. Hasan, Masuma (Ed.) Pakistan in a Changing World. Karachi: PIIA, 1978.

6. Ali, MehrunnisaReading in Pakistan Foreign Policy 1971-1988, New

Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.

7. Shah, Mehtab Ali The Foreign Policy of Pakistan: Ethnic Impacts on

Diplomacy, Oxford: I. B. Tauris, 1997.

8. Mujtaba, Rizvi. The Frontiers of Pakistan, Karachi: National Publishing

House, 1971.

9. Hussain, RiffatPakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reader, 2 Volumes

Rawalpindi: Feroz Sons, 1988.

10. Jan, Tarik Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: The Years Ahead, Islamabad:

Institute of Policy Studies, 1994.

11. Shahid M. Amin , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy A Reappraisal, Oxford University

Press, 2019.

12. Dr. Iram Khalid, Pakistan Foreign Policy Evolution, Development and Strategies,

Peace publications, 2013.

13. Alex Vatanka, Iran and Pakistan Security, Diplomacy and American

Influence, 2017.

Semester VI

PIR- 354 History of International Relations 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The Course deals with the study of important events in International Relations and

provides a survey on different empirical perspectives of International Relations.

The main objective is to integrate theory and policy in the context of specific

historical cases in international politics.

Course Contents:

46. Origin and development of International Relations.

47. International Relations between the two world wars.

48. Origin and Causes of World War I and II

49. Development in International politics in the Post-Worlds War – II era.

50. Origin and Causes of the Cold War.

51. End of Cold War and its Implications.

52. Collapse of the Soviet Union and the New World Order.

53. Characteristics of the International Politics after 9/11.

54. Contemporary issues in International Relations.

a) Terrorism

b) Religion and Politics

c) Globalization

d) Nuclear Proliferation

Recommended Books:

143. David W. Clonton, The Two Faces of National Interest, Baton

Rouge, Louisiana States University Press 1994.

144. K.J. Holsti, International Politics: A Framework for Analysis, New

Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004.

145. Lea Brilmayer, American Hegemony: Political Morality in a One

Super Power, new Heaven, Yale University Press, 2004.

146. Martin Griffiths, Realism, Idealism and International Politics, New

York, Routledge, 1995.

147. Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, New York,

Random House, 2001.

148. Peter Beckman, World Politics in the Twentieth Century, New

Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004.

149. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A.

Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M.

Arreguín-Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018)

150. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches

by Richard Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University

Press; 7 edition (February 15, 2019)



https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Heather+Elko+McKibben&search-alias=books&field-author=Heather+Elko+McKibben&sort=relevancerank






Semester VI

PIR-357

Political Geography 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The main objective of the course is to develop an understanding for the students about those

dimensions of International Relations and Political Science which are influenced by prominent

geographical factors and features of the world. It focuses on how geography influences the world

politics.

Course Contents:

1. Political Geography:

a) Traditional boundaries

b) Modern boundaries

c) Problematic boundaries

2. Geography of Imperialism

a) The revolutionary heritage

b) Formal imperialism: The creation of empires

c) Informal imperialism: Dominance without empires

3. Human Topography

a) Politics of Identity

b) Politics of Ethnicity

c) Modernity and Digital divide

4. Geography of resources

a) Water resources

b) Oil and Gas

c) Food resources

5. Geopolitics

a) Core and Periphery

b) Choke Points

c) Buffer zones

Recommended Books:

1. Cox, Keven R. Political Geography. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 2002.

2. Dicken, Peter. Global Shift: Re-shaping the Global Economics Map in the 21st Century.

(4th edition), Sage Publications, London, 2003.

3. Little, Richard and Smith, Michel. Perspective on World Politics. New York: Routledge,

2006.

4. Martin, I. R. A., Political Geography, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993.

5. Miles, Edward L., Global Ocean Politics: The Decision Process on the Law of the Sea,

1973-1982, Martinus: Nijhoff, 1998.

6. Richard, Muir, Political Geography: A New Introduction, New York: Macmillan, 1997.

7. Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics by Martin Jones, Rhys

Jones, Michael Woods and Mark Whitehead, Edition: 2nd, Routledge N. Y,2015.

8. Geographies of Globalization by Warwick E. MurrayEdition: 2ND

Routledge N. Y. 2015

9. . Countries and Concepts: Politics, Geography, Culture by Michael G.

RoskinEdition: 13TH

Pearson Publishers 2016.

10. Geopolitics: Geography of International Relations - 3rd edition by Saul Bernard

Cohen : Rowman & Littlefield Pub, Inc. 2015.

11. Introduction to Geopolitics by Colin FlintEdition: 3RD Routledge N. Y.2017.

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Martin_Jones.php?CSID=A3CUJ2UJDAMQ3MUMOTTUM2SOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Rhys_Jones.php?CSID=A3CUJ2UJDAMQ3MUMOTTUM2SOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Rhys_Jones.php?CSID=A3CUJ2UJDAMQ3MUMOTTUM2SOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Michael_Woods.php?CSID=A3CUJ2UJDAMQ3MUMOTTUM2SOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Mark_Whitehead.php?CSID=A3CUJ2UJDAMQ3MUMOTTUM2SOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Warwick_Murray.php?CSID=A3CUJJC3JZACJUQATCUKDMSOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Michael_Roskin.php?CSID=A3CUJ2KSOQUAKTMDOQTMUQSOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Michael_Roskin.php?CSID=A3CUJ2KSOQUAKTMDOQTMUQSOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Saul_Cohen.php?CSID=A3CUZOCBQ3O2ZQQCQU2KATSOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Saul_Cohen.php?CSID=A3CUZOCBQ3O2ZQQCQU2KATSOB

https://www.textbooks.com/Author/Colin_Flint.php?CSID=A3CUJ2U2A32SKUD2MQKKODSCB

Semester VI

PIR -351 Western Political Philosophy - II 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is continuation of “ Western Political Philosophy I ”. It is designed to

provide further understanding among the students regarding an evaluation of

Western Political thoughts in medieval and modern period. It deals with the

political philosophy of the most representative thinkers of major political

movements.

Course Contents:

55. Machiavelli

56. Hobbes

57. Locke

58. Rousseau

59. Bentham

60. J.S. Mill

61. Hegel

62. Karl Marx and Lenin

63. Laski

Recommended Books:

151. Bertrand, Russel, A History of Western Philosophy , London,

Allen and Unwin , 1957.

152. D.R. Bhandari, History of European political thought, New Delhi ,

1962.

153. Ebenstein , Political Thought: from Plato to the Present , London

1986.

154. G.H Sabine , History Of Political Thought, London 1980.

155. Judd, Harmon , Political Thought from Plato to the present ,

London , McGraw Hill , 1964.

156. Kymlicka, Will , Contemporary Political Philosophy: An

Introduction London , Oxford University Press, 2006.

157. Paul Kelley ( Ed) , Political Thinkers : from Socrates to present

London, Oxford University Press, 2006.

158. W.A. Dunning , History Of Political Theories , New York ,

McMillan , 1935.

159. Zbigniew Brzezinski , The Grant failure : The Birth and Death of

Communism in the 20th Century , New York, 1990.

Semester VII

PIR - 404 Diplomacy 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

The course endeavors to develop an understanding of the concept of Diplomacy ,

its kinds and learning of negotiation techniques and strategies. Through its study ,

the students would acquire first hand knowledge and insight into the process and

diplomatic method . It also focuses upon analyzing diplomatic procedure as an

integral part of diplomatic practices and diplomatic missions .

Course Contents:

1. Evolution and development of diplomacy.

2. Kinds of Diplomacy and various methods of its implementation.

a) Environmental diplomacy

b) Public diplomacy

3. Diplomacy since World War II .

4. Techniques of diplomacy and crises management.

5. The art of negotiations.

a) Negotiation process

1. Preliminaries

2. Substantives negotiation

b) Negotiation techniques

6. Diplomatic Institutions

a) Consular immunities and privileges

b) Diplomatic missions , functions and organization.

7. Diplomacy in Islam .

Recommended Books:

160. Kassinger, Henry , Diplomacy , New York , Saimon and Schuster

,1994.

161. Iqbal , Afzal , Diplomacy in Islam , latest edition.

162. Hamidullah , M, Muslim conduct of State , Sheik Muhammad

Ashraf Lahore , latest edition .

163. Nicholson , Harold , Diplomacy , Washington, D.C,. Institute for

study of Diplomacy , 1988.

164. Kaplan , Stephen , Diplomacy & Power , Washington D.C.

Brookings , 1981.

165. DiplomacyTheory and Practice by Berridge, G. R.Palgrave

Macmillan UK, 5th Edition, 2015.

166. Satow's Diplomatic Practice 7th Editionby Ivor

Roberts (Editor) Oxford University Press; (March 21, 2018.

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Ivor+Roberts&search-alias=books&field-author=Ivor+Roberts&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Ivor+Roberts&search-alias=books&field-author=Ivor+Roberts&sort=relevancerank

Semester VII

PIR- 405 Foreign Policies of UK, USA 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course intends to give an insight to the students the structure of foreign

policies of USA and UK, the essential factors which play significant role in

formulation of their foreign policies, with an emphasis upon analysis of their

relations with other countries.

Course Contents:

A comparative study of Foreign Policies of US and UK is to be made with special

emphasis on the determinants, objectives and diplomatic strategies of these

countries .

Recommended Books:

1. Macridis , R.C, Foreign Policy in the World Politics , NJ: 1976.

2. Schmergel , G. (ed) US Foreign Policy in the 1990’s London : 1991.

3. Spanier , John , American Foreign Policy since World War II, NY, Holt

Rinehar and Winston.

4. Hal Brands, Making the Unipolar Moment: US Foreign Policy and the rise

of the post-cold war order, 2017.

5. Christopher Hill, The future of British Foreign Policy : Security and

diplomacy in a world after Brexit, Polity Press, 2019.

6. Jaffery. D. Sachs, A New Foreign Policy Beyond American

Exceptionalism, Columbia University Press, 2018.

Semester VII

PIR - 402 Foreign Policy Analysis 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is designed to enlighten the students about the concepts and schools

of thought in foreign policy analysis, concentrating particularly on the process of

decision –making in the International System. The students will study the foreign

polices of selected countries in order to understand the policy debate in the light

of great power actions and weak state problems.

Course Contents:

8. Conceptual Framework of Foreign Policy : Definition and its Tools:

9. Various Approaches to the study of Foreign Policy :

10. Kinds of Foreign Policy :

a) Ethical

b) Offensive

c) Traditional

d) Radical

e) Pragmatic

11. Structure and nature of International Politics;

12. Economics as an Instrument in International Politics ;

13. State Strength and weaknesses: Limitations of State Action;

14. Process of Formulation of Foreign Policy in developed and developing

countries.

15. Foreign Policy ; Determinants and objectives .

16. Radical Changes in Foreign Policy after 9/11.

Recommended Books:

167. Charles F.Hermann , et, al New Directions in the study of Foreign

Policy , Boston , Allen & Unwin , 1987.

168. David Louis Cingranelli , Ethics, American Foreign Policy and the

Third World , New York , St.Martins , 1993.

169. Hans J.Morgenthau , Politics Among Nations : The Struggle For

Power And Peace , New York , Alfred A. Knof .1980.

170. James N.Rosenau , Pre -theories of Foreign Policies : One Time

Fad , Realized Fantasy and Normal Field in Charles W.Kegley ( Eds.)

International Events and the Comparative Analysis of Foreign Policy ,

New York University Press, 1998.

171. John G. Ikenberry , ( Ed.) , American Foreign Policy : Theoretical

Essays , Boston , Scott foresman,2001.

172. John R. Faus , China in the World Politics , Boulder , Lynne

Rienner , 2005.

173. K.J.Holsti , International Politics: A Framework for Analysis ,

New Jersey , Prentice-Hall , 2004.

174. P.M. Kamath , and Krishan D. Mathur , Conduct of India’s

Foreign Policy , New Delhi , Longfellow , 2001.

175. S.M. Burke , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy : An Historical Analysis <

London , Palgrave, 2003.

176. Stephen P. Cohen , India : Emerging Power, New York , Oxford

University press, 2002.

Semester VII

PIR - 401 Methods of Study & Research 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course aim at the dissemination of knowledge about the scientific methods

of study and conduction of research. The course is specialty designed to serve the

needs of post graduate students in general, and the students with scholastic bent of

mind, in particular who intend to go for higher education. A familiarity with latest

/ modern methods of study and the basic skills of research will facilitate the future

assignments of would-be scholars. Tutors of this course should ask the students to

prepare their semester assignments of would- be scholars . Tutors of this course

should ask the students to prepare their semester assignments with the application

of basic research techniques .

Course Contents:

17. Approaches to the study of Political Science :

a) Normative ;

b) Positivistic;

c) Disciplinary;

d) Intra-Disciplinary;

e) Behavioral

18. Methods:

a) Comparative;

b) Analytical ;

c) Deductive /Inductive ;

d) Quantitative /Qualitative ;

e) Scientific;

19. Scientific Research :

a) Concepts ;

b) Theories;

c) Facts ;

d) Laws;

e) Generalization;

f) Prediction.

20. Research :

a) Meaning , kinds and importance;

21. Steps involved in Research process:

a) Selection of the problems ;

b) Hypothesis ;

c) Research design( Components);

d) Techniques for the collection of data-Observation , Interviews,

Questionnaires, Security of Documents;

e) Sampling , Sampling Design;

f) Application of Computer.

Recommended Books:

177. Beverly R.Dixon, A Handbook of Social Science Research ,

London. Oxford University Press, 1987.

178. Buttolpa Johnson Janet and Richard A. Joslyn, Political Research

Methods , Eaglewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1986.

179. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques,

Mew Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd,1985.

180. Chava Nachmias and David Nachmias, Research Methods in

Social Sciences, New York , st. Martines Press, 1981.

181. John W. Creswell, Research Design: Qualitative , Quantitative ,

and Mixed Methods Approaches, New Delhi, Stage Publications,2003.

182. Julian L. Simon and Paul Burstein, Basic Research Methods in

Social Science, New York , Random House, 1985.

183. Margaret Stacey, Methods of Social Research. New York,

Pergamon Press, 1969;

184. Philips W. Shievly, The Draft of Political Research , Englewood

Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1980.

185. Singleton( Jr.) Roycea and Burce C. Straits, Approaches to Social

Research (4th ed.), London, Oxford University Press, 2006.

186. W.G Goode and P.K. Hatt, ( Eds.) Methods in Social Research,

New York , McGraw-Hill,1952.

187. Research Methods Information, Systems, and

ContextsbyEditors: Kirsty Williamson Graeme Johanson 2nd Edition

Chandos Publishing November 2017.

188. Qualitative Research Methods for the Social Sciences, Global

EditionBy (a Howard Lune , Bruce L. Berg, 9th edition, Pearson

Education Limited, 2017.

189. Research Methodology- Methods And Techniques by C.R.

Kothari, Gaurav Garg, Age International Publishers, 2018.

https://www.bookdepository.com/author/Howard-Lune

https://www.bookdepository.com/author/Bruce-L-Berg

https://www.bookdepository.com/publishers/Pearson-Education-Limited

https://www.bookdepository.com/publishers/Pearson-Education-Limited

Semester VII

PIR - 403 Public International Law - I 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

Objectives of this course is to generate awareness among students regarding the

nature, evolution, development and application of International Law among the

members of the International Community such as states , International Institutions

and individuals . This course also addresses the issue of practicability of

International Law.

Course Contents:

22. Definition, Nature and scope of International Law, Binding Nature of

International Law, Two schools of thoughts about the reality of

International Law .

23. Origin and development of International Law, Theories of International

Law, Relationship between International and Municipal Laws.

24. Sources of International Law.

25. Subjects of International Law: States, Individuals and non-state Entities.

26. State as International Actor: Pre –requisites of statehood, kinds of states.

27. Recognition of state and Government, De-jure and De-facto Recognition,

legal effects of Recognition, Recognition of Insurgency and belligerency

and its impacts.

28. State succession and its effects.

29. State Sovereignty: Acquisition of Territorial Sovereignty.

30. State Jurisdiction : Territorial Jurisdiction, Jurisdiction over Maritime belt,

Contiguous zone , Continental Shelf , Jurisdiction over high seas , right of

hot pursuit on high seas , Jurisdiction over air space and outer space.

Recommended Books:

190. Antonio Cassese, International Law, London, Oxford University

Press 2001.

191. Craig J. Barker , International Law and International Relations,

London, Continuum, 2000.

192. Edward Collins , International Law in a changing world : Cases,

Documents and readings , New York, Random house, 1970.

193. Herbert W, Briggs, The Law of Nations : Cases, Documents and

Notes, London , Steven , 1953.

194. Ian Brownlie , Basic Principles of International Law , London ,


195. J.G Starke , Introduction to International Law ( 10th ed.) , London,

Butterworths , 1989.

196. J.L. Brierly , The Law of Nations : and Introduction to the Internal

Law of peace, London, Clarendon Press , 1949.

197. L. Oppenheim , International Law: A Treatise ( Vol.I & II) ,

London , Longman , 1955.

198. Malcolm N . Shaw, International Law , London , Cambridge

University Press , 2003.

199. Michael Akehurst , An Introduction to International Law , London

, Allen & Unwin , 1977.

200. Introduction to International Law, J.G Starke

201. International Law & Human Rights, Dr. H.O Agarwal, 21 editon

202. International La, L.N Tnadom- S.K Kapoor

203. Public International Law (Cruz) 2014,Betia/ Menor/ Mai Reamico

Objectives:

This course intents to give an insight to the students into the multiple roles of the

International Organizations in the World Politics. It would enable the students to

have an understanding about the impact and working of these bodies on the

international as well as regional issues.

Course Contents:

64. Conceptual framework of International Organizations .

65. Origin and Development of International Organizations.

66. League of Nations formations , functioning and causes of failure.

67. United Nations formation , functioning aims and objectives.

68. U.N. and its specialized agencies.

69. The role of U.N. in collective security , preventive diplomacy

,peacekeeping operations.

70. Future of U.N.

Recommended Books:

204. A.Leroy Bennett , International Organizations , New York , 2001.

205. Avi Shliam , International Organizations in World Politics , New

York , year book,1975.

206. Buzan , Barry , Regions and Powers . The Structure of

International Society , 2003.

207. David . A .Key (ed) , The United Nations Political Systems, latest

edition .

208. David Armstrong , The Rise of International Organizations , A

SHORT History ,2003.

209. Goodspeed, S.S, The Nature and Function of International

Organizations, latest edition.

210. Mahagan , V.D, International Relations Since19019, S.Chand &

Co, New Delhi ,1993.

Semester VIII

PIR-452 International Organizations 03 Credit Hours

Semester VIII

PIR - 454 Local Government in Pakistan 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This objectives of the course is to acquaint the students about the basic concepts of

Local Government Systems and the essentials required for its successful

functioning . It would deal with the historical development of Local Government

in Pakistan .

Course Contents:

1. Meaning , Nature and Scope of Local Government Systems .

2. Evolution of Local Government Systems in Pakistan .

3. Organizational Structure and Performance of Local Government in

Different Era, Ayub Khan, Zia-ul-Haq , and Pervez Musharraf.

4. Planning and Functional Structures of Local Governments .

5. Sustainability Problem of Local Government .

Recommended Books:

211. Abedine , N, ( 1973 ) , Local Administration And Politics in

Modernizing Societies Bangladesh and Pakistan , Dacca ,National Institute

of Public Administration .

212. Alderfer , Harold, F, (1964) , Local Government in Developing

Countries , New York, McGraw – Hill .

213. Chandler , J.A. (1992) , Local Government in Liberal

Democracies, An Introductory Survey (Ed) London , Routledge .

214. Government of the Punjab , (2001) , Local Government ordinance

Lahore , Govt , Publication .

215. Hassan , Masoodul , (1985) History of Local Government in

Pakistan , Islamabad , Ministry of Local Government and Rural

Development, Government of Pakistan.

216. Hassan , Masoodul , ( 1968) Text Book of Basic Democracy and

Local Government in Pakistan ,Lahore , All Pakistan legal decision.

217. Inaytullah , ( 1964) Basic Democracies, District Administration, and

Development , Peshawar , PARD. 218. Quddos , Syed Abdul (1982) , local Self Government in Pakistan ,

Lahore , Progressive Publishers . 219. Rizvi , Shahid Ali , (1980) , Local Government in Pakistan , A Study in

clash of Ideas , Karachi , Center for the Research on Local Governments.

220. Siddiqui , K( 1992) , Local Government in Asia , A Comparative Study ,

( ed) Dhaka , University Press.

Semester VIII

PIR-453

Political Economy 04 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This Course of study intends to make understand the students about significance

of relationship between Economy and Politics. This helps to explain why and how

Political Economy has become so central to the study of Political Science and

International Relations. It highlights the actors, processes and events in the recent

history of world economy and its relation with Global Politics.

Course Contents:

1. The Evolution of Political Economy

2. Political Economy: Definition, Nature, Scope and Structure

3. International Financial and Trade Institutions

a) IMF

b) IBRD and World Bank

c) GATT and WTO

4. Different Concepts of Political Economy

a) Capitalist Approach

b) Liberal Approach

c) Structuralist & Marxist Approach

d) New approaches to Political Economy

5. International Trade

a) Free and Fair Trade

b) Bilateral and Multilateral Trade

6. Foreign Aid: Techniques, Kinds, Objectives and Implication

7. Political Economy in the post-cold war era

a) The concept of Globalization

b) Future of Political Economy

8. Economic as a weapon in Foreign Policy

9. Global Problems

a) North and South

b) International Debt

c) Population and Political Economy

Recommended Books:

1. Robert Gilpin. The Political Economy of International Relations.

Princeton New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1987.

2. J. Baylis & S. Smith, (3rd edition) The Globalization of World Politics: An

Introduction to International Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press,

2005.

3. David Balaam and Michael Veseth, (1st edition) International Political

Economy, New Jersey: Princeton Hall, 1996.

4. William Nester, International Relations: Politics and Economics in the 21st

Centurey. Wadsworth Press. USA, 2001.

5. Lloyd Jensen and Lynn H. Miller, Global Challenge: Change and

Continuity in World Politics. Harcourt Brace Company Press, 1997.

6. John T. Rourke, (10th edition) International Politics On The World Stage.

New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2005.

7. Joan EdelmanSpero, The Politics of International Economic Relations, (4th

edition) New York: St. Martins Press, 1990.

8. William W. Keller, d al. Multinationals the Myth of Globalization.

Princeton, N1: Princeton University Press, 1997.

9. International Political Economy: by Jeffry A. Frieden (Author), David A.

Lake (Author), J. Lawrence Broz (Author) Perspectives on Global Power

and Wealth (Sixth Edition) 2017

10. International Political Economy by Thomas Oatley, Routledge; 6thEdition

(August 29, 2018)

11. Political Economy 5th Edition by John Ravenhill Oxford University

Press; 5 edition (February 15, 2017)

12. Introduction to International Political Economy 7th Edition

by David N. Balaam (Author), Bradford Dillman (Author)Routledge; 7

edition (July

31, 2018)

13. Discrimination and Disparities by Thomas Sowell, Basic Books

Publishers; Revised, Enlarged edition (March 5, 2019)

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=Jeffry+A.+Frieden&search-alias=books&field-author=Jeffry+A.+Frieden&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=David+A.+Lake&search-alias=books&field-author=David+A.+Lake&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=David+A.+Lake&search-alias=books&field-author=David+A.+Lake&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_3?ie=UTF8&text=J.+Lawrence+Broz&search-alias=books&field-author=J.+Lawrence+Broz&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/John-Ravenhill/e/B001H6WL2Q/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&text=David+N.+Balaam&search-alias=books&field-author=David+N.+Balaam&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&text=Bradford+Dillman&search-alias=books&field-author=Bradford+Dillman&sort=relevancerank

Semester VIII

PIR- 451 Public International Law - II 03 Credit Hours

Objectives:

This course is the continuation of the international Law-I. Its purpose is to

give an understanding to the students regarding the legal frame work for

mutual interaction of the states, both in times of peace and war. It also

covers the legal issues of individuals such as nationality, asylum, extradition

etc.

Course Contents:

6. Individuals in International Law : Nationality , conflict of nationality

laws , acquisition and loss of Nationality .

7. International Humanitarian Law .

8. Extradition : conditions and state practices , offences exempted from

extradition .

9. Asylum : territorial and extra- territorial asylum, Humanitarian aspects

of asylum in International Law .

10. Agents of International Transaction : Diplomatic Envoys , Counsels ,

Rights , Privileges and Immunities of Diplomatic Envoys and

Counsels .

11. Law of Treaties : Kinds and Nomenclatures of treaties , formation of

treaties , invalidation and termination of treaties .

12. International Disputes : peaceful and coercive means of settlement of

International Deputes .

13. Laws of War and Armed Conflicts: differences between combatants

and Non-combatants, Lawful and Unlawful Combatants: Rights of

prisoners of war : War and Human Rights .

14. Islamic concept of Law of War: Rights and duties of Belligerent

parties .

15. Concept of Neutrality and Quasi-Neutrality: differences between

Neutral and Neutralized states: Rights and Duties of Neutral and

Belligerent States.

16. International Law and present-day Challenges .

Recommended Books:

221. August Ray S , Public International Law: Text , cases and readings

, Prentice Hall PIR , (1995 ).

222. Brown Lie , Ian , principles of public International Law , London :

Oxford University press ( 1999 ).

223. Buergenthal, Thomas and Harold G . Maier , Public International

Law in a Nutshell , West Publishing Company , ( 1990).

224. Byers , Michael , Understanding International Law and armed

conflicts , New York Grove Press , ( 2007) .

225. Cassel , A , International Law in a Divided World , London :

Oxford University Press : ( 1986).

226. Dixon , Martin , Text book on International Law . Blackstone

Press Limited, ( 2002 ).

227. Fenwick , Charles H , International Law , New York :

Appleton_Century , ( 1986)

228. Glahn , Gerhard Von , Law Among Nations : An Introduction to

Public International Law .London : Allyn & Bacon , Inc , ( 1995) .

229. Green , Leslie C , The Contemporary Law of Armed Conflicts,

Manchester : Manchester University Press ( 2000) .

230. Starke , A.J.E , International Law , London : Bulleworths , ( 1978)

.

CURRICULUM OF MASS COMMUNICATION

BS (4-Year)


Course Outline of BS Mass Communication

Session 2017 intake & onwards

Semester: I

Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.

ENG-101 English-I 3+0


ECON-101 Introduction to Economics-I (Principles of Micro

Economics)

3+0

MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0

MASS-102 Gender Studies 3+0

COMP-105 Computer Skills For Mass Communication 3+0

Total 17

Semester: II


PAKS-101 Pak. Studies 2+0

STAT-101 Statistics 3+0

IR-101 Introduction to International Relations 3+0

ENG-102 English-II 3+0

ECON-102 Introduction to Economics-II (Principles of Macro-

Economics)

3+0

MASS-151 Contemporary World Media 3+0

Total 17

Semester: III


ENG-201 English-III 3+0

MASS-201 Journalistic Language (Urdu & English) 3+0

MASS-202 National & International Affairs 3+0

MATH-102 Mathematics 3+0

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology 3+0

POL-101 Introduction to Pol. Science 3+0

Total 18

Semester: lV


GSCI-101 General Science 3+0

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology 3+0

MASS-251 Functional Urdu 3+0

MASS-252 Mass Media in Pakistan 3+0

MASS-253 Sports Journalism 3+0

Total 15

Semester: V


MASS-301 Fundamentals of News Reporting 3+0

MASS-302 Introduction to Broadcast Media 3+0

MASS-303 Online Journalism 3+0

MASS-304 Research Methods-I 3+0

MASS-305 Communication Theory-I 3+0

Total 15

Semester: VI


MASS-351 Sub Editing & Page Designing (Theories & Practice) 3+0

MASS-352 Feature, Column, Editorial writing (Theories & Practice) 3+0

MASS-353 Research Methods-II 3+0

MASS-354 Communication Theory-II 3+0

MASS-355 Introduction to Advertising & Public Relations 3+0

Total 15

Semester: VII


MASS-401 Media Seminar 3+0

MASS-402 Development Communication 3+0

MASS-403 Media Ethics & Laws 3+0

MASS-404 TV News Reporting & Production 3+0

MASS-405 Radio News Reporting & Production 3+0

MASS-406 Introduction to Social Media 3+0

Total 18

Semester: VIII


MASS-451 Research Report/Project & Viva 3+0

MASS-452 International Communication 3+0

MASS-453 Mass Media in SAARC 3+0

MASS-454 TV Program Production 3+0

MASS-455 Radio Program Production 3+0

MASS-456 Internship 3+0

Total 18

Total Credit Hours 133

CURRICULUM OF BS MASS COMMUNICATION

SEMESTER I

ENG-101 ENGLISH-I (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

It will enable the student tolerant the basics of Functional English

Language which are essential in for spoken and written communication.

In order to enhance language skills and develop critical thinking,

grammar component will serve as a remedial necessity to help overcome

their common errors English Language.

Contents:

Grammar

Parts of speech and use of articles

Sentence structure: Active and Passive Voice

Practice in unified sentence

Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure


Punctuation and spelling

Vocabulary building

Comprehension:

Answers to questions on a given text

Reading Skills

Skimming, scanning, predicting and guessing

Writing Skills

Making an outline, paragraph development, writing headlines,

reports & short articles, precise writing.

Speaking Skills

Spoken English techniques

Discussion

General topics and everyday conversation (topics for

discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view

the level of students)

Listening

To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by

subject teachers)

Translation skills

Urdu to English

Paragraph writing

Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher


21

Recommended Books:


a) Grammar

1. English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. 1, 2 & 3.

3rd edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492

2. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, Oxford Press,

Karachi.

b) Writing

1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brin and

and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth

Impression 1993. ISBN 0194354057 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.


1. Reading Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992.

ISBN0194534022.

d) Speaking

1. Mind Your Language’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book

with CDs & Cassettes)

2. Choosing Your English’ by British Broadcasting Corporation

(Books with CDs & Cassettes)

3 ‘Follow Me’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book with CDs

& Cassettes)

ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02)

Objectives:

This course is aimed at providing basic information about Islamic

Studies, to enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic

civilization and to improve their knowledge about the Issues related to

faith and religious life.

Course Contents:



2) Articles of faith


1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith (Verse No-284-286)

22

2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (VerseNo-1-18)

3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of

faithful (VerseNo-1-11)

4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (VerseNo.63-

77)

5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (VerseNo-152-154)

6) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adabal-Nabi (Verse No.6,

21, 40, 56, 57, 58.)

7) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) Related to thinking, Day

of Judgment

8) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar, Tadabar (VerseNo-

1,14)

9) Verses of Surah Al Maida (verses 32)

Seerat of Holy Prophet (SAWW)-Sources of Islamic law

Quran, Sunnah, Ijma, ijtehad

Economic System




4) Islamic Ways of Trade& Commerce




3) Basic Institutions of Govt.in Islam





4. Concept of Fundamental Rights in Islam.

Recommended Books:

1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, IRI,

Islamabad

23




5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic

Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan.

6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic

Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad

(1993)

7) Mir Wali ullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of

Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982)

8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studiesin Islamic Law, Religion and Society”

Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989)

9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq,

10) “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia”

11) Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-I (PRINCIPLES OF MICRO

ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is designed to introduce key microeconomics concepts and techniques applicable as

tools for rational economic decision-making within the micro framework. The course aims to

demonstrate the relevance and usefulness of economic analysis to real world business situations.

Emphasis is placed on optimal decisions making within the firm and the strategic relationship

with other business. The goal of the course is to provide an introduction to microeconomics.

Using microeconomics theory, the students will be able to understand the concepts of demand

and supply, the price determination in the market, firm behaviour and the structure of the

markets.

Contents:

Basic economic concepts

Economics: Basic Themes and Nature

Micro versus Macro Economics

Positive versus Normative economics

Economic problem of resource allocation

Economics relevance to business organizations

DEMAND AND SUPPLY ANALYSIS

The demand function.

Changes in demand.

The supply function.

Changes in supply.

Equilibrium of Supply & Demand

Elasticity of demand/supply and its measurement.

APPROACHES TO UTILITY ANALYSIS

Cardinal approach and consumer equilibrium.

Ordinal approach and consumer equilibrium.

Price, Income and Substitution effects on consumer equilibrium.

PRODUCTION ANALYSIS

Basic production concepts.

Total, Average and Marginal Product

Returns to scale.

Short-run and long-run production.

Least-cost factor combination.

Producer equilibrium.

Cost and revenue analysis

Various cost concepts.

The cost of production: Short-run cost, long-run cost.

Revenue and revenue curves: Total, average and marginal revenues.

Profit-Maximization

Market structures and pricing

Market and its forms.

Price and out-put under perfect competition.

Price and out-put under monopoly, duopoly, oligopoly and monopolistic competition.

Resource allocation

Role of the government in market efficiency.

The theory of Marginal Productivity.

Market demand for resources.

Existence of impact of externalities

Income distribution and fairness

Recommended Books:

1. David M. Winch, Micro Economics: Problems and Solutions, Oxford

University Press. (Latest Edition)

2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic 15th Edition., McGraw Hill, INC

3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry, (2002), Economic Theory Volume 1, Caravan Book House,

Lahore

4. Ruffin and Gregory, Principles of Economics, Illionois: Scott Foresman and Company, (Latest

Edition).

5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, (Latest Edition).

6. Scott and Nigro: Principles of Economics, New York; Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., (Latest

Edition)

MASS-101 INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is aimed at introducing the students with basic

concept of communication and mass communication. This course further

enables the students to understand the communication process and

distinguish among various mass media

Contents

Definitions, types and significance. Process of Communication:

source; message; channel; noise; destination; encoding; decoding; and

COMMUNICATION

feedback. Barriers in communication. Essentials of effective

communication.

Dimensions of mass communication: mass media, advertising,

public relations, blogging, new media etc. and Functions of mass

communication. (Information, Education, Opinion Formation, Entertainment

and Development.)

MEDIA OF MASS COMMUNICATION

Print Media: newspapers, magazines, periodicals, books, pamphlets, etc.

Broadcast media: Radio, TV, film. New Media: (Internet)–On-line

journalism. Traditional/Folk-Media. Comparative study of mass media, their

components, functions and effects.

Recommended Books:

1. Dominick, J.R.(2006).Dynamics of Mass Communication(8thed.)New

York. McGraw-Hill

2. Merrill, J.C., Lee, J., Friedlander, E.J., (1994). Modern Mass

(2

nd

ed). New York. Harper Collins College Publishers

3. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). Media Now: Communication Media

Information Age (3rded.). USA. Wadsworth

MASS-102 GENDER STUDIES (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course focuses on the socio-cultural construction of gender. The historical movements and

feminist perspectives about gender relations will be explored. The course will provide

understanding about globalization and its impact on changing gender role in various societies

around the world with special references to Pakistani society. Specific areas of gender

discrimination (both for men and women) will also be dealt with.

Content:

1. Introduction

i) Definition, concepts and importance

ii) Gender studies in local and global perspective

iii) Feminism

2. Major feminist perspectives

i) Three waves of feminism

ii) Liberal feminism

iii) Radical feminism

iv) Marxist feminism

v) Theological feminism

3. Gender and human rights

i) Definition and nature of human rights

ii) Collective rights

iii) Ethnic minority rights

iv) Fundamental rights

v) Property rights

4. Gender and politics

i) Gender and third world politics

ii) Women political leaders, past and present

iii) Women in the legislatures and executive of the law

iv) Power and patriarchy

v) Women in Pakistani political setup

vi) Women participation in local government system

5. Gender and education

i) Gender and education

ii) Gender, origin and development of education

iii) Gender education and religion

iv) Gender education and polity

v) Gender education and economy

vi) Gender education and social mobility

vii) Gender and forms of education

6. Gender and population

i) Population composition

ii) Sex composition

iii) Gender roles and family size

iv) Gender and reproductive role

v) Gender and youth problem

vi) Gender and population issues

vii) Changing perspective of gender roles in population

7. Gender and development

i) Gender roles

ii) Access to resources

iii) Gender disparity

iv) Problems of gender development

v) The role of development aid in gender development

vi) The role of non-government organizations in Gender

development

vii) Journey from WID to GAD

Recommended Books:

1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage.

2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage.

3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge.

4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Routledge.

5. Faucault, Michcl (1990), the History of Sexuality: An introduction, Vintage.

6. Jane Pilcher, (2008) 50 Key Concepts in Gender Studies, Sage Publication New Delhi

7. Jasmin Mirza. 2002. between Chadar and the Market. Oxford University Press. Karachi.

8. Johan Z Spade, (2008) The Kaleidoscope of Gender, Sage Publication New Delhi;

9. Kapadia, K. (2002). The Violence of Development. London, Zed Books.

10. Kathy Davis, Mary S Evans and Judith Lorber, (2008) Handbook of Gender and Women’s

Studies Sage Publication New Delhi

11. Mary Holmes, (2008) What is Gender? (Sociological Approaches) Sage Publication New

Delhi;

12. Mead, Margaret (2001), Male and Female, Harper Perennial.

13. Radtke, H. Lorraine and Henderikus J. Stam (1994-95), Power and Gender. Sage Publication,

London.

14. Ronnie Vernooy (2008) Social and Gender Analysis in Natural Resource

Management, Sage Publication New Delhi;

37

15. Shaista, Ikramullah, 2000, From Purdah to Parliament. Oxford University

Press, Karachi.

16. Sharlene Nagy Hosse Biber (2008) Handbook of Feminist Research

Sage Publication New Delhi.

17. Sharmila Rege, (2008) Sociology of Sender (The Challenge of Feminist

Sociology knowledge) Sage Publication New Delhi;

18. Sharukh Rafiq. 2000. 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Oxford University

Press.

19. Social Policy and Development Centre (2000). Social Development in

Pakistan. New York, Oxford University Press.

20. Sterling, Anne Fausto (2000), Sexing the Body: gender Politics and the

Construction of sexuality, Basic Books. New Edition.

21. Sudah, D.K. 2000, Gender Role. A. P. H Publication, India.

COPM-105 COMPUTER SKILLS FOR MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is aimed at introducing the students to computer

technology and techniques with the view to acquaint them with its use in

Print and electronic Media. It focuses on the use of various software a

journalist can use while practicing journalism (print/television/radio) in

daily routine. However this course will only provide the basic introduction

of the said soft-wares as in the advance courses students will learn the

various other aspects in detail.

Course Contents:

Introduction to Computer (Hardware/Software)

Internet basics (Internet Connectivity, IP Settings, Installation of

Programs, Window Installation, Internet Securities, File formats

(for Audio & Video).

In-Page Basics (Urdu Composing and Page Making)

Adobe Page Maker basics (Creating layouts for Newspaper and

Magazines)

Adobe Photoshop basics (Basic still image/Picture editing)

Coral Draw Basics (Page and image making and designing)

24

Adobe Audition Basics (Basic Audio Editing for Radio)

Adobe Premier Basics (Basic Video Editing for

Television/Documentary/Short Film etc…)

Macromedia Flash Basics (Basic creation of Flash Images, Flash

Picture Gallery and Flash Video for web and other formats)

Recommended Books:

1. Michael S. Toot.(2003).Master Visually Office.

2. Laurie Ulrich, Laurie Ulrich.(2003).How to do everything with

Microsoft Office 2003

3. Curtis Frye. Microsoft Office 2003 Step by Step. Online Training

Solutions Inc.,

4. Michelle Perkins Beginner’s Guide to Adobe Photoshop

5. Deke McClelland, Galen Fott. Photoshop Elements 3 for Dummies

6. Jan Kabili. .Adobe Photoshop Elements 2 Complete Course

7. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe Photoshop CS 2in24

Hours, First Edition.

8. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe (R) Photoshop (R) in 24

Hours.

9. Steve Bain. CorelDraw (R) 11:the Official Guide by Steve Bain.

10. Rosanna Yeung. Macro media Flash MX 2004 Hands-On Training

11. Phillip Kerman. Sams Teach Yourself: Macromedia Flash MX

2004 in 24 Hours.

12. Adobe Page Maker 7.0 Classroom in a Book. Adobe Creative

Team.

13. Adobe PageMaker7.Againstthe Clock.

14. Gordon Woolf. Publication Production using Page maker: A

guide to using Adobe Page Maker 7 for the production of

newspapers, newsletters, magazines and other formatted.

15. DonnaL. Baker. Adobe Premiere 6.5 Complete Course

16. Christopher Callahan. A Journalist’s Guide to the Internet: The

Net as a Reporting Tool. 2nd Edition

17. Frank Bass: The Associated Press Guide to Internet Research

and Reporting

18. Rogers Caden head, Mark E. Walker. How to Use the Internet.

SEMESTER II

PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02)

Objectives:

The basic aim of this subject is to develop vision of Historical Perspective, Government, Politics,

Contemporary Pakistan, Ideological Background of Pakistan and also to study the process of

governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to

Pakistan.

Contents:


a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad

Iqbal and Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.

b) Factors leading to creation of Pakistan- social, political and economic factors

c) People and Land


ii. Muslim advent

iii. Location and Geo-Physical features.

2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases:

a. 1947-58

b. 1958-71

c. 1971-77- separation of East Pakistan

d. 1977-88

e. 1988-99

f. 1999 -2008

g. 2008 –onward




c. Cultural diversities

Recommended Books:

1. Burki, Shahid Javed. (1980), “State& Society in Pakistan”, The Macmillan PressLtd

2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. (2000), “Issue in Pakistan’s Economy” Karachi, Oxford University Press

3. S. M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring.(1993), “Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis”,

Karachi: Oxford University Press

4. Mehmood, Safdar.(1994), “Pakistan Political Roots & Development”. Lahore

5. Wilcox, Wayne. (1972), “The Emergence of Bangladesh”, Washington: American Enterprise,

Institute of PublicPolicyResearch

6. Mehmood, Safdar. (2002), “Pakistan Kayyun Toota”,, Lahore: Idara-e- Saqafat-e-Islamia,

Club Road

7. Amin, Tahir. (1996), “Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan”, Islamabad: Institute of Policy

Studies, Islamabad.

8. Ziring, Lawrence. (1980), “Enigma of Political Development”. Kent England: WmDawson &

sons Ltd.

9. Zahid, Ansar. (1980), “History & Culture of Sindh”. Karachi: Royal Book Company,

10. Afzal, M. Rafique. (1998), “Political Parties in Pakistan”, Vol. I, II &III. Islamabad: National

Institute of Historical and cultural Research,

11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston:

Houghton Mifflin, 1967

12. Aziz, K. K. (1976), “Party, Politics in Pakistan”, Islamabad: National Commission on

Historical and Cultural Research

13. Muhammad Waseem, (1987), “Pakistan Under Martial Law”, Lahore: Vanguard,

14. Haq, Noorul. (1993), “Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective”. Islamabad: National

Commission on Historical and Cultural Research

15. Qazi, Shahida (2002), “Pakistan Studies in Focus”, FEP Karachi.

STAT-101 STATISTICS (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course helps students to understand the basic concepts of statistics, its nature, scope and

importance with special focus on its use in social sciences.

Contents:

What is Statistics?

Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations,

Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of

a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data, Exercises.

Presentation of Data




Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Histogram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of

frequency curves, Exercises.

Measures of Central Tendency

Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between

Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. Properties of Good

Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their

detection. Exercises.

Measures of Dispersion

Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean

Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the

standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation,

Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.

Probability and Probability Distributions.

Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises

Sampling and Sampling Distributions


sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling

distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises.

Hypothesis Testing

Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level

of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of

hypothesis. Exercises.

Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population



Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations

Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population

means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table.

Exercises

Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes

Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes.

Exercises.

Regression and Correlation

Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of

parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its

estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples

Recommended Books:

1. Walpole, R. E. (1982). “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.

New York.

2. Muhammad, F. (2005). “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana

Bazar, Faisalabad

IR-101 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The objective of this course is to highlight the significance and introduce the fundamentals of

International Relations to the students.

Contents:

1. Meaning, Definition, Nature, and Scope of International Relations

2. Evolution and Development of International Relations

3. Significance of International Relations

4. Concept of Nation State

5. International System and Sub-Systems

6. Foreign Policy, National Interest, and Diplomacy

7. Power and Balance of Power

8. Regionalism and Globalization

9. State and Non-state Actors

10. Human Rights in International Relations

11. Religion, Ethics, Morality and Justice in International Relations

12. The Role of Economics in International Relations

13. The Concept of War and Peace in International Relations

Recommended Books:

1. Columbus, Theodore. (1992), Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice. New

Delhi: Prentice Hall

2. Goldstine, Josha. (2003), International Relation. Washington DC: Pearson Education

3. Lawson, Stephanie. International Relations; Cambridge; Polity, 2003.

4. Amstutz, Mark R. (1995), International Conflict and Cooperation: An Introduction to World

Politics. (Chicago: Brown & Benchmark, 1995)

5. Griffiths, Martin, and Callaghan, Terry O’.(2003), International Relations: The Key Concepts.

London, Routledge

6. Henderson, Conway W. (1998), International Relations: Conflict & Cooperation at the Turn of

the 21st Century Boston: McGraw-Hill

ENG-102 ENGLISH-II (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course will meet specific needs of the students of Communication Studies to equip them

with the modern writing and presentation capabilities in order to meet the diverse market

demands.

Contents:

Essay writing


Academic writing


How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity,

consistency

Presentation Skills

Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation), techniques for

presenting written material through multi-media


Recommended books:



Writing Advanced by Ron White Oxford. Third Impression 1992.

ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,

Argumentative and report writing).

College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher

Education 2004.

Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and

Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. 30

Technical Report Writing

Progress Report Writing


c) Reading

The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by northern Illinois

University. General Editor’s: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen

Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (Areader which will give students exposure

to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of

engineering students).

ECON-102 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-II (PRINCIPLES OF MACRO

ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course aims at giving students knowledge about the working of a mixed economy at the

aggregate level under pinning of aggregate output and income determination, key macro-

economic problems and major policy debate. The basic themes are extended to find out how the

disciplines of national income, macro economics in closed and open economy, macroeconomic

stabilization policies, macro-economic components (consumption, saving, private investment,

interest etc.), public finance, money and banking link up with conventional macroeconomics.

Contents:

Key Concepts of Macroeconomics

Objectives and instruments of macroeconomics.

Tools of macroeconomics policy.

Aggregate demand and supply.

MEASURING ECONOMIC ACTIVITY.

Concepts of National Income.

Measurement of National Income. GDP, NDP, GNP & NNP, Personal Income & Disposable

Personal Income, GDP Deflator and a real GDP

National Income as a measure of economic welfare

CONSUMPTION AND INVESTMENT.

Consumption, Income and saving.

Consumption Function.

Saving Function.

The Marginal Propensity to Consume and Average Propensity to consume

The Marginal Propensity to Save and Average Propensity to save

Determinants of Consumption

Determinants of Investment (Rate of interest, MEC)

INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT DETERMINATION

Classical approach.

Modern approach (Keynesian)

Post Keynesian Approach

MULTIPLIER AND ACCELERATOR

Investment Multiplier.

Tax multiplier, foreign trade multiplier and super multiplier.

FISCAL AND MONETARY POLICIES

Fiscal Policy

Monetary Policy

INFLATION

Nature and kinds.

Inflationary and deflationary gaps.

Inflation and unemployment.

BUSINESS CYCLE

The concept of Business Cycle

Business Cycle Theories

Business Cycle & Business Decision Making

INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Classical theory of International trade (CIT)

Modern theory of International trade (H-O-Theorem)

Economic Integration and Regional Cooperation.

Protection and free trade.

WTO (Objectives and role)

BALANCE OF PAYMENTS

Balance of Payments Accounts.

Disequilibrium & Imbalance of Payments.

Causes and Remedies.

Recommended Books:

1. Dornbusch and Fischer Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition)

2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic, Mc Graw Hill, INC (Latest Edition)

3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry,(2002), Economic Theory Volume 2, Caravan Book House,

Lahore

4. Ruffin & Gregory, Principles of Economics, Scott, Foresman & Company.

5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition)

MASS-151 CONTEMPORARY WORLD MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course helps to provide students with a thorough understanding of how media differ around

the world and to develop an appreciation of cultural differences. Moreover it provides students

with knowledge of the major descriptive and explanatory theories of cultural globalization. It

also helps students to develop skills in primary research about global media and communication.

Contents:

History and development of global media

History and development of media in sub continent

Media systems of USA, UK, China, Japan, France and Germany

Media in Middle East and south Asian countries

Media in Russia & India

Profile of News Channels

• CNN

• BBC

• Fox News

• Bloomberg

• Al-Jazeera

• Star News

• VOA

Profile of World Elite Press

• The New York Times

• The Washington Post

• The Los Angeles Times

• The London Times

• The Guardian

• Times

• News Week

• Economist

News Agencies

• AP

• Reuter

• AFP

• DPA

• APP

Media Conglomerates

Big Media Giants:

• AOL

• Times Warner

• Walt Disney

• News Corporation

• General Electric

• Bloomberg

Recommended Books:

1. Morris, N., Waisbord, S., (2001), “Media and Globalization: Why the State Matters”,

Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1030-1. Paperback.

2. Ó Siochrú, Seán, Bruce Girard, and Amy Mahan. (2002), “Global Media Governance: A

Beginner’s Guide”. Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1566-4

3. Todd, Gitlin. (2007). 2Media Unlimited”. New York: Henry Holt.

4. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). “Media Now: Communication Media in the Information Age”,

(3rd ed.). USA; Wadsworth

SEMESTER III

ENG-201 ENGLISH-III (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course aims at providing the students with real life professional

communication skills for both verbal and non-verbal needs

Contents:

Paragraph writing


Essay writing

Introduction

CV and job application 37

Translation skills

Urdu to English

Study skills

Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed

reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension

Academic skills

Letter/memo writing and minutes of theme editing, use of library and

internet recourses

Presentation skills

Personality development (emphasis on content, style and

pronunciation)


Recommended books:

a) Grammar

1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A .V

Martinet .Exercises 2. 3RDedition Oxford University Press

1986. ISBN0 19431350 6.

b) Writing

1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne

Brin and and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary

Skills. Fourth Impression 1993 ISBN 0194354057 Pages

45-53 (note taking).

2. Writing Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford

Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN

0194354065 (particularly good for writing memos,

introduction to presentations, descriptive and

argumentative writing).

c) Reading

1. Reading Advanced Brian Tomlinson and RodEllis.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991.

ISBN 0194534030.


3. Study Skills by Richard Yorky.

MASS-201 JOURNALISTIC LANGUAGE (URDU & ENGLISH) (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

It will enable the students to learn the basics of Functional Urdu Language which are essential

for spoken and written communication. In order to enhance language skills and develop critical

thinking, a grammar component will serve as necessity to help overcome their common errors in

Urdu Language.

Contents:

Introduction to journalistic Urdu writing

Difference between journalistic, common and literary writing

Writing for newspapers, radio, TV and online media (Urdu)

Difference between writing for print and electronic media

Common technologies used in journalism

Translation of Urdu to English news stories

MASS-202 NATIONAL & INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is designed to provide the students an insight of event sand

affairs taking place in and around Pakistan. Understanding national and

international affairs is indispensable for persons working for media. This

course is planned to enlighten and enable the students to analyze events

with proper perspective.

Course Contents:

National Affairs:

1. Basics of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy and Pakistan’s relations

with other countries – India, Afghanistan, Iran, China and US,

SAARC, ASEAN,

2. Contemporary issues political instability, Governance

Issues, Health, Education, Water, Population, Gender, Human

rights, Poverty etc.

3. Elements of national power: geography, ideology, natural

resources, education, economy etc.

International Affairs:

1. Shift in balance of power: end of bipolar system and it implications

2. The United Nations and its current role in conflict resolution.

3. Muslim World, issues and problem, Role of OIC

4. Issues and problems faced by contemporary World:

a. Geo Political Status of Pakistan;

b. Regional Arrangements three case studies European

Union, ASEAN, and SAARC.

c. Middle East issues

d. Kashmir Dispute 36

e. Nuclear issues

f. War against terrorism and its different dimensions

g. WTO and its implication and impact.

h. environmental and water issues

f. energy crisis

Recommended Books:

1. Safdar Mahmood (2006-2007). International Affairs. 2ndEdition.

Jahangir Printers, Lahore, Pakistan.

2. Ken Booth &Tim Dunne. (2002). Worlds in Collision Terror and

the Future of Global Order. Palgrave Macmillan.

3. Noam Chomsky (1997). World Orders Old and New. Pluto Press.

USA

4. Aeron Davis. (2007).The Mediation of Power. Routledge Taylor

and Francis Group

5. Saiyyad Muhammad, Saleem Moini. (1995). International Law.

Pakistan Writer’s Co-operative Society Karachi, Lahore.

6. Dr. Safdar Mehmood. (2000). International Affairs. Jang

Publishers. Lahore

7. Inyatullah, (1997). State and Democracy in Pakistan, Vanguard

Books Pvt. Ltd., Lahore

8. Rizvi, Hasan-Askari (2000), Military, State and Society in

Pakistan, Macmillan Press Ltd.

9. Saeed, Khawaja Amjad (2007),The Economy of Pakistan, Oxford

University Press.

10. Jain, Rashmi (2007), The United States and Pakistan 1947–

2006, Radiant Publishers.

MATH-201 MATHEMATICS (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of calculus to

apply the concept sand the techniques in their respective disciplines.

Course Outline:

1. Preliminaries: Real-number line, Function and their graphs,

Solution and equations involving absolute inequalities

2. Limits and Continuity: Limit of a function, Left hand and

Right hand function, Continuity, Continuous function.

3. Vectors: Scalar and Vector Products, normals to planes

equations of planes and lines

4. Complex Numbers addition, multiplication, division, Arg and

diagram, polar form, de Moivre's theorem

5. Partial Differentiation: functions of two variables, functions

of three variables of matrices, transposed, identity and zero

matrices. Solutions o. Finding values from functions of

different variables.

6. Matrices : linear equations written as Ax = b. Addition and

multiplication f 3 x 3 sets of linear equations, Adjoin Matrix,

inverse matrix, determinants, Gaussian Elimination Method,

Gauss-Jordan Method

Recommended Books:

1. Anton H, BevensI, Davis S, Calculus: A New Horizon (8th

edition), 2005, John Wiley, New York

2. Stewart J, Calculus(3rdedition), 1995, Brooks/Cole

(suggested text) 49

3. Swokowski EW, Calculus and Analytic Geometry,1983,PWSKentCompany, Boston

4. Thomas GB, Finney AR, Calculus(11th

edition),2005,Addison-Wesley, Reading, Ma, USA

PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

Describe psychology with major areas in the field, and identify the parameters of this discipline.

Distinguish between the major perspectives on human thought and behaviour. Appreciate the

variety of ways psychological data are gathered and evaluated. Gain insight into human

behaviour and into one's own personality or personal relationships. Explore the ways that

psychological theories are used to describe, understand, predict, and control or modify

behaviour.

Contents:


a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan.

b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey)

2. Methods of Psychology

a. Observation

b. Case History Method Experimental Method

c. Survey Method

d. Interviewing Techniques

3. Biological Basis of Behaviour

a. Neuron: Structure and Functions

b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System

c. Endocrine Glands

4. Sensation, Perception and Attention

a. Sensation

(I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations

(II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye.

(III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear.

b. Perception

(I) Nature of Perception

(II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social

(III) Kinds of Perception:

(IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance)

(V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception.

c. Attention

(I) Factors, Subjective and Objective

(II) Span of Attention

(III) Fluctuation of Attention

(IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control)

5. Motives


b. Classification

Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain,

Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behaviour, Sex.

Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation,

Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization.

6. Emotions


b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic

Skin Response; Pupilliometrics

c. Theories of Emotion

d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory

e. Schachter –Singer Theory

7. Learning

a. Definition of Learning

b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and

Error; Learning by Insight; Observational Learning

8. Memory


b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition

c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes

9. Thinking


b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts

c. Kinds of Thinking

d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning

10. Individual differences

a. Definition concepts of;

b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement

Recommended Books:

1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace

College Publishers.

2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown

Publishers.

3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000).

Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An

introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New

Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, Inc.

5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers.

6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.

POL-101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of

Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very

basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to

make the students friendly with the subject.

Contents:

1. Definition, Nature, Scope and the sub-fields of the subject.

2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences, specifically International

Relations, Diplomacy, Strategic Studies etc.

3. Basic concepts of Political Science such as law and constitution, power and authority,

legitimacy, nation and nationalities etc.

4. State: its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State; Forms of State: Unitary,

Federation, Confederation.


6. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential and others.

Recommended Books:

Anderson, Rodee et.al. Introduction to Political Science. Islamabad: National Book Foundation,

Latest Edition.

Haq Mazher ul. (1996), Theory and Practice in Political Science. Lahore: Bookland,

Agarwal, R. C. (2006), Political Theory: Principles of Political Science. New Delhi: S. Chand &

Co.

Ahmad Shafi, Choudhry. (1996), Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu). Lahore: Standard Book Depot.

Bashir Ahmad, Sheikh.(1985), Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State). Jamshoro:

Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh

G. Roskin, Michael. (1997), Political Science: An Introduction. London: Prentice Hall

Sarwar, Mohammad.(1996), Introduction to Political Science. Lahore: Ilmi Kutub Khana

Jackson, Robert and Dorreen Jackson. (1997), A Comparative Introduction to Political Science.

New Jersey: Prentice – Hall

Mackenzi, Ian ed. (2005), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide. Edinburgh: University Press

Ahmed, Khurshid ed. Islamic Law and Constitution. Islamic Publications, 1960.

SEMESTER IV

GSCI-101 GENERAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The main objective of this course is to give understanding about the basics of all subjects being

included in science.

Contents:

1. Biochemistry and Biotechnology

i. Definition of metabolism. A brief description of metabolism and fate of

Carbohydrates, fats and proteins, in human body.

ii. What are enzymes? Their role in metabolism. Definition of enzymes and their role in our daily

life.

iii. Blood and its function

iv. DNA as hereditary material

v. Genetic engineering

vi. Improvement of crops and control of crop diseases

vii. Antibiotics and Vaccines

viii. Recycling of waste and scarce materials

2. Man and Health

i. Major components of food

ii. Food and energy. Energy requirements regarding age, sex, body size, climate and working

conditions.

iii. Balanced diet for babies, young, old, pregnant and feeding mothers.

iv. Definition of nervous system with reference to endospermic glands.

v. – Description of different stages of life.

– Transition from childhood.

vi. Importance of exercise for physical fitness, healthy living and as a measure against obesity.

vii. First aid and its administration.

3. Environment and Natural Resources

i. The atmosphere and its different layers. Description of Green house effect and its importance.

Different climatic pattern.

ii. Different kinds of pollution and their reduction. Effect of pollution on human life.

iii. Different kinds of Minerals and Fossil Fuels, their occurrence and uses.

Need for conservation of natural resources.

iv. Briefly discuss the crops and fruits of Pakistan. Production trends in principle crops;

mechanization of agriculture, new implementations.

v. Different dairy and poultry products and methods for their improvement.

vi. Importance of wildlife, national parks, conservation of wildlife and endangered species.

vii. Effects of rising population on environment, poverty and quality of life.

4. Current Electricity

i. Introduction and description of various concepts relating to current electricity.

ii. Components of circuits. Their working and use in electrical circuits.

iii. Direct and Alternate current. Introducing their advantages and disadvantages.

iv. Process of electric supply for domestic purposes along with it measurement.

v. Electric shocks, burns, fire, explosion, and safety precautions against them.

vi. Introducing ammeter, voltmeter, multi meter, analogue and digital meter and their uses.

5. Science and Technology

i. Description of the advancement of science and Technology for the development of the country.

ii. Functions and uses of:

– Lasers

– Optical fibre system

– Satellites and Radar, etc

iii. Simple introduction to radioactivity, properties, uses of radiations emitted by radio-active

substances and radio isotopes in various fields (health, agriculture, etc.)

iv. X-rays, Ultrasound, ECG, EEG, MRI, CT-Scan, Angiography.

v. Some important industries of Pakistan. Use of technology in some important industries of

Pakistan.

6. The Space and Pakistan Nuclear Program

i. Space exploration and its benefits to Science and Technology.

ii. Pakistan’s Space Programme (SUPARCO).

iii. Pakistan’s Nuclear Programme.

Recommended Books:

1. General Science

National Book Foundation, Islamabad.

2. General Science

Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore.

3. General Science

Sindh Textbook Board, Jamshoro

4. General Science

NWFP Textbook Board, Peshawar.

5. General Science

Baluchistan Textbook Board, Quetta.

SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline.

The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socio-

economic changes and social processes. The course will provide foundation for further

understanding in the field of sociology.

Contents:

1. Introduction

i) Definition, subject matter and scope

ii) Sociology as a science

iii) Historical background of sociology

2. Basic Concepts

i) Group, Community, Society

ii) Associations

a) Non-voluntary

b) Voluntary

iii) Organization

a) Informal

b) Formal

iv) Social Interaction

Levels of social interaction

Process of social interaction

Cooperation

Competition

Conflict

Accommodation

Acculturation and Diffusion

Assimilation

Amalgamation

3. Social Groups

i) Definition and Functions

ii) Types of social groups

a) In and out groups

b) Primary and secondary group

c) Reference groups

d) Informal and formal groups

e) Pressure groups

4. Culture

i) Definition, Aspects and Characteristics of Culture

a) Material and non-material culture

b) Ideal and real culture

ii) Elements of culture

a) Beliefs

b) Values

c) Language

d) Norms and social sanctions

iii) Organizations of culture

a) Traits

b) Complexes

c) Patterns

d) Ethos

e) Theme

iv) Other related concepts

a) Cultural relativism

b) Sub cultures

c) Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism

d) Cultural lag

5. Socialization and Personality

i) Personality, factors in personality formation

ii) Socialization, agencies of socialization

iii) Role and status

6. Deviance and Social Control

i) Deviance and its types

ii) Social control and its importance

iii) Forms of social control

iv) Methods and agencies of social control

7. Collective Behaviour

i) Collective behavior and its types

ii) Crowd behavior

iii) Public opinion

iv) Propaganda

v) Social movements

Recommended Books:

1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor. (2001). Sociology the Essentials. Australia:

Wadsworth.

2. Brown, Ken (2004). Sociology. UK: Polity Press

3. Gidden, Anthony (2002). Introduction to Sociology. UK: Polity Press.

4. Macionis, John J. (2006). 10th Edition Sociology, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall

5. Tischler, Henry L. (2002). Introduction to Sociology 7th ed. New York: The Harcourt Press.

6. Frank N Magill. (2003). International Encyclopedia of Sociology. U.S.A: Fitzroy Dearborn

Publishers

7. Macionis, John J. (2005). Sociology 10th ed. South Asia: Pearson Education

8. Kerbo, Harold R. (1989). Sociology: Social Structure and Social Conflict. New York:

Macmillan Publishing Company.

9. Koening Samuel. (1957). Sociology: An Introduction to the Science of Society. New York:

Barnes and Nobel.

10. Lee, Alfred Mclung and Lee, Elizabeth Briant (1961). Marriage and The family. New York:

Barnes and Noble, Inc.

11. Leslie, Gerald et al. (1973). Order and Change: Introductory Sociology Toronto: Oxford

University Press.

12. Lenski, Gevbard and Lenski, Jeam. (1982). Human Societies. 4th edition New York:

McGraw-Hill Book Company. 13. James M. Henslin. (2004). Sociology: A Down to Earth

Approach. Toronto: Allen and Bacon.

MASS-251 FUNCTIONAL URDU (Cr. hrs 03)

MASS-252 MASS MEDIA IN PAKISTAN (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is designed to study the role of Muslim Press in the Sub- continent with reference to

the work of eminent Muslim journalists, and its role during freedom movement and struggle for

Pakistan. It is further designed to help students to have a look on the evolution of print and

electronic media in Pakistan from the beginning till date, with reference to their problems and

prospects.

Contents:

1. Historical Background

(a) Growth of the Press in the sub-continent.

(b) Role of Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Moulana Hasrat Mohani,

Moulana Muhammad Ali Johar, Moulana Abul Kalam

Azad and Zafar Ali Khan.

(c) Press and the Pakistan Movement.

2. History and Development of Press

(a) Press since independence.

(b) Major Developments of Press in Pakistan

(c) Major problems and prospects of Press in Pakistan

(d) Progressive writer’s movement

3. Government and Press

(a) Government Press relations

4. Electronic Media in Pakistan

(a) Brief introduction to media in Pakistan

(b) Growth & expansion of Radio, Television and Film In Pakistan

(c) Growth of Cable television and its cultural and ethical dimensions.

(d) Rise and fall of film in Pakistan

(e) Electronic Media in Private Sector. FM radio And Satellite Television.

(f) Online Journalism: Development and future prospects

5. News Agencies

(a) Development of News Agencies.

(b) Expansion, Working, Organizational, Structure and Future perspective in Pakistan.

(c) Development of visual news agencies

6. Growth of regional press in Pakistan

7. Influence of foreign media in Pakistan

8. Emerging trends in journalism

Recommended Books:

1. Khurshid Abdus Salam, “Journalism in Pakistan”, United Publishers, Lahore.

2. Lent J.A., “Newspapers in Asia”.

3. Majeed Nizami, “Press in Pakistan, Department of Political Science”, University of the

Punjab, Lahore.

4. Hasan Mehdi, “Mass Media in Pakistan”.

5. French David and Richard Micheal (2000), “Television in Contemporary Asia”, SAGE

Publication International, UK.

6. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Cable Television–A vision for Future”, Pakistan.

7. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Prospect &Promotion of Electronic Media in Pakistan”.

8. Sh. Mughees uddin (1981), ABC of Radio Journalism.

9. Niazi, Zamir, Press in Chains

10. Hassan, Mehdi (2001),Mass Media in Pakistan. Aziz Publisher. Lahore

11. Hassan, Jawad & Hadi, Syed Ali (2004), Media and Mass Communication laws of Pakistan.

Haji Hanif Printers. Lahore.

12. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism and Press. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

13. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism News Coverage. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New

Delhi

14. Syed, M. H. (2006), Mass Media in new world order. Anmol Publication.

15. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Art of Modern Journalism. Anmol Publication Hijazi, Miskeen Ali

(2004), Mass Communication Theory and Practice. A-One Publishers. Lahore.

Books in Urdu:

1. Khurshid Abdus Salam(1966),Fun-e-Sahafat, Karwan Publications.

2. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Dastan-e-Sahafat.

3. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (2005),Fun-e-Idarat,6th Edition, Adan Printers.

4. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Sahafat Pakistan-o-HindMein.

5. Hussain, Muhammad Shahid, Iblighiat (2004) Education Publication House Delhi

6. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (1995),Punjab minUrdu Sahafat. Azhar Sons Printers. Lahore.

7. Shafiq Jhaulundhary (2008), Sahafat Aur Iblagh, 10thEdition. Ali Ejaz Printers.Lahore.

8. Naz, Ahsan Akhtar(2002), Pakistan main Taraki Pasand Sahafat. Zahid Bashir Printers.

Lahore.

MASS-253 SPORTS JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03)

Sports Reporting, elements of sports news, types etc.

General overview of history and development of sports in the world

Major sports played in Pakistan, Cricket, Hockey, Football, Squash, Tennis, Swimming,

Wrestling & Boxing etc.

Folk and Traditional games of Pakistan

Sports organizations of Pakistan

Terminology and specialized language related to sports

Problems and issues related to sports in Pakistan

Sports Broadcasting

Reporting sports events

Practical exercises

Interview Techniques in sports reporting

Sports reviews, Print and electronic media

Sports features

Specialized sports magazines a critical appraisal

Writing articles and opening pieces related to sports

Recent Trends in sports journalism

Recommended Books:

1. Read the Realm of sports

2. W.G.Wad reporting and writing sports

3. Sports journalism. Phill. Andrew

4. Scholistic Journalism, Weaver Gary.

SEMESTER V

MASS-301 FUNDAMENTALS OF NEWS REPORTING (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

Learn basics of writing for newspaper

Improve basic writing shields

Understand difference between writing for print and broad cast

media

Learn News gathering techniques

Course Contents:

1. News:

a) Definition

b) Elements

c) Values

d) Sources and channels of News

2. News Writing techniques:

a) Structure of News

b) Lead/introits components and types

c) Block Paragraphing

3. Basics of writing:

a) Attribution

b) Plagiarism

c) Opinion vs. facts

d) Language, Grammar

4. Beat reporting:

Crime & Accidents/Disasters

28

Sports

Commerce

Courts

Health

Education

Political

Parliament

Obituary

5. How Newspaper News are different form Radio and

Television news

6. Elements of online News reports

a) Multimedia Contents

b) Text visuals and photos

7. Do’s and Don’ts of a reporter

Recommended Books:

1. Anderson David “Investigative Reporting”, Englewood Cliffs,

Prentice, Hall, 1964

2. Charnely Mitchell’s “Reporting”, New York Hoet, Rinhart & Winston

1964

3. Hohenberg “The Professional Journalist”

4. MacDougall, CurtsD. “Interpretative Reporting”, New York,

Macmillian 1972

5. Porter and Luxon“ The Reporter and the News”

6. William L. Rivers “Finding Facts”, Engle wood Cliffs, N. J; Prentice

Hall, 1975.

7. AldenTodd,“Finding Facts Fast”,Barclay,Ten Speed Pren,1979

8. Ken Metzler, “Creative Interviewing” ,Engle wood Cliffs,

.J;Pren,1977

9. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali, “Fun-e-Idarat”

10. Khursheed, Abdul Salam Dr., “Fun-e-Sahafat”

11. Hashmi, Farkhanda, “Fun-e-Khabar Naweesi”

12. Writing and Reporting the News by Gerald Lanson, Mitchell

Stephens

13. Reporting & Writing: Basics for the 21st Century by Christopher

Scanlan

14. News in a New Century: Reporting in an Age of Converging

Media by Jerry Lanson, Barbara Croll Fought Pine Forge Press

A Sage Publication Company.

15. Sissons, Helen,2004 ‘Practical Journalism; How to Write News’

16. Clarence and Huch, 2001, Professional Journalist

MASS-302 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

Learn Audio Video Coverage

Learn Audio Video editing and writing

Understanding basic concepts of Radio and TV News

Know the difficult approaches when reporting for radio and TV

To produce a radio and TV news

Course Contents:

Introduction to Radio as a medium and structure

Type of Radio Programs

a) News

b) Feature

c) Documentary

d) Voxpops

e) Interviews

f) Radio Production

g) Basics of recording

h) Using audio variety

i) Sound bites

Audio editing using adobe audition software

Basics of Radio News writing and types of Radio news

Socio-economic impact of FM Radio economics

Television:

Introduction to television as a medium and structure

Basics of writing style guide for television

a) Documentary

b) Interviews

c) Talk shows

Basics of TV news writing and its types:

a) Structure

b) Contents

c) Flow

d) Breathing techniques

e) Pastures of TV News delivery

Elements of a television news bulletin

a) Package

b) Beeper

c) Ticker

d) Voxpaps

Television Production

a) Team

b) Technical staff

c) Design team

d) Requisites for Pre-production and past Production

e) Digital and analog IV

f) Basics of TV anchoring

Basics of Video acquisition

a) Operating camera and Shooting

b) Recorders

c) Lighting

d) Set designing

e) Video composition and editing

f) Advanced Multiplatform Reporting

Recommended Books:

1. Andrew Hart, Rontledge, Understand the Media, New York .1991.

2. Conrad fink, Longman, Inside the Media, NewYork.1990.

3. John Fiske, Mcthuen, Television Culture, London.1987

4. John C. Merill, John Lee, Modern Mass Media, Edward Jay Fried lander,

Harper & Row, New York. 1990.

5. Conrad Lodziak, Frances Prilie, Power of TV, London. 1986.

6. Ray Eldon Hiebert, Donald F. Ungurait. Thomas W. Bohn,

Longman, Mass media: An introduction to Modern

Communication, NewYork.1982.

7. Stwart Price, Pitman Publishing, Media Studies, London. 1993

8. Shirley Biagi, Wadworth, Belmont, Media Impact, 2nd Edition 1992.

9. lynne Gross, Telecommunication an Introduction to Electronic media, 6th Ed

Benchmark, London 1997

10. Christopher H. Sterling, Electronic Media, Preager London. 1994

11. Mushtaq Gazdar, Pakistan Cinema, Oxford University Press, Karachi.

1997.ed.

MASS-303 ONLINE JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course covers the comparative picture of traditional

Journalism with web journalism with the emphasis on web is the future of

Journalism and role and responsibilities of press and the journalists are

changing. It tells the students how writing for web is different from print

and broadcast. Students will learn news story structure for the web with

inverted pyramid and other elements of stories. Students will closely

examine the world of newspapers online before putting learned skill into

practice. Along with aesthetic elements required for web, the students will

know what technical requirements for the web are. They will learn how to

build up and operate their own website. 43

Learning outcomes

By the end of this course the students will be able to know the

difference between traditional and modern Journalism of internet. They

will be able to know the role and responsibilities of the web journalists.

They would have learnt how to operate his or her own fully operative and

functional website. Learning outcomes identify the critical performances,

and the knowledge, skills and attitudes that successful students will have

reliably demonstrated through the learning experiences and evaluation in

the course.

Course Contents Week

Significance of web

Introduction and overview

Traditional Journalism and the

Web:

Theoretical Perspective of Mass

Media

What is Web Journalism

Scope of online journalism

Multimedia Capabilities of Web

1st

week

Significance of web (continued)

Web Journalism and New Media

How the web is replacing other

media

Where web stands amongst New

Media

Web is the Future of Journalism

Characteristics of web journalism

Discussion:

How the web can "scoop" all other

media

2nd

week

Thinking of web

Psychology of Web User

Pre-requisites for a web journalist:

Cyber-kit of a web journalist

Know your audience

Critical thinking: Establishing and

maintaining focus

Discussion:

Convergence of Media

Mindset for the Web

3rd

week

44

Writing for web

Writing for print, broadcast and

web; Content, style

and structure

4th

week

Characteristics of online news

Esthetic elements for web

Discussion: Stories in print and on

the web

Writing for web (continued)

News story writing

Contents for News website: News

stories, features &

blogs

Headline/ lead & summary writing

for web

News story structure: Inverted

pyramid & 5Ws

Writing lively and tightly

Editing web text

Introduction to Blogs

Writing Blogs

Writing for twitter

Scanning, Surfing and Skimming

5th &

6th &

7th

week

Navigating the web

Recommended websites:

*Many of other websites may also be

reviewed will be

depend on the instructor.

www.Dawn.com

www.bbc.com

www.cnn.com

www.cbc.ca

www.ctv.ca

www.thenews.com

www.thestar.com

Navigational Scheme for Online

Newspaper or

Magazine

8th

week

45

*Many of other websites may also be reviewed will

be

depend on the instructor.

Midterm Review

Practice Session:

Students surf the net looking at various websites and

how

they compare

Mid-term Exam

9

t

h

w

e

e

k

Web Production team

Roles & responsibilities of web crew

Producer, Reporter, Writers & Editor

Introduction to Online Radio and Online Television

Basics for setup online Radio/Television

1

0

t

h

w

e

e

k

Creating the web

Developing Your Website

Creating the website storyboard

Features for News Websites

If you ‘build it’, will they surf?

Assignment: Features and layout for your intended

websites

1

1

t

h

w

e

e

k

Developing Your Website (continued)

Designing your website

Working with designer

Online Magazine

Online Newspaper

1

2

t

h

w

e

e

k

Developing Your Website (continued)

Tools for Website Building: HTML (Introduction)

Cyber Laws

Ethics for Web Journalism

1

3

t

h

w

e

e

k

46

Tools for building website (continued)

Dream weaver: Features & building News

website/Magazine Website

Working on Dream weaver: Building News

website/Magazine Website

14th

wee

k

Operating the web

Working on website (continued)

Writing exercise for class website

Online Media Types

15th

wee

k

Working on website (continued)

Writing exercise for class website

Digital Distribution Systems and Copy right

issues

16th

wee

k

Marketing for the web

Online advertisement types

Reciprocity, press releases and site promotion

How it works and how you can make money

Prospects and Challenges for Web Journalism

Final Exam Review

17th

wee

k

Final Exam & Project (* Student has to

develop their

own online News Paper or online

Magazine)

18th

wee

k

Recommended Books:

(Detailed References will be forwarded through mail)

1. Community journalism

2. Online Journalism : a basic text

3. Information technology in Journalism

4. Handbook of Online Journalism

5. Multimedia journalism: a practical guide

6. Dictionary of Digital journalism

7. Elements of Modern Journalism in the world

8. Journalism ethics by Saxena

9. Online Journalism : a basic text 47

Recommended Books:

1. Journalism in the Digital Age, John Herbert, Focal Press Oxford,

2000.

2. Introduction to Mass Communication, Agee, Ault, 12th ed.,

Longman, 1997.

3. Understanding Mass Communication, Defleur, Dennis,

Hought on Muffin, N.Y, 1998.

4. Media Impact, Shirley Biagi, Wadsworth, 1999.

5. Media of Mass Communication, John Vivian, 1999.

6. Dynamics of Mass Communication, Dominic 6th ed.

MASS-304 REAEARCH METHOD-I (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course will give the students an insight into the basic principles of scientific research.

Students will further be sensitized with the methods, techniques and other relevant concepts to

investigate the media related phenomena in contemporary society.

Course Contents:

The research process

What is research

The development of mass media research

Media research and scientific method

Two sectors of research

Academic and private

Differences between Quantitative and qualitative

research

Research design for quantitative research

Identifying the research problem

Formulating the problem statement

Reviewing the literature

Theoretical framework

Formulating research questions

Formulating hypothesis

Conceptualization and operationalization of variables

Identifying the methodology

Sampling techniques

Collection of data

Tabulation and interpretation of data

Quantitative measurement

Reliability and validity

Survey method development of a questionnaire

Scales

Index score

Ethics in research

Recommended Books:

1. Rabin Kemchand, “Journalism and Human Development”, first

Edition 2000, A. S. Saini for Dominant Publisher and Distinctions,

Orient Offset Delhi, 110053.

2. N. C. Pant,“Modern Journalism–Principles and Practices”, first

Edition 2002, Kanishka Publisher, 4697/5-21A, Ansari Road,

Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002.

3. Shearon A. Lowery, Melvinl. De Fleur, “Milestones in Mass

Communication Research”, 2nded 1988, LongmanInc 95, Chrch

Street, White Plains, NY 10601

MASS-305 COMMUNICATION THEORY–I (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

Objectives: This course aims to equip the students to identify different

phases of mass communication theories development in the historical

context. It will enhance their abilities to understand different intellectual

foundations in the field of mass communication.

Course Contents:

Paradigm, theory and model Types and functions of theories Four eras

of mass media theory

Direct effect paradigm Propaganda theories

Limited effect paradigm Two step flow of information Selective

process Klapper’s phenomistic theory Diffusion theory Functional

analysis

Normative theories Libertarian theory Social responsibility theory

Development media theory Democratic participant theory

Recommended Books:

1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000 Mass Communication Uses and Effects,

3rd ed. MacGraw -Hill, New York.

2. Joseph R. Mominick. 2004. The Dynamics of Mass Communication, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill, Inc.

New York

3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003. Communication

Theories: Origins, and Uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman Group Ltd. London.

4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch. 2000. Mass Media and Society, 3rded. St. Martin Press Inc.

New York

5. Mac Quill. 2003. Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman Group Ltd. London.

6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential Introduction

7. Rutledge, New York.

8. Defleur MelvinL. 1999. Theories of Mass Communication, 3rded. David McKay Co. New

York.

9. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed. Wadsworth Publishing Company,

Belmont, California.

10. Dennis Everett, Marshall John. 2003. Media Debates. 2nded. Longman Publisher, New York.

SEMESTER VI

MASS-351 SUB EDITING & PAGE DESIGNING (THORIES & PRATICE) (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

In the first phase this course is intended to introduce students to the practical aspects

of newspaper editing including use of copy editing, symbols and use of computer,

condensation, verification of spellings and facts, headline writing, story selection

and basics of page layout. This course further intends to help students to develop

and improve re-writing skills with an emphasis on how to analyze, recognize and

re-write the information provided in a filed story with a view to improve it.

Course Contents:

1. Sub Editor

a. Nature and scope of sub-editing

b. Qualities of a Sub-Editor

b. Responsibilities/Duties of a Sub-Editor

2. Mechanics of News Editing

a. Selecting creed material

b. Symbols and their uses

c. Translation

d. Structuring and re-writing of news story

3. Makeup

a. Make up techniques

b. Basic principles of page makeup

c. Different kinds of makeup

4. Headlines

a. Definition

b. Purpose of Headlines

c. Qualities of Headlines

d. Kinds of Headlines

e. Principles of Headlines making.

5. Use of Computer

a. Use of computers in the newsroom

b. Composing

c. Computerized Page making techniques

Practice: Adobe photo shop, practical exercises (at least 10) and picture scanning.

Recommended Books:

1. The Art of Editing by Brooks Et

2. News Editing by Matzler Ken, Englewood, Cliffs, Prentice Hall

1979

3. The Art of Editing News, Mc Giffert Renert

4. Design and Make of Newspaper, Sultan A.A

5. Journalism, TrowinIon’s, London,: David and Cherl, 1975

6. Editing in the Electronic Era, Gibson M. L. published by Gowa

State University Press, 1979

7. Fun-e Khabar Naveesi by A. R. Khalid

8. Fun-e-Idarat by Hijazi, Miskeen Ali

9. Sahafat by Hassan Mahdi

MASS-352 FEATURE, COLUMN, EDITORIAL WRITING (THEORIES & PRATICE)

(Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course is designed to develop writing skills of the students for

advanced journalistic writing like, editorial, column, feature, book

reviews, Radio, TV programmes review. It would enable students to

differentiate among various types of newspaper writings apart from the

news. This course is also planned to train the students in such a way that

they should learn the basic technique sand principles for these writings.

Course Contents:

1. The Editorial

a. Definition of Editorial

b. Its purpose, importance and forms

c. Functions of Editorial

d. The Techniques of Editorial writing

e. The contents of editorial page

f.The editorial page in Pakistan and its standard.

g. Difference between editorial, column and feature

h. Analyzing the media policy through editorials

i. Writing practice

2. Feature Writing

a. Definition, Concept and Scope of Feature

b. Types of Feature

c. Sources for the material

d. Feature Writing Technique

e. The importance of Pictorial Display in features.

50

3. Column Writing

a. Definition and Concept

b. Functions of a Column

c. Types of Column

d. Role of Columnist in society.

e. Practical Column Writing

4. Review

a. What is review?

b. Difference between review and criticism.

c. The purpose of Review writing the techniques of

review writing

d. Practice of reviewing books, Film, Drama, Theatre,

Radio and Television Programmes etc.

e. Review exercise

Recommended Books:

1. Brenneck Clark. Magazine Article Writing, New York.

2. Drewry J. E. 1951. Book Reviewing. Boston Macmillan Co.

3. Hohenberg J. The Professional Journalist.

4. Reddick D. C. 1949. Modern Feature Writing. New York.

5. Waldrap. 1955. Editor and Editorial Writing A. G. Rinhart and Co.

6. Shafiq Jalandari. Feature Nigari.

7. Shafiq Jalandari. Kalam Naweesi

8. Miskeen Ali Hijazi. Idaria Naweesi.

9. Harry W. Stone cipher. 1979. Editorial & Persuasive Writing:

Opinion Functions of the News Media: Humanistic Studies in the

Communication Arts. Hastings House Publishing.

10. William L.Rivers.1988. Writing Opinion. Reviews. Iowa StatePr;1

11. Bruce Garrison. 2004. Professional Feature Writing: Lea’s

Communication series. Lawrence E

MASS-353 RESEARCH METHODS–II (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

A relatively advanced level course of research will further

enlighten the students about different steps involved in a typical research

model. The students will learn how to collect the data after implementing

appropriate method and the basic elements required for writing a good

research proposal/research report.

Course Contents:

Quantitative research methods

Content analysis

Experimental method

Longitudinal research

56

Qualitative research method

Focus group

Participant observation method

Intensive interviews

Case studies

Writing research report

Reference writing

Use of SPSS

MASS-354 COMMUNICATION THEORY- II (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course aims to promote students critical and analytical

approaches towards understanding of mass communication

theories. It

also aims to prepare them for further inquiry into the field of Mass

communication.

Course Contents:

Emergence of critical and cultural theories of mass communication

Frankfurt school

Political economy

Media and audiences: theories about the role of media in everyday

life

Uses and gratification

Framing and frame analysis

Theories of media and culture and society

Agenda setting

Knowledge gap

Spiral of silence

Media dependency theory

Cultivation theory

Recommended Books:

1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000. Mass Communication Uses and

Effects

3rded. MacGraw-Hill, New York.

2. Joseph R.Mominick.2004. The Dynamics of Mass Inc. New

York

3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003.

Communication

Theories: Origins and uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman

Group Ltd. London

4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch.2000. Mass Media and

Society,

3rd ed. St. Martin Press Inc. New York.

5. Mac Quill. 2003.Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman

Group Ltd. London.

6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential

Introduction Rutledge, New York.

7. Defiler MelvinL.1999.Theories of Mass Communication,3rded.

David McKay Co. New York.

8. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed.

Wadsworth

52

Publishing Company, Belmont, California.

9. Dennis Everett, Marshall John.2003. Media Debates 2nded.

Longman Publisher New York.

MASS-355 INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING & PUBLIC RELATIONS

(Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and

techniques of advertising and public relations as currently

practiced.

Emphasis will be on the public relations and advertising processes

and

such activities that bring out student’s problem-solving approach

and

creativity in message construction.

Course Content:

Advertising

Evolution and Development of Advertising

Advertising Definition, Function and Scope

Types of Advertising, Techniques of Advertising

Principle of Successful Advertising

Merits and Demerits of Advertising

Macro and Micro economic impact of Advertising

Socio-economic role of advertising

Advertising agency and its structure

Role of advertising association of Pakistan

Develop of Advertising Campaign

Practice Advertising Campaign

Public Relations

Definition, Nature, Scope and history

Pub lies of PR

Process of PR (Research, Planning PR Campaigns 42

execution and evaluation)

Tools and Products of PR (Spoken tactics, written, Visual

and new media)

Government and Private Organizations PR

PR in different sectors

Responsibilities and qualities of PRO

Comparative analysis of publicity, Propaganda, adv, PR

Community, Corporation on-Profit organization-POL org

Practical:

PR Campaign

Recommended Books:

1. Centre, H. Allen, Cutlip. M. Scott, “Effective Public Relations”.

New

Jersey” Prentice Hall Inc.1978

2. Chandan, S J. et al. “Essentials of Advertising”, New Delhi,

Bombay, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.Ltd.1990

3. Jefkins, Frank. Long Acre, “Public Relations for Marketing

Management”, London: Pitman Publishing1991.

4. Jefkins, Frank, Long Acre, “Public Relations”, London:

Publishing,

1991

5. Jefkins, Frank, “Advertising: Made Simple”, Calcutta; Rupa

Co.1982

6. Mandell, Maurice I., Englewood Cliffs, N. J, “Advertising”,

PrenticeHall, Inc. USA 1974

7. Nelson, Paul Roy, low: WCB, Wm. C, “The Design of

Advertising”,

Brown Publishers Dubugue, USA,1985

8. S.A.Siraj,“Taloqaat-e-Aama”, Allama Iqbal

OpenUniversity,1990

9. Wilcox, Dennis L., Ault, Phillip H. and Agee, Warren K.,

“Public

Relations: Strategies and Tactics”, New York, HarperCollins

Publishers,1989

10. Wright S., John et al., “Advertising”, USA, MacGraw-Hill

Series in

Marketing, 1982

SEMESTER VII

MASS-401 MEDIA SEMINAR (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The purpose of this seminar course is to provide students with

opportunity to interact with the experts regarding different

communication issues. In these minar, students will present their papers

prepared in consultation with their teachers. Presentation of paper is

mandatory. The papers will be followed by the discussions. Seminars

will be presided by an expert of the area or the teacher on cerned.

Teacher can also suggests our cematerial to the students and they can

also present a summary/abstract or critique on the book/article in these

minar. Nevertheless, focus will be on important communication issues.

Each Student will give at least two presentations in the seminars on two

different occasions.

MASS-402 DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)

Note:

DC and DSC both are recommended for the BS programme.

However, the departments are requested to opt for one of the two

courses owing to their regional needs and expertise available for

the course(s).

Objectives:

This course provides an overview of the important phenomena of

Development Communication. In general, the course will interpret and

analyze the role of mass media in highlighting social development in the

society. After studying this course, students will be enabled to have a

better insight in Development Communication and will analyze the nature

and treatment of media contents on developmental issues.

Course Contents:

The need for development communication; Basic Concept: Promotion of

development:

Development as process & Goal. Sociology of development

Concept of Development

Extension Communication and Development Communication

Development Journalism and Development Communication

Development Communication and Development Support

Communication.

The concept of change, meaning and definition

Sources of change

Factors in influencing change

Obstacles to change

Reducing resistance to change

Diffusion of innovation

Social Change and community participation

57

Prospects and challenges of Development

Communication in Pakistan

Financial Problems

Lack of education and training

Control over media

Political Problem

Economic Problem

Administration Problem

Media Sociology

NGS’s and their working

Development Journalism

Introduction

Rural and Aruban Sociology

Introduction to rural sociology

Difference between rural and urban lifestyles

Regional factors

Society under change

Force of work

Technology

Trends in social system

Living style

Social shift and cultural trend

Development of village

Motivating factors

Cooperative way

Village economy

Agriculture

Living standards

Typical rural problem

Opportunity of education

Important factors

Financial restraints

Religious authority

Religious authority

Modern Influence

58

Caste System

Feudalism

Economic life

Religious factors

Rural Leadership and Politics

Effective channels for agriculture communication in developing world

Agriculture communication in Pakistan

Need for AGRI-Based TV and Radio Stations in Pakistan

Agriculture Communication through print Media

Recommended Books:

1. AIOU. 2002. Reader on Development Support Communication,

Department of Mass Communication AIOU, Islamabad.

2. Anjaneyulu, Shri K.et.al.1999. Local Radio, making an impact.

Agricultural Information Development Bulletin.

3. Ascroft, Joseph. 1991. The Profess of Development Support

Communication. A. Symposium paper, Ohio. The Ohio State

University

4. Chen, Peter. 2002. Visual Communication Materials for Rural

Audiences. Re-orienting artists and Copy writers Development

Communication Report.

5. Hedebro, Goran. 1999. New perspectives on Development: how

Communication contribute. Communication and Social Change in

Developing Nations: acritical view, Iowa: The Iowa State

University Press.

6. Jan Servaes, Jacobson, White. 2000. Participatory

Communication for Social change, Sage Publication, New Delhi.

7. Diffusion of Innovation, E. M. Rogers, Free Press,

New York 3rd Ed. 1983.

8. Perspectives and Development Communication, K. Saudana udan

Nair, Sage Publication, London, 1993

9. Communication and the Third World, Geoffrey Reeves, Routledge,

London, 1993

10. Global Communication in Transition, Hamid Mowlana, Sage

publication, London, 1996

11. Social Change, Michael Kunczick FES Germany.

MASS-403 MEDIA ETHICS & LAWS (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives

The course seeks to apprise the students about the codes of ethics, the

laws and regulations, which are governing and regulating the media in

Pakistan. The course develops the sense of norms, values and

responsibility in future professionalize, government media relationship

and press freedom in Pakistan.

Contents:

Ethics

Introduction, need and nature

Sources of ethics in Pakistan society.

Media ethics

Need and scope

Ethics and media profession

Social responsibility theory

Islamic code of ethics

Islamic concept of communication

Ethical problems

External and internal pressures on media

The violations of media ethics in Pakistan (deadline and ethics)

Privacy, corruption, personal interests, etc.)

Violation of professional values: problems and consequences

39

Codes of Ethics and Application

International codes of ethics (Print, electronic and web media)

Pakistani codes of ethics (ethical code of practice –

17pointsinpress council ordinance,2002), PFUJ, APNS, CPNE etc.

Other codes of ethics and application

Press Council of Pakistan

Evolution, need, establishment and code of ethics

Media Laws

Introduction, need and nature

Evolution of press laws in sub-continent and Pakistan.

Salient features of the current press ordinances:-

1. PEMRA ordinance –establishment and salient features

2. Press Council Ordinance

3. Press Laws: An overview

4. Defamation Ordinance

5. Copy Right Act

6. Constitutional provisions on fundamental rights of speech,

expression etc.

Social media ethics

Cyber laws and PTA

Social media as an emerging check on traditional

media and vice versa

Case Studies

Recommended Books:

1. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Naz, Subaftic Zimadoryan Muqadra Qaum

Zabar (Natinal Language 1998, Islamabad.

2. Javed Jabbar, Qazi Faiz Isa, Mass Media Laws and Regulation

in Pakistan

3. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Nar, Sohafti Qananee, A. H. Publishers,

Urdu Bazar, Lahore

4. Dr. Naz, Sahbafti Ikhlaqiat, Azeem Academi Urdu Bazar, Lahore.

5. Dr. Naz, Mukalmat, (Interviews of 35 leading editors journalism

and intellectual), Al Qamar Centre, Urdu Bazar, Lahore.

6. Dr. Muhammad Wasim Akbar, Zarae Iblagh aur Islam

Nomani Kutab khana, Urdu Bazaar Lahore.

MASS-404 TV NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The students will be taught the elements of selection, writing,

editing, compiling and presentation of news for television. They will be

taught the technical aspects of camera, lights and microphones and

shooting and editing of news films and their placement in the news

bulletin, besides the use of the live inserts and sound bites. They will be

expected to produce bullet in for television. This is a practical course.

Course Contents:

Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of TV

News Departments. Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria,

News Sources, Writing Broadcast News, How to Improve Your

Storytelling ability, Ad-Lib Situation within Broadcast News, Television

News Team and News Cast, Television News Anchoring, Teleprompter,

Types of television news, Formats of Television News, Television News

Reporter, Field Reporting and techniques of Shooting Television News,

Writing and Producing the Package, Live Stand-Up, Beepers and

Tickers, Telling the Visual Story, Television Script Formats, The visual

Grammar of Motion Picture Photography, The magic of Light and

Lighting, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording, ENG, the Laws

and Ethics in News Reporting, Introduction to Video Editing.

Practical:

Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the

successful completion of the semester (03-05) minute duration.

Recommended Books:

1. The television hand book, Patricia Holland, Routledge, London,

1997

2. Pre – Production Planning of Video Film and Multimedia, Steve

R. Cart wright, Focal Press, Oxford, 1996

3. Training With Video, Steve R. Cartwright, Knowledge Industry

Publications, New York, 1996

4. Basic Television Reporting, New York, Focal Press, London, 1990

5. Visual Editing, Howard I. Finberg and Bruce D. LItale, Wadsworth,

Belmont,1990

6. ENG Television News, Charles F. Cremer, 3rd Ed. McGraw Hil, Ne

work,1996

7. Television Journalism, Shahida Kazi, Translated by Aju-eKamal,Dynya-e-Adab,Karachi,1993

MASS-405 RADIO & NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course will impart the elements of selection writing, editing,

compiling and presenting news for radio. It will be a practical course and

the students will be expected to produce and present an entire news

bulletin.

Course Contents:

Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of

Radio News Departments. Radio Newscast, Radio News Anchor, Radio

News Reporter, Field Reporting, Sound Track, Types of Radio News.

Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria, News Sources, Writing

Broadcast News, How to Improve Your Storytelling ability, Field

Reporting, Writing and producing Package for radio, Ad-Lib Situation

within Broadcast News, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording,

ENG, the Laws and Ethics: Covering news events and stories,

Introduction to Audio Editing.

Practical:

Students are required to produce 05 news stories and 02

interviews of 10 minutes duration.

Recommended Books:

1. Tim Crook, Routledge, International Radio Journalism, London,

1988

2. Andrew Boyd, Broadcast Journalism, Focal Press, Oxford, 1997

3. Paul Chantler, Sam Harris, Local Radio Journalism, Focal Press,

Oxford, 1997

4. Pete Wilby, Routledge, The Radio Handbook, London, 1996

5. Carl Hausman, Crafting the News for Electronic Media, Woods

worth publishing California, 1995

6. Roger L. Waltern, Broadcast Writing, McGraw-Hill, New York,

1994

64

7. Idrees Siddique, Radio Journalism in Pakistan, Feroz sons,

Lahore, 1990

MASS-406 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)

Objective

The overall aims of this course are to introduce students to skills

of social media tools in context to its emergence with media science. It

also aims to introduce key concepts and social platforms that have

changed the media scenario that it’s used to be. Using the

representation of the virtual community as a focus, students will be

introduced to ideas of the collective resourcing, user defined contents,

Web 2.0, media production and reporting in social media.

Out Comes

By the end of the course students will be able to apply a range of

social media tools and collaborative platforms of shared resources, and

will have an expertise to actively take part in creation of online media

platforms, creation of community centric social media platforms

supporting field of media production and reporting.

Emerging Media Trends

Media and Technology

How emerging technologies can change Journalism

Backpack Journalist

Citizen Journalist

Online Community

News as conversation

New Media: Emerging mediums of information (cell phone, web

mediums)

Cell phone evolution and Social Media (1-G to 4-G)

Social Media Evolution

Social Media Ethics (Rules are in the flux)

Introduction to social media website (Google +, Facebook etc…)

Social Media Skills for Journalists

Blogs for Marketing and Advertising

Trolls & 1-9-90 Rule

Vod-casting basics

Pod-casting basics

How one increases its social networking

Social Media Marketing

Introduction to Micro Blogging

Twitter for Journalist

Social Media Marketing Strategies

How one can use Facebook/Twitter/Blogs for effective Marketing

Future Trends and developments in Social Media 41

Social Media as an alternative public sphere

Recommended Books:

(Detailed References will be forwarded through e-mail)

Digital Media and Community

Social Media Connectivity

New Media and Journalism

SEMESTER VIII

MASS-451 RESEARCH REPORT/PROJECT & VIVA (Cr. hrs 03)

Objective:

Every student will be requiring conducting research on a carefully select

topic under the guidance of his/her teacher and submitting a research

report at the end of the semester. The written report will be reviewed and

evaluated by an external examiner.

MASS-452 INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)

Course Outline:

As Societies throughout the world become increasingly

interdependent, an ability to understand and to make use of

communications has never been more important. This course will enable

the student to assess the role and function of communication in the

public sphere and to evaluate the management and practice of

communication within the political process as well as between

government and citizens, our discussion of international communication

is grounded in an exploration of propaganda, since the practices, critique

and theories of contemporary international communications. The course

covers a wide range of core subjects including, communications theory,

culture, media, information technologies and globalization etc.

70

Objectives:

The International Communications course will equip students

with:

A solid grounding in mapping and processes of international

communication

In-depth knowledge of the structures of communication within an

international context

An advanced understanding of debates at the forefront of

International communication

Evaluate international communication within the framework of

social, cultural, economic, religious and political division of the

early 21st century.

Course Content:

Defining international Communication

Historical perspective

Theorizing International Communication

International Communication in the Internet age

(Imbalance in) International Information flow

The New World Information and Communication Order (NWICO)

Towards an integrative view of balanced information flow

Contra flow of communication: case studies: Middle East, Iran,

China and India

International/Transitional Media Organizations

International Broadcast Networks

Globalization of media and corporate expansion

Global homogenization

Cultural hybridity

Revised cultural imperialism

Media of Diaspora

How governments manage their international communications

How governments position themselves and create a national

identity and image

Towards an alternative public sphere.

Readings:

1. Thussu, Kishan ( 2000). International Communication, New York:

Oxford University Press

2. Baran, S. J. (2001). Introduction to mass communication. Media

literacy and culture 2001 up date.

71

3. California, London, Toronto: Mayfield Publishing Company.

4. Baran, S. J. Davis, D. K. (2000). Mass communication theory:

Foundations, ferment, and future. Ontario: Wadsworth.

5. Barker, Chris.(1999). Television globalization and cultural

identities, Buckingham: Open University Press.

6. Cees. J. Hame link. (1983).Cultural autonomy in global

communication: Planning national information policy. New York:

Longman.

7. Chauhan, S. &Chandra, N.(1997).Modern journalism issues and

challenges. Swati. New

8. Esposito, J. L. (1992). The Islamic threat-myth or reality. New

York: Oxford University Press.

9. Gurevitch, M.etal. (1982). Culture, society and media.

Lincoln, New York; Mathuen.

10. Galtung, J. & Ruge, M. H. (1965).The structure of foreign news.

Journal of Peace Research. Oslo.35pp

11. Jaudt, F. E. (1995).Intercultural communication An introduction.

UK. New Delhi: Sage.

12. Michael Gurevitch, etal., (1982): Culture, Society and the Media,

Mathuen (Loncon and New York).

13. Said, E.W.(1981). Covering Islam New York: Pantheon.

14. Sehultz, D. E. &Kitchen, P. J. (2001).Communicating globally.

Chicago: NTC business books.

15. Thussu, D.k. (2000).International communication: Continuity and

change, NY, London :Arnold.

16. Thussu, D. K., & Freed man, D.(Eds.).(2003).

Warandthemedia:Reportingconflict 24/7.

17. New Delhi: VISTAAR Publication.

18. Thussu, D. k. (1998).(ed).Electronic empires global media and

local resistance, NY, London : Arnold.

MASS-453 MASS MEDIA IN SAARC (Cr. hrs 03)

Content:

1. Evolution of print media in SAARC countries and its developments

2. Introduction of Radio broadcasting in SAARC Countries and its contemporary

development

3. Television broadcasting came to South Asia and its present day growth

4. Film media of SAARC Countries and its role in socio-Cultural arena

5. Cultural in Imperialism in South Asian Media.

MASS-454 TV PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing,

compiling and presenting different programmes for TV. It will be a practical

course and the students will be expected to produce and present different

programmes.

1. Introduction to the Television Environment.

2. The Television Production Process.

3. Types of Television Programs (Documentaries, Current Affairs,

and Talk-Shows etc.).

4. Television Camera.

5. Camera Lenses.

6. Camera Operation and Picture Composition.

7. Lighting

8. Sound Control

9. Video-Recording and Storage Systems

10 Production People

11. Field Production

12. Directing and Casting Actors for Television Programs

13 Producing

76

14. Post Production Editing

Practical:


successful completion of the semester (10-15) minute duration

Recommended Books:

1. Anthony, Fried man. (2001). Writing for Visual Media. Boston:

Focal Press.

2. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Pre-Production Planning of Video

Film and Multimedia. Oxford: Focal Press.

3. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Training with Video. New York:

Knowledge Industry Publications

4. Finberg, Howard I and Itale, Bruce D. (1990). Visual Editing

Belmont: Wadsworth Cremer, Charles

F.(1996).ENGTelevisionNews3rd Ed.New York: Mc GrawHill.

5. Holland, Patricia.(1997).The Television Hand book. London:

Routlege.

6. Kazi, Shahida. (1993). Television Journalism Translated by Auj-eKamal,

Karachi: Dunya-e-Adab.

7. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites over South

Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford

University Press.

8. Sinclair, John. (1996). New Patterns in Global Television New

York: Oxford University Press

9. Srivastava, H.O.(2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New

Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. Ltd.

10. Thomson, Roy.(1994).Media Grammar of the Editing. Oxford:

Focal Press.

MASS-455 RADIO PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives:

The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing,

compiling and presenting different programmes for radio. It will be a

practical course and the students will be expected to produce and present

different programmes.

1. Introduction to the Radio Environment.

2. Introduction to the Radio Equipment.

3. Microphones and its Placement.

4. Types of Scripts and Treatment

5 Directing and Casting Actors for Radio Programs

6. Pre-Production for Radio.

7. Types of program Productions

8. Difference between Radio Feature, Radio Documentary, Radio

Drama and Montage.

9. Different between FM, AM, SW and MW.

10. Post Production for Radio

11. Trends of FM Radio in public & private sector in Pakistan.

Practical


successful completion of the semester (15-20) minute duration.

Recommended Books:

1. B O’ Donnel, Lewis. (1992). Modern Radio Production. London:

Wadsworth Publishing.

2. Boyd, Andrew.(1997).Broad cast Journalism. Oxford. Focal Press.

3. Chantle, Paul. &Harris, Sam. (1997). Local Radio Journalism.

Oxford: Focal Press.

4. Crook,Tim.(1988).International Radio Journalism. London:

Routledge.

5. Hamelosky, Walter V. (1995).Principles of Media Development.

New York: knowledge Industry Publishing.

75

6. Hausman, Carl. (1995).Crafting the News for Electronic Media.

California: Wadsworth Publishing.

7. Haider, Sajjad. (1989). Radyai Sahafat. Islamabad: Muqtadira

Quomi Zaban.

8. Jank, Hakemulder. (1998). Radio & T.V. Journalism. New Delhi:

Arnolds Publishers.

9. Mc leash, Robert. (1999). Radio Production 4th ed. Oxford: Focal

Press.

10. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites Over South

Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford

University Press.

11. Qureshi, Haseen-uddin. (1990) Khabrain Sunye. Karachi: Wish

Publications.

12. Rumsey, Farancis. &McCormick, Tim. (1996). Sound

Recording Oxford Focal Press.

13. Siddique, Idress. (1990). Radio Journalism in Pakistan.

Lahore: Ferozsons.

14. Srivastava, H.O. (2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New

Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. ltd.

15. Sterling, Christopher H.(1994).Electronic Media. New York:

Praeger.

16. Wilby, Pete.(1996).The Radio Hand book. London: Routledge.

MASS-456 INTERNSHIP (Cr. hrs 03)

Internship Objectives:

Every student shall be required to join any national media organization as

an intern for a period not less than two months. He/she will arrange

his/her placement in any media organization with the concurrence of

the department. On successful completion and positive report by

the media organization, the student will prepare a comprehensive

report on what he/she practiced, the introduction of the media

organization and any other relevant aspects which the department may

deem appropriate to be included in there port.

CURRICULUM OF EDUCATION

BS (4-Year)



BS EDUCATION PROGRAM

SCHEME OF STUDIES

From 2017-Onwards

Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 133

SEMESTER-I

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hours

ISL-101 Islamic studies 2+0

ENG-101 English –I 3+0

EDU-103 Foundations of Education 3+0

EDU-104 Development of Education in Pakistan 3+0

GSCI-101 Content Course-I

(G. science)

3+0

SOC-101 Content Course –I(introduction to Sociology) 3+0

Total 17

SEMESTER -ll

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour

ENG-102 English II 3+0

MATH-101 Mathematics 3+0

EDU-109 Critical thinking and reflecting practices 3+0

EDU-110 Human development and learning 3+0

ECON-101 Content Course –II Introduction to Economics 3+0

PSY-102 Content Course –II Introduction to psychology 3+0

Total 18

SEMESTER-lll


PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0

COMP-104 Computer literacy 3+0

ENG-201 English –III 3+0

HIST-102 Content Course –III Introduction to History 3+0

EDU-205 Content Course III How Children Learn 3+0

EDU-206 General Methods of teaching 3+0

Total 17

SEMESTER-lV


ECON-425 Content Course –Iv Entrepreneurship 3+0

ENG-202 Content Course-Iv English 4 3+0

EDU-209 Guidance and Counseling 3+0

EDU-210 Classroom Assessment 3+0

EDU-211 Classroom Management 3+0

EDU-212 Supervised School Experience /

Observation/Visits

3+0

Total 18

SEMESTER-V


EDU-301 Curriculum Development 3+0

EDU-302 School community and Teacher 3+0

EDU-303 Content Course -v Child Development 3+0

EDU-304 Content Course-v Educational Psychology 3+0

EDU-305 Pedagogy -I Research Orientation in Education 3+0

EDU-306 Pedagogy-II Philosophical perspectives of

Education

3+0

Total

18

Semester-Vl


EDU-307 Research Methods in Education 3+0

EDU-308 Pedagogy -iii(Methods of Teaching related to

Specialization)-I

3+0

EDU-309 Pedagogy-iv (Methods of Teaching related to

specialization)-II

3+0

EDU-310 Test Development and Evaluation 3+0

EDU-311 Teaching Practice(Theory) 3+0

STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics 3+0

Total 18

SEMESTER-Vll


EDU-401 Inclusive Education 3+0

EDU-402 Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education 3+0

EDU-403 Research Project 3+0

EDU-404 Comparative Education 3+0

COMP-101 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 3+0

Total 15

SEMESTER-Vlll


EDU 405 Educational Management and Leadership 3+0

EDU 406 Teaching Practice (Long Term/practical) 3+3

EDU 407 Environmental Education 3+0

Total 12

Note: 4 years BS Education program will be completed by the submission of

projects and its Viva (non Credit Hours and marks)

Area of specialization (Each student will have to opt one area of specialization out of specialization out of the

following containing to courses.)


EDU-308 Teaching of Mathematics 3+0

EDU-309 Teaching of Physics 3+0

EDU-312 Teaching of Chemistry 3+0

EDU-313 Teaching of Biology 3+0

EDU-314 Teaching of English 3+0

EDU-315 Teaching of Urdu 3+0

EDU-316 Teaching of Pak Studies 3+0

EDU-317 Teaching of Islamic Studies 3+0

Department of Education

BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st

Course Code: ENG-101 Cr.Hour: 03

Course Title: English-I Marks: 100

Objective

The students will be able to:

Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Basics of Grammar

Chapter 1: Parts of speech and their functions

1.1.1 Noun

1.1.2 Pronoun

1.1.3 Verb

1.1.4 Adverb

1.1.5 Adjective

1.1.6 Conjunctions

1.1.7 Inter junctions

Chapter 2: Uses of articles

Chapter 3: Sentence skills

3.1 Classification by purpose

3.1.1 Declarative

3.1.2 Interrogative

3.1.3 Imperative

3.1.4 Exclamative

3.2 Classification by structure

3.2.1 Complex

3.2.2 Compound

3.2.3 Compound complex

Chapter 4: Analysis of Phrase and Clause

Chapter 5: Preposition

Chapter 6: Transitive and Intransitive Verbs

Chapter 7: Active and Passive Voice

Chapter 8: Speaking Skills

8.1 Communication via Dialogue formation

8.2 Expressing your likes and dislikes

8.3 Group discussion

8.4 My dreams

8.5 Picture description

8.6 Games activities

Chapter 9: Reading skills

9.1 Aims of Reading

9.2 Kinds of Reading

9.3 Faulty Reading Habits

9.4 SQ3Rs

Chapter 10: Writing skills

10.1 Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)

Chapter 11: Dictionary skills

11.1 Meanings

11.2 Usage

11.3 Pronunciation

11.4 Syllabications

11.5 Etymology

11.6 Stress

11.7 Parts of speech

11.8 Synonyms

11.9 Antonyms

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1.Third

edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492

2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2.Third

edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506

b) Writing

Writing.Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.Oxford

Supplementary Skills.Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.


Reading. Upper Intermediate.Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis.Oxford Supplementary Skills.Third

Impression 1992.ISBN 0 19 453402 2.d) Speaking



Course Code: Edu-103 Cr.Hour: 03

Course Title: Foundation of Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Explain the important features of foundation of education

Specify the role of educational thinkers in education

Discuss the modes of education

Discuss historical development of Pakistan

Evaluate the issues and problems of education.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Ideological foundation of Pakistan

1.1: Definition

1.2: Islamic concepts of Education

1.3: Islamic aims of Education

1.4: Ideology and Teachers

Chapter 2: Philosophical foundation of Pakistan

2.1: Main philosophical Thoughts

2.2: Idealism and its Characteristics

2.3: Realism and its Characteristics

2.4: Pragmatism and its Characteristics

2.5: Re-constructionism and its Characteristics

Chapter 3: Psychological foundation of Pakistan

3.1: Definition of learning and Maturation

3.2: Individual differences among students

3.3: Self Control

Chapter 4: Socio-Economic foundation of Pakistan

4.1: Basic Needs Of students

4.2: Concepts of Society and Culture

4.3: Economic conditions and Education

4.4: Social conditions and Education

Chapter 5: Problems and issues of Education in Pakistan

5.1: Literacy

5.2: Levels (Primary, Secondary, Higher)

(Meanings, Objectives, Problems and Suggestions)

5.3: Factors effecting students learning

Chapter 6: Aims of education in Pakistan

6.1: Qualities of a good Teacher

6.2: Role of a Teacher and Student in Classroom

6.3: The Holy Prophet (P.B.U.H) as a Teacher

6.4: Aims and objectives of education in Pakistan

RECOMMENDED BOOK

Canestrari, A. (2009). Foundations of Education. New York: Sage Publications.

Eugene, F.P. (2005). Critical issues in education: Anthology of reading. New York: Sage

Publications.

Goldblatt, P.F., & Smith, D. (2005).Cases for teacher development. New York: Sage

Publications.

Holt, L.C. (2005). Instructional patterns: Strategies for maximizing students learning.

Murphy, D. (2005). Foundations/Introduction to Teaching. USA: Allyn& Bacon, Inc.New York:

Sage Publications.

Semel, S. F. (2010). Foundations of education: The essential texts. USA: Routledge




Marks: 100 Course Title: Development of Education in Pakistan

Objectives


Understand role of Islamic values and ideology of Pakistan in education.

Decipher the nature and purposes of education in the Mughal empire, the

British period and post-independence period.

Delineate the historic roots and subsequent

Development of the madrassah education.

Evaluate education in Pakistan in the light of different policies and plans.

Critically analyze educational development at different levels of education

i.e. Pre-primary education, Primary education, Elementary education,

secondary education and higher education.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Education its meaning, data and functions

1.1 Definitions and Derivations

1.2 Education as a Process

1.3 Aims of Education

Chapter 2: Ideological Basis of Education

2.1 Definitions and meanings of Ideology

2.2 Islamic concepts of Education

2.3 Role of Islamic Ideology in development of education

2.4 Education for Moral Development and Character building

Chapter 3: The Formal System of Education

3.1 The structure of Education

3.2 Elements of Education

3.3 Role of Teacher in formal Education

Chapter 4: History of Education in Pakistan

4.1 Main features and achievements in Education during Muslims in the Sub-

continent.

4.2 British education and its impact on the educational life of Muslims

4.3 Study of” Muslims education movements ‘’,Contribution of Deoband ,Ali

Gharh,JamiaMilia, Anjuman-e-Himayatul Islam , Sindh Madersat –ul-Islam.

Chapter 5: Education as an agent of Change

5. 1 Meaning and factors of social change

5.2 Education as a factor in Social change

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Al-Naqib-al-Attas, Syed Muhammad (1979). Aims and Objectives of Education, Jeddah: King

Abdul Aziz University.

Iqbal Muhammad, (1999). The Reconstruction of Religious thought in Islam, Lahore: Shaikh

Muhammad Ashraf.

John, S. Brubacher (1987). Modern Philosophies of Education, New Delhi: TATA McGraw Hill

Publication Co.

Mansoor, A. Qureshi, (1983). Some Aspects of Muslim Education, Lahore: Universal Books.



Course Code: GSCI-101 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: General Science

Objectives


Teach General Science effectively at elementary level in an innovative and creative

manner.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Physical Science

1.1 Universe and Cosmos ,Big Bang and the expending universe ,Age of Universe ,Black

holes, Galaxy ,Milky way, Stars, Solar System

Chapter 2: Earth Science

2.1 Structure of earth, magnetic field, atmosphere and life, plate tectonics, drifting

continents, minerals, continental shelf, and earth quakes, volcanoes, hurricanes,

cyclones.

Chapter 3: Physics

3.1 The Nature of matter, Atomic no. Atomic mass, Symbol, and Isotopes, Quantum

theory, Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half-life, Radioactive dating,

Hooks law, elastically the kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds,

Freezing of water, Thermodynamics.

Chapter 4: Chemistry

4.1 The atomic theory of Matter ,Atomic ,Elements ,Molecules ,Compounds ,mixtures

,Chemical symbols ,Chemical bonding ,chemical reactions ,Coil ,Age metals ,Carbon

and carbon cycle ,Fertilizers ,Soaps ,and Detergents

Chapter 5: Biological science

5.1 Basis of life ,Classification of animals ,Classification of man ,Major animal groups

,Cell ,Genes ,Nucleic acids ,Proteins ,Enzymes ,Metabolism ,Biochemical energy

,Hormones ,and Endocrine glands ,Chemical nature of hormones ,Vaccines,

Antibiotics ,Photosynthesis ,Respirators.

Chapter 6: Human physiology and Anatomy

6.1 Bones and muscles, digestive system, Circulatory system and excretory system,

Nervous system.

Chapter 7: Environmental Science

7.1 Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid rain.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Lawson, Anton. E. (1995). “Science teaching and development of thinking”. California:

Wadsworth publishing company

RehmanMehmooda (1999).“Teaching of science and mathematics”. Peshawar: Ijaz printer,

Pakistan



Course Code: SOC-101 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course II Introduction to Sociology

Objectives


Understand the concepts of society and social values in promoting education

Recognize the role of language in shaping the culture identity and role of language policy

in the creation of national identity

Evaluate the educational impact of social institutions family, media and neighborhood

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction

1.1 Definition ,Scope and Subject Matter

1.2 Sociology as a science

1.3 Historical Background of Sociology

Chapter 2: Basic Concepts

2.1 Group, Community, Society

2.2 Associations

2.2.1 Non Voluntary

2.2.2 Voluntary

2.3 Organization

2.3.1 Informal

2.3.2 Formal

2.4 Social Interactions

2.4.1 Levels of social interactions

2.5 Process of social interactions

2.5.1 Cooperation

2.5.2 Competition

2.5.3 Conflicts

2.5.4 Accommodation

2.5.5 Acculturation and Diffusions

2.5.6 Assimilation

2.5.7 Amalgamations

Chapter 3: Social Change

3.1 Definitions& Functions

3.2 Types of Social Groups

3.2.1 In and out groups

3.2.2 Primary and secondary groups

3.2.3 References Groups

3.2.4 Informal and Formal groups

3.2.5 Pressure Groups

Chapter 4: Culture

4.1 Definitions, aspects and characteristics of culture

4.1.1 Material and non material culture

4.1.2 Ideal and real culture

4.2 Elements of Culture

4.2.1 Beliefs

4.2.2 Values

4.3 Norms and Social Change

4.4 Organization of Culture

4.4.1 Traits

4.4.2 Complexes

4.4.3 Patterns

4.4.4 Ethos

4.4.5 Themes

4.5 Other related Concepts

4.5.1 Cultural Relativism

4.5.2 Sub Cultures

4.5.3 Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism

4.5.4 Cultural Lag

Chapter 5: Socialization & Personality

5.1 Personality, Factors in Personality Formation

5.2 Socialization, Agencies of Socialization

5.3 Role &Status

Chapter 6: Deviance and Social Control

6.1 Deviance and its types

6.2 Social control and its need

6.3 Forms of Social Control

6.4 Methods & Agencies of social Control

Chapter 7: Collective Behavior

7.1 Collective behavior ,its types

7.2 Crowd Behavior

7.3 Public opinion

7.4 Propaganda

7.5 Social movement

7.6 Leadership

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Macionis.Jhon.j. 2006. 10th Edition, Sociology, New Jersey Prentice Hall

James, M. Henslin. 2004. Sociology; A down to Earth Approach Torantoo; Allen and Bacon


BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd


Course Title: English II Marks: 100

Objectives


Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Grammar

1.1 Phrases and Types

1.2 Clauses and Types

1.3 Sentences and Types

1.4 Verbs (Auxiliary & Modals)

1.5 Using Cohesive Devices (e.g. Connectives)

Chapter 2: Speaking Skills

2.1 Speaking through Pictures

2.2 Group Discussion

2.3 Taking part in Tutorial

2.4 Presentation Skills _Introduction to presentation skills

Chapter 3: Reading Skills

3.1 Skimming ----} (Skimming for the main Idea)

3.2 Scanning -----} (Scanning for specific information)

3.3 Identifying main idea / topic sentence

3.4 Distinguishing between facts & opinions

3.5 Inference & Predication

3.6 Differentiating between main idea and supporting details

3.7 Recognizing and Interpreting Cohesive devices

Chapter 4: Writing Skills

4.1 Outlining

4.2 Generating Ideas through different strategies

4.3 Note-taking and Note-making

4.4 Describing yourself

4.5 Introducing yourself

4.6 Brainstorming, Flow charts, Mind maps

4.7 Paragraph writing:

4.7.1 Descriptive

4.7.2 Narrative

4.7.3 Persuasive

4.8 Simple Application

4.9 Writing Emails

4.10 Letter Writing --------} [ Invitation Letters, Social Letters, Letter to the Editor]

Chapter 5: Vocabulary Building

5.1 Vocabulary from the context

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Cook V. (1991). Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, 2nd ed. London, Arnold

Mohammad. T. (1998). Modern Appraoches to the Teaching of English as Second Language,

Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Murcia, M.C. (1991), Teaching English as a Second Foreign Language, 2nd Ed. New Bury

House: A Division of Harper Collins Publishers.

Rob Nohand (1993). Conversation, London: Oxford University Press.

Sheikh. N. A. (1998). Teaching of English as a Second Language. Lahore: Carvan Book House.



Course Code: EDU-109 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Critical Thinking and Reflecting Practices

Objectives


Differentiate between 'Good' and 'Bad' bent of mind

Ask and analyze thought provoking Questions

Understand the relationship of critical thinking with reading and writing

Foster rational motivation among the students.

Apply critical thinking in different content areas

Develop the habit of contributive thinking

Understand the concept and role of reflection and reflective practice as a tool for raising

critical consciousness

Use reflection as a tool of inquiry into practice

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction:

1.1 Introduction To the Fundamentals of Critical Thinking

1.2 Why Critical Thinking Matters?

1.3 Critical Thinking And the Process of Analysis

1.3.1 Teaching Student to Think Theoretically

1.3.2 Teaching Students to Think Empirically

Chapter 2: Strategies and Techniques to develop critical

2.1 Brain Storming

2.2 Concept Mapping

2.3 Generalization and Testing the Limits

2.4 Venn Diagram

2.5 Logical Reasoning

Chapter 3: Critical Thinking an Art of Questioning

3.1 Critical Thinking and Socratic Questioning

3.2 Teaching Students to Ask Good Questions & Follow up the Implications of Thoughts

3.3 Teaching Students to narrate, analyze, and evaluate their own ‘Points’

3.4 View and of others

3.5 Open and close ended Questions

Chapter 4: Critical Thinking and Its Applications 4.1 Interrogating the Text

4.2 Primary and secondary Sources

4.3 Characteristics of Academic Text

4.4 Status of Evidence

4.5 Status of the Author

4.6 Comparing and Contrasting Different Sources

Chapter 5: Introduction to Reflection

5.1 Meaning of Reflection on practice/educational issues

5.2 Significance of Reflection for Teacher

Chapter 6: Major Proponents of Reflective Practice

6.1 Jhon Dewy

6.2 L.Stanhouse

6.3 D.Schon

Chapter 7: Process and Techniques of Reflection

7.1 Process of Reflection

7.2 Major techniques and strategies (critical incident, analysis, Keeping reflective

journals, peer coaching, action research)

7.3 Skills for Reflection

Chapter 8: Application of skills and approaches to reflection

8.1 Systematic reflection throughout the coursework

8.2 Identify key questions for their own role

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Ayoukarm, Govald (1989), Modern Methods and Techniques of Teachings Philadephia. Open

University press 1

Baron, J. and Sternberg, R, (Eds.) (1987) Teaching thinking skills: theory and practice, New

York: Freeman.

Barrow, R. (1990) Understanding Skills: Thinking, Feeling and Caring. London, Ontario:

Althouse.

Beyer. B. K. (1987) Practical strategies for the teaching of thinking. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Chipman, S., Segat, J. and GIaser, R, (1985) Thinking and Learning Skills, Volume 2. Research

and Open Questions. HiNsdale, New Jersey: Eribaum.

Costa, A.L. and Lowery, L.F. (1990) Techniques for teaching thinking, Melbourne: Hawker

Brownlow.

Finn, B. (1991) Young People's Participation in Post-compulsory Education and Training.

Report of the Australian Education Council Review Committee. Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.



Course Code: EDU-110 Cr.hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Human Development and Learning

Objectives


Basic concepts in human development, growth and learning;

Process of human development and its classroom application;

Various aspects and stages of human development

Different approaches to human learning

Individual differences and their effect on teaching learning

COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 Definitions of Human Development and Growth

1.2 Difference between Growth and Development

1.3 General Principles of Human Development

1.4 Factors influencing Human Development

1.5 A Frame work for studying Human Development

Chapter 2: Physical Development

2.1 Concept and definition of individuals

2.2 Physical Development from Infancy to Adolescence

2.3 Physical Characteristics of Learners of:

2.4 Preschool and Kindergarten

2.5 Primary level

2.6 Elementary level

2.7 Secondary level

2.8 Higher Secondary level

2.9 Role of Teacher in Physical Development

Chapter 3: Intellectual Development

3.1 Intellectual Development from Infancy to Adolescence

3.2 Intellectual Characteristics of Learners of:


3.4 Primary level


3.6 Secondary level


3.8 Role of Teacher in Intellectual Development

Chapter 4: Social Development

4.1 Social Development from Infancy to Adolescence

4.2 Social Characteristics of Learners of:

4.3Preschool and Kindergarten

4.4Primary level


4.6 Secondary level


4.8 Role of Teacher in social Development

Chapter 5: Emotional Development

5.1 Emotional Development from Infancy to Adolescence

5.2 Emotional Characteristics of Learners of:


5.4 Primary level


5.6 Secondary level


5.8 Role of Teacher in Emotional Development

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Arif, H. A. (2003) Human Development and Learning. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Berk, L. E. (2006) Child Development. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education,

Inc.

Dembo, M.H. (1994) Applying Educational Psychology (5th Edition). New York: Longman.

Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Assessing children’s Development through observation, Children‟s Global

Network Pakistan.

Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Individualized teaching in ECE, Children’s Global Network Pakistan.

Ormrod, J.E. (1998) Educational Psychology Developing learners. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.

Santrock, J.W. (2001) Educational Psychology. Boston: McGraw Hill.

Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) Human Development. (6th Edition). New York: The Mc Graw-Hill

Companies, Inc.

Woolfolk, A (2004) Educational Psychology (9th Ed.). Singapore: Pearson Education. Inc.



Course Code: PSY-102 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Psychology-II

Objectives


describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology

familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related

to education

develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as

multidisciplinary subject

familiarize with the concept of test development

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Historical Background of Psychology

1.1 Greek Period

1.2 Development of Psychology as a Science

1.3 Schools of Psychology

1.4 Perspectives in Psychology

Chapter 2: Research Methods in Psychology

2.1 Observation Method:

2.1.1 Introspection

2.1.2 External Observation

2.2 Survey Method

2.3 Interview Method

2.4 Experimental Method

2.5 Case Study Method

Chapter 3: Biological Basis of Behavior

3.1 Nervous System

3.2 Central Nervous System

3.3 Brain and Spinal Cord

3.4 Autonomic Nervous System

3.5 Sympathetic Nervous System

3.6 Para Sympathetic Nervous System

Chapter 4: Sensation

4.1 Five Senses

4.2 Structure and Function of Eyes

4.3 Structure and Function of Ear

4.4 Structure and Function of Nose

4.5 Structure and Function of Tongue

4.6 Structure and Function of Skin

Chapter 5: Perception

5.1 Definition

5.2 Depth Perception

5.3 Laws of Perceptual Organization

Chapter 6: Attention

6.1 Definition

6.2 Span of Attention

6.3 Fluctuation in Attention

6.4 Conditions of Attention

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Ormrod, Jeane, (2010) Educational Psychology: Developing Learners: Pearson

Santrock, John W., (2001) Educational Psychology, USA. Mc-Graw-Hill Anita Woolfolk;

Educational Psychology, USA.

Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The

McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York:

Hachette Book Group.

Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill.

Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill.

Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill

Companies, Inc



Course Code: ECON-101 Cr.hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Economics-I

Objectives

The students will be able to;

Impart comprehensive and high standard knowledge of the subject.

Make use of the modern quantitative techniques for practical implications

Make them competent in the modern structure of job market

COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Microeconomics vs. Macroeconomics,

Scarcity and choice, Opportunity cost, Factors of Production, Production possibility

frontier.

Chapter 2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium

2.1 Concepts of demand and supply, Determinants of demand and supply, Law of

demand and supply ,Market Equilibrium, Shifts in demand and supply curves, and

market Equilibrium ,Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of

demand, Laws of supply, Price of Elasticity of supply, Different determinants of

Elasticity of demands and supply, Importance of elasticity of demand and supply.

Chapter 3: Theory of Consumer Behavior

3.1 Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, Law

of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer Equilibrium.

Chapter 4: Theory of Production Cost and Revenue

4.1 Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of Returns, Cost

of Production (Short run and Long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and

imperfect competition, Concept of profit.

Chapter 5: Market Structures

5.1 Perfect competition and Imperfect competition, assumptions and price / output

determination under Perfect competition and Imperfect competition.

Chapter 6: National Income

6.1 Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and

Difficulties in measurement of National Income.

Chapter 7: Macroeconomics Issues

7.1 Concepts of Inflation, unemployment, Balance of payment, Exchange rate and

business Cycles, Monetary and Fiscal policies and their role in the economy.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing

intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media.

Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose

and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL.

Krutilla, J. V., & Fisher, A. C. (1975).The economics of natural environments. Resources for the

future, Washington, DC.

Jordan, P. W. (2002). Designing pleasurable products: An introduction to the new human

factors.CRC press.



Course Code: MATH-101 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Mathematics

Objectives


Describe the nature, history and development of mathematics at elementary level in Pakistan

Acquire the skills and competencies required for the

Teaching of mathematics at elementary level

Apply effectively the various methods of teaching mathematics

Know and use techniques and strategies of teaching mathematics at elementary level

Make and use teaching aids effectively

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Preliminaries

1.1 Real number System, complex numbers, Introduction to sets, set operations,

Functions, types of functions.

Chapter 2: Matrices

2.1 Introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinates, system of linear

equations, Cramer`s Rule.

Chapter 3: Quadratic Equations:

3.1 Solution of quadratic Equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic

equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations cube roots of utility, relation

between roots and coefficients of quadratic equations.

Chapter 4: Sequences and Series

4.1 Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression.

Chapter 5: Binomial Theorems

5.1 Introduction to the mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and

irrational indices, `Trigonometry`. Fundamentals of Trigonometry, trigonometric

identities.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Kaufmann. J. E., „College Algebra and Trigonometry‟, PWS-Kent Company, Boston, Latest

Edition.

Swokowski. E. W., „Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry‟, Latest Edition.

Walpole, R. E., „Introduction of Statistics‟, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition.

Wilcox, R. R., „Statistics for The Social Sciences’,


BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd

Course Code: COMP-104 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Computer Literacy

Objectives


Define computer terminology

Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.

use the keyboard to interact with the computer

Describe different applications of computers in education.

Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.

Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the

country.

Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations

COURSE OUTLINE:

1.1 Introduction to Computers, Concepts, Functions, Applications, Hardware.

1.2 Types of Computers.

1.3 Input/output Devices.

1.4 Software

1.5 System software

1.6 Application software

1.7 Customized Software

1.8 Word Processing.

1.9 Spreadsheet.

1.10 Tools of Statistical Analyses Using Computer.

1.11 Database Application.

1.12 Internet Browser.

1.13 E-mail: Personal Organizers.

1.14 Multimedia Applications.

1.15 Business Applications.

1.16 Accounts. Payroll.

1.17 Production.

1.18 Market Planning

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Faden, P.D., and Vogel, R.M. (2003). Methods of Teaching, Boston: Mc-Graw Hills.

Joyce, B., Weil M., and Calhoun, E. (2000). Models of Teaching, 6th ed. Boston: Allyn and

Bacon.

Norton, P. (2000). Introduction to Computers 5th ed; New York: Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.

Norton, P. (2003). Introduction to Computers, 5th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co.

Norton, P., & Spragu, D. (2001). Technology for Teaching, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Sharma, A. (1999). Modern Educational Technology, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall.

Sharma, S. R. (2000). Effective Classroom Teaching Modern Methods, Tools and Techniques.

Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publications.

Shelly, G. B. & Vermaat, M. E. (2008). Discovering Computer. Pakistan: Book Media




Course Title: English-III Marks: 100

Objectives


Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs

Identify and prepare activities for developing four skills

Apply modern methods and approaches in teaching of English

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Grammar

1.1 Phrasal Verbs

1.2 Commonly confused words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones)

1.3 Effective word choice

1.3.1 Slang

1.3.2 Clichés

1.3.3 Pretentious words

1.3.4 Wordiness

Chapter 2: Writing Skills

2.1 Essay writing

2.1.1 Descriptive

2.1.2 Narrative

2.1.3 Analytical

2.1.4 Persuasive

2.2 Precise writing/Summarizing (Rules and Practice)

2.3 Technical Report writing

2.4 Academic vocabulary study (Reading passage and Exercises)

Chapter 3: Presentation Skills

3.2 Discussion and practice

3.2 Oral communication

3.3 Picture discussion

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Cook V. (1991). Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, 2nd ed. London, Arnold

Mohammad. T. (1998). Modern Appraoches to the Teaching of English as Second Language,

Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Murcia, M.C. (1991), Teaching English as a Second Foreign Language, 2nd Ed. New Bury

House: A Division of Harper Collins Publishers.

Rob Nohand (1993). Conversation, London: Oxford University Press.

Sheikh. N. A. (1998). Teaching of English as a Second Language. Lahore: Carvan Book House.



Course Code: HIST-102 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III Introduction to History-I

Objectives


make students aware of the nature of historical knowledge and research

Introduce to the students about the basic concepts and controversies related to historical

understanding

Inculcate among the students a sense of historical evaluation of human knowledge,

development and progress.

Inculcate among the students a sense of critical thinking

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1:

1.1 What is History?

Chapter 2:

2.1 Nature and Scope of History

Chapter 3:

3.1 Benefits of History

3.2 History as a corrective force

3.3 History as a repetitive force

Chapter 4:

4.1 Branches of History

4.1.1 Political

4.1.2 Cultural

4.1.3 Social

4.1.4 Economical

Chapter 5:

5.1 Relationship of History with other social sciences

Chapter 6:

6.1 Causation

Chapter 7:

7.1 Objectivity and Subjectivity

Chapter 8:

8.1 Classification of History

8.2 Narrative History

8.3 Scientific History

8.3.1 Philosophy of History

8.3.2 Future History

8.3.3

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Carr, E.H, What is History? Harmondsworth, 1961

Govranski, History Meaning is Method, USA, 1969.

Ranjit Guha, The Small Voice of History, Delhi, 2010.




Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III How Children Learn-II

Objectives


Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students

Practice appropriate teaching methods for students

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to learning

1.1 Definition, characteristics

1.2 Concepts of learning in class 3

1.3 Role of teacher in learning process

1.4 Classroom atmosphere to learn

Chapter 2: The Learner

2.1 Who is Learner?

2.2 Conditions that effect learner (Abilities, Motivation, Interest, Aptitude)

2.3 Needs of learner

Chapter 3: Motivation cause to learn

3.1 Concepts of Motivation

3.2 How children learn with Motivation

3.3 Role of Reinforcement in children learning

3.4 Significance of motivation in children learning

Chapter 4: Teaching strategies and learner

4.1 Strategies which cause to learn

4.2 Use of different teaching methods

4.3 Teaching aids and learner

Chapter 5: Individual Differences in learning

5.1 Defecation of face

5.2 Ways in which individual differ

5.3 Steps to absorb the difference of the Learners

5.4 Utility of the knowledge of individual differences for a teacher

Chapter 6: Guidance and Counseling

6.1 Definitions, difference between guidance and counseling

6.2 Principles of guidance and counseling

6.3 Important Role in learning

6.4 Psychological problems of learner and Islamic guidance

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Arif, H. A. (2003) Human Development and Learning. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Berk, L. E. (2006) Child Development. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education,

Inc.

Dembo, M.H. (1994) Applying Educational Psychology (5th Edition). New York: Longman.

Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Assessing children’s Development through observation, Children‟s Global

Network Pakistan.




Companies, Inc




Course Title: General Methods of Teaching Marks: 100

Objectives


Explain the basic concepts of teaching.

Demonstrate the essential attributes of the effective teacher.

Describe the importance and types of teacher planning...

Practice different teaching methods in classroom.

Organize classroom discussion and demonstrate its appropriate use.

Apply various techniques to motivate students.

Select appropriate audio visual aids in classroom teaching.

Prepare lesson plans.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Concepts of Learning

1.1 Introduction and Importance of Teaching

1.2 Teaching Variables

1.3 Operations in Teaching

1.4 Principles of Teaching

1.5 Features of Teaching

1.6 Pedagogical Models of Teaching

Chapter 2: Effective Teaching

2.1 Qualities of Effective Teaching

2.2 Effective Teacher’s Behavior

2.3 Concept of Learning Process

2.4 Various Facts of Learning Process

2.5 Factors Affecting learning process-Classroom Implications

2.6 Role of Teachers in learning process

2.7 Helping Behaviors of Teacher related to Effective Teaching

2.8 Media and Teaching Methods

Chapter 3: Instructional Technology and Teaching

3.1 Concepts of Instructional Techniques

3.2 Purpose of Instructional Technology

3.3 Instructional Technology and Teaching Methods

Chapter 4: Bloom, Taxonomy of Instructional Objectives

4.2 Writing Instructional Objectives

4.3 Domains of Educational Objectives

4.3.1 Cognitive

4.3.2 Affective

4.3.3 Psychomotor Domains

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Allen, Mendler, (2009).”Motivating Students Who Don't Care”: Successful Techniques for

Educators. Amazon.com

Arends, R.I. (2007) “Learning to Teach” (7th Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition).

Boston: McGraw Hill.

Ellington, H et al. (2005) “Handbook of Educational Technology” (3rd Edition). London: Kogan

Page Limited.


BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th

Course Code: ECON-425 Cr.Hour: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-IV Entrepreneurship-I

Objectives


Know the nature of Entrepreneurship

Identify personal attributes that enable best use if Entrepreneurship opportunities

Explore Entrepreneurship leadership and management styles

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Entrepreneurship

1.1 What is Entrepreneurship, its definition, importance and its process?

1.2 Types of Entrepreneurship and their characteristics.

Chapter 2: Issues Affecting Entrepreneurship

2.1 Characteristics of today`s economy.

2.2 Changing world of work.

2.3 Social responsibility and ethics.

2.4 Entrepreneurial start-up issues.

Chapter 3: Researching the Entrepreneurial Feasibility

3.1 Generating & evaluating ideas.

3.2 Researching competitors.

3.3 Researching financing option and evaluating financing options.

Chapter 4: Planning the Entrepreneur

4.1 Developing organizational vision

4.2 Organizational culture issues.

4.3 Importance of understanding culture.

4.4 Developing and writing the entrepreneur.

Chapter 5: Managing Process

5.1 Making decisions

5.2 Measuring & evaluating organizational performance.

5.3 Stimulating and making changes - being a change agent.

5.4 Human resource management issues.

5.5 Motivating employees.

5.6 Managing conflict

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose

and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL.

Phan, P. H. C., Venkataraman, S., &Velamuri, S. R. (Eds.). (2008). Entrepreneurship in

emerging regions around the world: Theory, evidence and implications. Edward Elgar

Publishing.

Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing

intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media.

Cuervo, Á.,Ribeiro, D., &Roig, S. (2007). Entrepreneurship: Concepts, Theory and Perspective.

Introduction.In Entrepreneurship (pp. 1-20).Springer Berlin Heidelberg.

El Ebrashi, R. (2013). Social entrepreneurship theory and sustainable social impact. Social

Responsibility Journal, 9(2), 188-209.




Course Title: Content Course-IV English 4 Marks: 100

Objective



COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Letter Writing

1.1 Formal Letter:

1.2 Good News Letter

1.3 Bad News Letter

1.4 Special Letters:

1.5 Letters of Congratulations

1.6 Letters about reservation

1.7 Letters if Invitation

1.8 Letters of Condolence

Chapter 2: Technical Communication

2.1. Report Writing

2.2 Technical Report writing.

2.3 Investigation Report writing.

2.4 Short report writing.

2.5 Professional Skills

2.6 CV writing & Job Application

2.7 Job Application

2.8 Interview skills

Chapter 3: English Literature

3.1 Poetry

3.1.1 The man he killed (Thomas Hardy)

3.1.2 Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat)

3.1.3 Meeting at Night (Robert Browning)

3.1.4 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost)

3.1.5 We are Seven (William Wordsworth)

3.1.6 Echoing Green ( William Blake)

3.2 Prose & Essays:

3.2.1 Three days to see (Helen Keller).

3.2.2 Of Marriage & Single Life (Francis Bacon).

3.2.3 Of Parents and Children (Francis Bacon).

3.3 Short Story

3.3.1 The Necklace (Maupassant).

3.3.2 TA-NA-E-KA (Mary White bird)

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition.


Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition.


b) Writing

Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.

Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and

35-41.


Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills.

Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.

d) Speaking




Course Title: Guidance and Counseling Marks: 100

Objective


Demonstrate knowledge of the importance of guidance and counseling to support the

teacher’s role in the classroom

Explain the role of various members of a guidance and counseling system in supporting

learners in addressing their future choices and social challenges

Demonstrate the skills of student advisement in making responsible social choices and

decisions

Assist students in making informed choices to solve personal, educational and social

problems they confront

Refer students to resources that can assist them in solving social and personal problems

they encounter.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Guidance and Counseling

1.1 Define and differentiate Guidance and Counseling

1.2 Objectives of Guidance

1.3 Principles of Guidance

Chapter 2: The Role of Guidance and Counseling Personnel

2.1 Teacher in Guidance and Counseling

2.2 Psychologist in Student services.

2.3 Career counselor.

2.4 Librarian in guidance and Counseling.

Chapter 3: Techniques of Guidance

3.1 How the teacher can assist the learner to make informed choices to Guide their future

3.2 Assisting the learner in personal and social development

3.3 Developing Guidance skills: questioning techniques, active listening

Chapter 4: Basic skills of counseling

4.1 Identifying elementary social problems the classroom teacher can resolve

4.2Exercising basic counseling skills in a controlled situation

4.3 Evaluating basic counseling techniques among peers

Chapter 5: Services of Guidance

5.1Oriention services

5.2 Testing Services

5.3 Educational and Occupational services

5.4 Counseling services

5.5 Placement services

5.6 Follow up services

5.7 Research & evaluation services

Chapter 6: Evaluation of the guidance program

6.1 Types of evaluation in guidance and counseling

6.2 Program evaluation

Chapter 7: Cumulative Record Card

7.1 Nature and purpose of the cumulative Record Card (CRC)

7.2 Advantages of the CRC

7.3 Design of CRC

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Wooster, A. D., & Carson, A. (1982).Improving reading and self-concept through

communication and social skills training. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 10(1),

83-87.

Zaffrann, R. T., &Colangelo, N. (1977).Counseling with gifted and talented students. Gifted

Child Quarterly, 21(3), 305-321.

Hughes, P. (1985). Guidance and counselling in schools. British Journal of Guidance and

Counselling, 13(1), 11-21.

Roberts, A. R., & Roberts, B. S. (2005). Ending intimate abuse: Practical guidance and survival

strategies. Oxford University Press, USA.




Course Title: Classroom Assessment Marks: 100

Objectives


Understand the concept and nature of assessment

Differentiate between standardized and classroom tests

Integrate objectives with learning assessment

Develop and analyze test items of different levels \ Interpret test scores and results of different assessment techniques

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Concept of Classroom Assessment

1.1 Distinction between assessment, evaluation and measurement.

1.2 Purpose of assessment.

1.3 Comparison between standardized and classroom assessment.

1.4 Individual and group assessment.

Chapter 2: Achievement Tests

2.1 Definition and Characteristics.

2.2 Characteristics of a Good achievement test.

2.3 General guidelines for test construction (rules, table of specification etc).

2.4 Types of Test items.

2.4.1 Essay type test items.

2.4.2 Objective type test.

Chapter 3: Test Construction

3.1 Defining the learning outcomes.

3.2 Preparation of a tests item/questions.

3.3 Assembly the tests

Chapter 4: Test Administration and Analysis

4.1 Administration/conducting the test.

4.2 Item analysis and Modification.

Chapter 5: Interpreting Test Scores

5.1 Percentage.

5.2 Ordering and Ranking.

5.3 Frequency distribution.

5.4 Pictorial form (graph, polygon, histogram)

Chapter 6: Grading and Reporting Results

6.1 Concept of Grading - need and importance

6.2 Types of Grading

6.3 Reporting results to different stakeholders

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Angelo, T.A. & Cross, P.K. (1993). Classroom Assessment Techniques (2nd ed.). San Francisco:

Jossey-Bass.

Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall.

Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge

Flamer.

Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and

Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc.

Kumari, Sarita (2005). Education Assessment, Evolution and Remedial. ISHA Books.

Mehnaz Aziz, (2007) Assessing children’s Development through Observation, Children‟s Global

net work Pakistan.

Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani

Publications.

Thomas A. and K. Patricia Cross, 1993, Classroom Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for

College Teachers, Second Edition, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.




Course Title: Classroom Management Marks: 100

Objectives


Explain the meaning and concept of classroom management

Demonstrate the establishment of a constructive classroom learning environment

Apply various management techniques to assist learners to be responsible for their

classroom behavior

Demonstrate classroom organization to increase student motivation

Analyze classroom situations to minimize behavioral problems

Organize learning within a classroom environment to maximize available resources and

space according to a variety of ages and grade levels of learners and

Evaluate classroom organization in simulated and actual classroom situations.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Classroom Management

1.1 Elements of "classroom management" in the context of Elementary education.

1.2 Variety of roles of the teacher in managing the elementary classroom.

Chapter 2: Classroom organization to Encourage Learner Interest and Class

Participation

2.1 The elements of classroom organization

2.2 Impact/outcomes of various kinds of classroom Organization on student behavior.

2.3 Classroom activity for managing learning.

2.4 Organizing and managing field trips and class visits.

Chapter 3: Design of the Effective Learning Classroom

3.1 Identifying resources for learning.

3.2 Using displays and visuals for enhancing the learning environment in the classroom.

3.3 Seating arrangements for learning experiences.

3.4 Physical facilities to enhance the learning environment.

3.5 Evaluating the effective learning classroom.

3.6 Managing the overcrowded classroom.

Chapter 4: Maintaining Classroom Records

4.1 Record-keeping systems their establishment and maintenance.

Chapter 5: Incentives and Rewards in the classroom environment

5.1 How to maximize student success and minimize behavioral Problems in the classroom

5.2 Incentive systems in the classroom setting

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

http://712educators.about.com/od/discipline/tp/disciplinetips.htm

Top Ten Tips for Classroom Discipline and Management

http://www.adprima.com/managing.htm

Effective Praise Guidelines




Course Title: Supervised School Experience / Observations / Visits Marks: 100

Objectives


Provide understanding to the prospective teachers and opportunity in day to day affairs of

teaching and learning process and overall school environment

Provide guidelines for the supervisors of prospective teachers in scheduling managing,

recording and providing information on protocol and ethics for the purpose

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Briefing and Orientation about the School Visit

1.1 School Location

1.2 Components and principles of School organization

1.3 The purpose of activity.

1.4 Teaching strategies for Pakistani Schools

1.5 Co-curricular activities in School

1.6 Dress Code

Chapter 2: Scheduling

2.1 Time Table

2.2 Curriculum design

2.3 Duration of each activity

Chapter 3: The School Visit

3.1 Adab for Students

3.2 School society and relationship

3.3 School techniques for Students

3.4 Observation method

3.5 Problem Solving

Chapter 4: Data Analysis and Reporting

4.1 Reporting and Marking.

4.2 Supervision, feedback and evaluation.

4.3 Value clarification and steps of analysis

RECOMMENDED WEBSITES

http://www.ravolunteers.org/pdfs/SchoolObservationForm.pdf

sunzi.lib.hku.hk/hkjo/view/10/1000159.pdf

secc.rti.org/display.cfm?t=m&i=Chapter_53_3

www.meridianschool.edu/?page=observations




Course Title: Curriculum Development Marks: 100

Objectives


Understand the concept of curriculum

Aware about the process of curriculum development in Pakistan

Examine the components of curriculum development

Differentiate between different types of curriculum

Write curriculum objectives in behavioral terms

State the critical issues, problems and trends in curriculum

COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 Meaning and Scope of Curriculum.

1.2 Components of curriculum & their interrelationship.

1.3 Curriculum Models.

1.4 Culture and Curriculum.

Chapter 2: Foundations of Curriculum

2.1 Philosophical

2.2 Sociological.

2.3 Psychological

Chapter 3: Aims, Goals and Objectives

3.1 Definition and difference

3.2 Source.

3.3 Behavioral objectives.

3.4 Taxonomies of Educational objectives.

Chapter 4: Selection and Organization of Curriculum

4.1 Principles and procedures of content selection.

4.2 Principles and procedures of content Sequencing.

4.3 Curriculum designs.

4.3.1 Subject Centered

4.3.2 Learner Centered

4.3.3 Problem Centered

4.4 Problems of curriculum Designing.

4.5 Curriculum content and the Teaching methods

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Beane I.A, Toefer C.F & Alessi S.J (1986). Curriculum Planning & Development. Boston and

Bacon. Farooq, R.A. (1993). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the

Promotion of Innovation and Reforms in Education.

Kelley A.V (1999). The Curriculum: Theory and Practice. London. Paul Chapman.

McNeil J. D (1990). Curriculum: A Comprehensive Introduction, (4th.ed) Los Angeles: Harper

Collins

Murray P. (1993). Curriculum Development & Design, (5th ed),

Sharma R.C (2002). Modern Methods of Curriculum Organization. New Delhi:




Marks: 100 Course Title: School Community and Teacher

Objectives


Discuss relation between school and community.

Know the process of linkage among the school community and teacher for effective

education.

Identify the social factors affecting education and how it can support the development of

education.

Know the role of teachers and school in socialization of student and development of

society

Enable prospective teachers to contribute in community work, health promotion activities

and endorsement of healthy environment.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Society

1.1 Definition of Society

1.2 Structure & Function of society.

1.3 Status & role.

1.4 Individual & Society.

1.5 Social Interaction.

Chapter 2: Society & Culture

2.1 Meaning of Culture

2.2 Characteristics of Culture.

2.3 Functions of culture in society.

2.4 Elements of Pakistani Culture.

2.5 Role of education in promoting culture.

Chapter 3: School as a social Institution

3.1 The traditional School vs. Present School.

3.2 School as a center of community service.

3.3 Parent-teacher association.

3.4 Complementary nature of home & school.

Chapter 4: Social Control

4.1 Meaning & definitions.

4.2 Agencies of Social control.

4.3 Social deviation & tolerance.

4.4 Role of school & teacher in developing social control.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Chaudhary, M. Iqbal, Sociology, Aziz Publishers, Lahore: Urdu Bazar.

Hafeez Sabiha, Pakistani Society Volti, R. (2002) Society and technological change (6th ed.)

Worth Publishers.

Mehnaz Aziz, School and Family Partnership, (2007), Children’s Global Network, Pakistan.

Sadker Marya Pollack and David Miller Sadker (2003). Teachers’ School and Society. (6th Ed)

McGraw Hill Book Company New York USA.

Tagga, Abdul Hamid, School, Maashra Owar Ustad. Sarwar, Ghulam Rana, School, Maadrsha

owar Ustad.




Course Title: Content Course-V Child Development-I Marks: 100

Objectives


Describe the theoretical basis of child development and their application to educational

setting

Explain basic concepts in child growth and development

Differentiate between various aspects of child development

Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students and children with

special needs

Practice appropriate teaching methods for students

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Child Development

1.1 Overview of child development

1.2 Meaning and Nature of development.

1.3 Growth and development.

1.4 Inception of Educational provision for Young Children.

Chapter 2: Stages of Development & their Characteristics

2.1 Factors affecting child development

2.2 Diversity and the cognitive, physical, social/emotional development of children at each

stage

2.2.1 Parental development through birth and newborn

2.2.2 Infant and toddler

2.2.3 Preschoolers.

2.2.4 Early Primary.

2.2.5 Middle Childhood.

2.2.6 Adolescence.

Chapter 3: Individual Differences

3.1 Physical difference.

3.1.1 Six Differences.

3.1.2 Age Differences.

3.2 Socio economic differences.

3.3 Intellectual and academic differences.

Chapter 4: Child Discipline and Guidance

4.1 Merits and demerits of punishment

4.2 Guidance techniques, classroom management.

4.3 Planning the environment.

4.4 Partnership with families and communities

Chapter 5: Child Development: Teacher`s Profession

5.1 Ethics and advocacy in early care and education.

5.2 Confidentiality.

5.3 Developmentally appropriate practices (DAP)

5.4 Communication skills with children and adults

5.5 Issues of play and environment in early childhood settings.

5.6 Role of teacher in child development.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Arif, H. A. (2003). “Child Development and Learning”. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Berk, L. E. (2006). “Child Development”. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson

Education, Inc.

Cook, J., & Cook. (2010). “The World of Children” 2nd edition. Boston, M A. Parson Education

Inc.

Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The

McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York:

Hachette Book Group.




Companies, Inc




Course Title: Content Course-V Educational Psychology-II Marks: 100

Objectives


Describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology

Familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related

to education

Develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as

multidisciplinary subject

Familiarize with the concept of test development

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Educational Psychology and Teaching

1.1 What is Educational Psychology?

1.2 Scope and Contribution of Educational Psychology

1.3 Aims and Objectives Of Educational Psychology

Chapter 2: The Pre- School Period

2.1 Principles of Human development

2.2 Infancy and Early childhood:

2.2.1 Physical Development

2.2.2 Mental Development

2.2.3 Emotional Development

2.2.4 Social Development

Chapter 3: Later Childhood

3.1 Physical development

3.2 Mental development

3.3 Emotional development

3.4 Social development

Chapter 4: Adolescence

4.1 Physical development

4.2 Mental development

4.3 Emotional development

4.4 Social development

4.5 A period of Storm and Stress

4.6 Generation Gap

Chapter 5: Personality

5.1 Definition of Personality and Character

5.2 Type Theories

5.3 Trait Thrones

5.4 Factors Influencing Personality Development

5.5 Obstacles to Personality Improvement

5.6 Personality Assessment

Chapter 6: Intellectual Ability

6.1 Definitions of Intelligence

6.2 Theories of Intelligence

6.3 Types of Intelligence

6.4 Intelligence Quotient

6.5 Distribution of Intelligence

6.6 Measuring of Intelligence

Chapter 7: Motivation

7.1 Definitions

7.2 Instinct Theory

7.3 Psychoanalytical Theory

7.4 Need Theories

7.5 Kinds of motivation

7.6 Techniques of motivation

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Ormrod, Jeane, (2010) Educational Psychology: Developing Learners: Pearson

Santrock, John W., (2001) Educational Psychology, USA. Mc-Graw-Hill Anita Woolfolk;

Educational Psychology, USA.




Course Title: Pedagogy-I Research Orientation in Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education

Situate themselves as researching professionals

Conduct research in different educational settings

Write research report and present it effectively

COURSE OUTLINE

Chapter 1: Research Perspectives

1.1 Concept, Definition and Characteristics of Research.

1.2 Science, Research and Scientific Method.

1.3 Nature of Society Inquiry.

1.4 Ethics in Educational Research.

Chapter 2: Research Problem and Hypothesis

2.1 Sources of Research Problems.

2.2 Criteria for Selection of Research Problems

2.3 Hypothesis and Research

2.4 Types of Hypothesis

Chapter 3: Process of Research

3.1 Meaning and Place Sampling in Research.

3.2 Characteristics of good Sample.

3.3 Types of Sampling (Probability and Non-Probability).

3.4 Developing the Research Proposal.

3.5 Evaluation of Research Proposal.

3.6 Developing Appropriate Research Design, (Description of some Key Designs).

Chapter 4: Methods of Research

4.1 Historical Research Methods

4.2 Action Research.

4.3 Cases-Study Method

4.4 Survey Research.

4.5 Experimental Research.

4.6 Computer in Research

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Best & James (2003) Research in Education

Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications.

Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition)

L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.


B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 5th


Course Title: Pedagogy-II Philosophical Perspectives of Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Understand the meaning of the term Philosophy

Understand the subdivision of philosophy; how they are defined and how do they reflect

their own beliefs and their teaching about truth and values

Understand the leading philosophies and theories of education

COURSE OUTLINE


1.1 Concept of Education.

1.2 Concept of Philosophy.

1.3 Relationship of Education and Philosophy

Chapter 2: Educational Philosophy

2.1 Prennialism

2.2 Essentialism

2.3 Reconstructionism

2.4 Existentialism.

Chapter 3: Education in Islamic Perspective

3.1 Islamic Philosophy (Epistemology, Ontology and Axiology)

3.2 Moral values and Education

3.3 Sources of Knowledge

3.4 Aims and Objectives of Education

Chapter 4: Philosophers and Education

4.1 Imam Ghazali.

4.2 Ibn-e-Khaldoon.

4.3 Allama Iqbal.

4.4 Rousseau.

4.5 John Dewey.

4.6 Robert Hutchins.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Kim, Hesook, and Ingrid Kollak. Nursing theories: Conceptual and philosophical foundations.

Springer Publishing Company, 2006.

Michael Dummett. (1981). Frege: Philosophy of language. Harvard University Press.

Benton, T. (2014). Philosophical Foundations of the Three Sociologies (RLE Social

Theory).Routledge.

Warren, C. E., Allen, M., &Haefner, J. W. (1979).Conceptual frameworks and the philosophical

foundations of general living systems theory. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 24(5),

296-310.




Marks: 100 Course Title: Research Methods in Education

Objectives



Situate themselves as researching professionals



COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: The Nature of Educational Research

1.1 Definitions of Educational Research

1.2 Scope and Importance

1.3 Scientific Method

1.4 Research problem and Topic

1.5 Characteristics of research problem

Chapter 2: The Researching Professional

2.1 Qualities of a Researcher

2.2 Teacher as a researcher

2.3 Research Ethics

Chapter 3: Types of Educational Research

3.1 Descriptive Research

3.2 Experimental Research

3.3 Historical Research

3.4 Action Research

Chapter 4: Techniques of Reviewing Literature

4.1 Primary Sources

4.2 Secondary Sources

Chapter 5: Methodology

5.1 Population

5.2 Sampling

5.3 Instrument

5.4 Data collection procedure

Chapter 6: Data Analysis

6.1 Descriptive

6.2 Inferential

Chapter 7: Report Writing

7.1 .Writing formats & Presentation

7.2 Referencing

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:








Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Islamic Studies

Objectives


To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies

To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization

To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships

To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and

religious life

COURSE OUTLINE:



B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 6th


Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Pakistan Studies

Objectives




Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age

and posing challenges to Pakistan.

COURSE OUTLINE





Marks: 100 Course Title: Test Development and Evaluation

Objectives


Understand the concept of evaluation and testing

Determine the qualities of a good test.

Plan and construct appropriate classroom test to evaluate students’ performance

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Evaluation

1.1 Concept

1.2 Educational Evaluation

1.3 Goals

1.4 Level of Evaluation

1.5 Types of Evaluation

1.6 Procedures of Evaluation

1.6.1 Measurement

1.6.2 Assessment

Chapter 2: Standardized Achievement Tests

2.1 Definition of Standardized Tests

2.2 Difference between standardized and teacher made achievement tests

2.3 Classification of standardized Achievement Tests

2.4 Examples of standardized Achievement Tests

2.5 Using Achievement Tests Results

Chapter 3: Standardized Evaluation Procedures

3.1 Classification of Standardized Tests

3.2 Functions of Standardized Tests

3.3 Selecting Standardized Tests

3.4 Reviewing and Criticizing Standardized Tests

Chapter 4: Interest, Aptitude and Attitude Inventories

4.1 Measurement of Interest

4.2 Measurement Aptitude

4.3 Measurement of Attitude

Chapter 5: Quality Assurance in Higher Education

5.1 Concept

5.2 Objectives

5.3 Problems of Quality Assurance in Pakistan

5.4 Strategies for Improvement of Quality in Education

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall.

Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge

Flamer.

Georg, David (2003). Trends in Measurement and Evaluation Techniques. New Delhi:

Commonwealth.

James William (2005). Evaluation and Development of School Educations. New Delhi: Anmol

Publications.

Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and

Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc.

Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth.

Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani

Publications





Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching Practice (Theory)

Objectives


To provide maximum learning experiences and teaching skills based on psychological

principals, to equip the students with modern pedagogical techniques to cope with

emerging challenges in field of education.

To understand the key areas of lesson plan and its significance in teaching.

To apply teaching tactics in more comprehensive way for achieving the teaching goals.

To bring desired changes in students’ behavior through various instructional methods.


1.1 The Concept of Teaching Practice

1.2 Objectives of Teaching Practice

1.3 Approaches to Teaching Practice

1.3.1 The Master Teacher Approach

1.3.2 The Teaching Model Approach

1.3.3 Teaching Practice in Real Classroom Situation

1.3.4 Micro-Teaching

Chapter 2: Teaching at Secondary School Level

2.1 Principles of Good Teaching

2.2 Teacher`s Role in Classroom Situation

2.3 Effective and Ineffective

2.4 Some Prerequisites of Secondary School Student Teacher

2.5 Lesson Presentation Skill for Student-Teachers

Chapter 3: Objectives of Teaching

3.1 Kinds of Objectives

3.2 Significance of Teaching Objectives

3.3 Characteristics of Behavioral Objectives

3.4 The Student – Teacher and Behavioral Objectives

Chapter 4: Lesson Planning

4.1 Purpose of Lesson Planning

4.2 Planning a Scheme of work in different Area Subjects (Languages, Social Studies, Math,

Science)

Chapter 5: The Classroom Environment

5.1 The Physical environment

5.2 The Emotional environment

5.3 Teacher – Student Relationship

5.4 Student Teacher`s Attitude and Expectations

Chapter 6: Use of Teaching Aids

6.1 Basic Resources (Writing Board, Models, Pictures etc)

6.2 Educational Technology (Radio, Tv, Tape-Recorder, Over Head Projector Slides and

Filmstrips etc)

6.3 Significance of using Teaching Aids

Chapter 7: Assessing Students Achievement

7.1 The Purpose of Assessment

7.2 Types of Assessment

7.3 Methods of Gathering Assessment Data (Tests, Assessment, Records, Observation,

Questions, Presentations, Interview and conferencing)

7.4 Designing an Assessment Task

Chapter 8: Observation-Sheet for Student – Teachers

8.1 Walklin Model Sheet

8.2 Nedland Model Sheet

8.3 W.A.C.A.E Model Sheet

8.4 Development of an observation sheet for Bahauddin Zakariya University

Pupil – Teachers

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Sweet, A. P., Guthrie, J. T., & Ng, M. M. (1998).Teacher perceptions and student reading

motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 210.

Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. Teachers

College Press.

Blair, T. R., Rupley, W. H., & Nichols, W. D. (2007). The effective teacher of reading:

Considering the “what” and “how” of instruction. The Reading Teacher, 60(5), 432-438.

Goldberg, G. L., & Roswell, B. S. (2000). From perception to practice: The impact of teachers’

scoring experience on performance-based instruction and classroom assessment. Educational

Assessment, 6(4), 257-290.

Howes, C., & Smith, E. W. (1995). Relations among child care quality, teacher behavior,

children’s play activities, emotional security, and cognitive activity in child care. Early

Childhood Research Quarterly, 10(4), 381-404.




Course Code: STAT-101 Cr.Hours: 03

Marks: 100 Course Title: Introduction to Statistics

Objectives

The students will be able to;

Organize data for appropriate statistical analysis

Understudying of basic concepts of statistics embodied in their courses

Distinguish between different types of data

Develop Proficiency in basic statistical skills

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Statistics

Descriptive and Inferential statistics; population and sample, parameter and statistics; the

four basic activities in statistics: Designing a plan for data collection, Exploring the data,

Estimating an unknown quantity, Hypothesis testing; Type of measurement scales;

Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and ratio. Types of Data: Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate

data, Primary and Secondary data, Quantitative data and qualitative data, Time series,

Cross-Sectional and pooled data; Significant digits and rounding off numbers. Numerical

examples and questions relating to all contents given in topic

Chapter 2: Presentation of Data and Measures of Central Tendency

Introduction; Classification; Tabulating numerical data: The frequency distribution, the

cumulative frequency distribution, the relative frequency distribution, the percentage

frequency distribution: Graphics and Diagrammatic representations: Bar chart, Pi Chart

,Histograms, Frequency curves and Histograms: Histograms by Hand Stem-and-Leaf,

Measure of central tendency; Introduction; Types of Averages : Mean; Arithmetic mean,

Geometric Mean. Harmonic Mean, Trimmed and Winsor zed Means; Quintiles: Median,

Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles, The mode; Box plot and detailed box plot; Empirical

relation between Mean, Median and Mode; The cumulative distribution function.

Chapter 3: Measure of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis

Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion; Different measures of dispersion: The

Range, Quartile deviation, Mean deviation, Variance and standard deviation, Definition

and interpretation of variance and standard deviation, Computation of Variance and

Standard deviation, step deviation method or coding method, Coefficient of variation,

Standardized variable, Properties of standard deviation and variance, Skewness: Karl

Pearson`s coefficient of Skewness, Bowley`s coefficient of Skewness; Kurtosis.

Chapter 4: Simple Linear Regression and Correlation Analysis

Scatter diagram; Standard methods for obtaining regression line: 1) Inspection, 2) Semi

average, 3) Least squares principle; Assumptions underlying linear regression and its

properties; Measures of variations: Standard error of the estimate,

Coefficient of determination; Prediction in Regression Analysis; Interpolation verses

extrapolation; Correlation analysis; Scatter diagram; The coefficient of correlation:

Properties characteristics of coefficient of correlation, correlation and causation: The

relationship among the correlation coefficient, the coefficient of determination and the

standard error of estimate; Inference about the correlation coefficient; t-test for correlation

coefficient; Rank correlation coefficient; Some Economic Application.

Chapter 5: Index Numbers

Index Numbers, Un-weighted index numbers; Simple aggregative index; Weighted

indexes; Laspeyre`s price index, Paascche`s price index; MarshalEdgeWorth price index;

Fishers ideal index; Consumer Price Index (CPI), Producer Price Index (PPI), CPI vs. GDP

Deflator.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Prem S. Manm, 2010. Introduction to Statistics

C. Sher Muhammad & Kamal.S (1999), Introduction to Statistical Theory 7th Ed.

Beg. Afal & D. Miraj. (2011) Introduction to Statistics.

H. Dennis, C. Duncan, Q.Faziza. (2012) Introduction to Statistics with SPSS FOR social Science




Course Title: Inclusive Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Explain the definition of inclusive education.

Recognize the nature of inclusion in education.

Understand the difference between inclusive and special education.

Develop individualized lessons along with learning aids to address special needs of

children Projects Examine the different models of inclusion used for enhancement of

learning

Apply variety of adaptations of curriculum teaching strategies in coping with learning

disabilities

Find out the role of community in establishing effective

COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 The concept of Inclusion

1.2 Diversity among children

1.3 Inclusive Education in the Schools

1.4 Benefits of Inclusion

Chapter 2: The Disability Dimension

2.1 The Disabled Children and the Concept of Disability

2.2 Major Disabilities

2.2.1 MR and Physical

2.2.2 Hearing and Visual

Chapter 3: Variety of Inclusion

3.1 Learning Disabled

3.2 Gifted Children

3.3 Socially deprived

3.4 Gender deprivation

Chapter 4: Inclusion: Learning needs

4.1 Teaching Methodology

4.2 Assessment Techniques

4.3 Attitudes and Inclusion

Chapter 5: Inclusion and the Community

5.1 Collaborative working

5.2 Communication

5.3 Collaborative Work with other Professionals

5.4 Collaboration with Parents

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Allen, K E and Schwartz, I S (1996). The Exception Child: Inclusion in Early Childhood

Education. Albany, New York: Delmar Pub. Co.

Friend, M and Bursuck, W (1996). Including Students with Special Needs: A Practical Guide for

Classroom Teachers. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Mehnaz Aziz (2002), Creating Inclusive Classrooms, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network

Pakistan.

Mehnaz Aziz (2007), School and Family Partnership, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network

Pakistan.

Smith, T.E.C. et al. (1995). Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Settings. Boston:

Allyn and Bacon.

UNESCO (1993), Help in Classroom, Special Needs in the Classroom. Teachers Education

Resource Pack, Paris, UNESCO




Course Title: Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Argue on the positive and negative impact of the information explosion.

Explore the gap between madrassah and mainstream education and identify appropriate

government responses.

Identify barriers to the achievement of universal literacy and how these may be removed

at the local level.

Discuss gradually reducing gender disparity in education in Pakistan and its likely

consequences.

Analyze the relationship between national curriculum structure and career opportunities

Consider how best environmental awareness can be enhanced through schools

Consider the consequences of the growing privatization od education

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Education as a Complex Enterprise

1.1 Diversity of aims and approaches in education

1.2 Variety of Philosophical approaches to education

1.3 Education different periods and societies

Chapter 2: Madrassah Education

2.1 Madrassah: origin, aims and objectives

2.2 Role of Madrassah in 21st Century

2.3 System of education in Madrassah

2.4 Madrassah reforms in Pakistan

Chapter 3: Universal Literacy

3.1 Literacy and individual rights

3.2 Factors affecting program for universal literacy: medium of instruction.

3.3 Formal and non-formal education: Advantages and disadvantages.

Chapter 4: Gender Disparity

4.1 Concept of gender equality

4.2 Factors affecting the status and role of women

4.3 Steps towards reducing gender disparity

Chapter 5: Population Education

5.1 Concept of Population Education

5.2 Factors affecting Population Education

5.3 Impact of Population Growth on National Development

5.4 Roles and responsibilities of family, school, mosque and community in population

education

5.5 Steps towards Population planning and welfare

Chapter 6: Environmental Awareness

6.1 Types of pollution

6.2 Causes of pollution

6.3 Environmental education

Chapter 7: Privatization of Education

7.1 Government resources and multiple demands

7.2 Need for private sector education

7.3 Challenges of quality education

Chapter 8: Information in Education

8.1 New concept of information explosion.

8.2 Expanding learning resources.

8.3 Information and communication technology (ICT).

8.4 Technology in education.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

AIOU (2006) Population Education Course MA EPM 584, Islamabad: AIOU.

Badran, M. (2005). The Gender of Islam, Al-Ahram: Cairo.

Haltak, J. (1990). Investing in the Future, Setting Educational Priorities in the Developing

World, Paris, UNESCO. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha.

Ministry of Education, Curriculum Wing (2010), 13 Modules on Various Core Themes of

Population Education, Islamabad.

Modhukar Indira (2003). Changing Demands of Technical and Vocational Education, Annual

Publication New Delhi.

Mohantry, Jagannath. Primary and Elementary Education, Deep & Deep Publication Private

Ltd.

Pakistan, Govt: (2003). Education for All, Ministry of Education Curriculum Wing Islamabad.

Rao, V. K. (2004). Population Education efficient Printer, New Delhi.

Sylvester, C. (1994). Feminist Theory and International Relation, in Post Modern Era,

Cambridge University Press.

UNESCO, Pakistan (2004). Quality of education in Pakistan, UNESCO Office, Islamabad.




Course Title: Research Project Marks: 100

Objectives

The students will be able to



Situate them as researching professionals



COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 Research and Educational Research

1.2 Importance of educational Research

1.3 Scientific Method

Chapter 2: Review of Basic Research Methods

2.1 Qualitative Research Method.

2.2 Quantitative Research Method.

Chapter 3: Preparation and Presentation of Proposal

3.1 Title Page

3.2 Defining the Problem

3.3 Research Objectives

3.4 Sampling

3.5 Data Collection

3.6 Data Analysis

3.7 Ethics of Educational Research

Chapter 4: Tools of Research

4.1 Questionnaire

4.2 Tests

4.3 Interview

4.4 Rating Scale

4.5 Socio-metric Techniques

Chapter 5: Report Writing

5.1 Preliminary Pages

5.2 Main Body of Report

5.3 Citation and References

5.4 Bibliography and its styles

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:








Course Title: Comparative Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Describe the meaning and significance of comparative education

Compare the education systems of selected developed countries

Compare the education systems of selected developing countries

Analyze critically the education system of Pakistan

After studying this course, the students will be able to:

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Comparative Education

1.1 Concept of comparative education - meaning, need and scope

1.2 Purpose of Comparative Education

Chapter 2: Elements of Comparative Education (Both Qualitative and Quantitative

dimensions)

2.1 Objectives

2.2 Curricula

2.3 Teaching methodology

2.4 Assessment and evaluation (student achievement, Examination system).

2.5 Facilities

2.6 Educational structure

2.7 Administrative and financial set up

2.8 Teacher education

Chapter 3: Comparative view of system of Education in Pakistan

3.1 Private and public

3.2 Madrassah and formal education

3.3 Formal vs. Distance and non-formal education

Chapter 4: Comparative Education in Developed Countries

4.1 USA

4.2 UK

4.3 Japan

4.4 Singapore

Chapter 5: Comparative Education in Developed Countries

5.1 India

5.2 China

5.3 Malaysia

5.4 Pakistan

Chapter 6: Global Issues in Comparative Perspectives (focusing developing countries)

6.1 Quality education

6.2 Education for All

6.3 Recruitment of teachers at elementary and secondary levels

6.4 Admission procedure at higher education level

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Isani, and Virk, M.L. (2006) Higher Education in Pakistan. Islamabad: National Book

Foundation.



Course Code: COMP-101 Cr.Hour: 03

Course Title: Information Communication Technology (ICT) Marks: 100

Objectives


Define computer terminology

Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.

Use the keyboard to interact with the computer

Describe different applications of computers in education.

Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.

Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the country.

Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations

COURSE OUTLINE:


1.1 Concepts of Educational Technology

1.2 Definitions of Educational Technology

1.3 System Approach

1.4 The Technology and its Components: Microelectronics, Computer

1.5 Telecommunication

Chapter 2: Aural Aids/Audio Media

2.1 The Hearing/Listening Process

2.2 Characteristics of Aural Aids/Audio Media

2.3 Audio-formats and Their Applications

2.4 Function and Uses of Radio, Tape-Recorder

Chapter 3: Non-Projected Aids

3.1 Board and Display formats

3.2 Models: Preparation and purposes of Models in Instructions

3.3 Still pictures and Realia

Chapter 4: Projected Aids

4.1 Projected Material and Projections (Epidiascope, Slide-Projectors, Filmstrip,

Overhead and Micro-Projectors)

4.2 Role of Television and VCR in Instruction

Chapter 5: Instructional Technology

5.1 Programmed Tutoring

5.2 Programmed Instruction

5.3 Audio-Tutorial System

Chapter 6: Games and Instructions

6.1 Basic Concepts of Instructional Games

6.2 Instructional Simulations

6.3 Instructional Simulations Games

Chapter 7: New Trends in Educational Technology

7.1 The Role of Computer in Educational and Training

7.2 Computer Assisted Instruction and CAL

7.3 Computer, Internet, Satellite System, Teleconference, etc.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Ely, D. (1999). Toward a philosophy of instructional technology: thirty years on. British Journal

of Educational Technology v30 no4 (pp.305- 10).

Rowland, G.(1993). "Designing and Instructional Design".Educational technology research and

development (1042-1629), 41 (1), p. 79.Seels, B. B. & Richey, R. C. (1994). Instructional

technology: The definition and domains of the field. Bloomington, IN: Association for

Educational Communications and Technology.

Smith, P. L. & Ragan, T. J. (2005).Instructional Design.Third edition. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley

& Sons, Inc.

Solomon, D. L. (2000). Philosophical inquiry in instructional technology: the forgotten pathway

to learning. Paper presented at the Association for Educational Communications and Technology

(AECT) 2000 International Convention (22nd, Long Beach, CA, February 16- 20, 2




Course Title: Educational Management and Leadership Marks: 100

Objectives


Explain the concept of school organization, management and discipline and factors

affecting school discipline

Different sheet between the concept of leadership and management utilizing the major

indicator of effective leadership management.

Maintain school record and activities according to the school mandate.

Explain the functions of basic rules of

Organized school activities (curricular and co-curricular) affectively and manage

available resources (material, human and time) efficiently leave pay and allowances E &

D, codes of ethics

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Educational Management & Administration

1.1 Concept and basic component of management

1.2 Characteristics and levels of Management

1.4 Need and Importance of Management in Modern Age

1.4 Modern techniques of managements

1.4.1 Program evaluation and review technique (P.F.R.T)

1.4.2 Critical part method (C.P.M)

1.4.3 Planning, Programming Budgeting System (P.P.B.S)

1.4.4 Concept of Educational Administration

1.5 Difference between Administration and Management

Chapter 2: Educational Planning

2.1 Concept and Importance of Educational Planning

2.2 Characteristics of Educational Planning

2.3 Types and phases of Educational Planning

2.4 Role of Educational Manager in Educational Planning

2.5 Basic Elements of Management in Educational Planning

2.6 Educational Process Planning in Pakistan

2.7 Factors affecting the Planning

2.8 Majors principles and guidelines for Planning

Chapter 3: Communication

3.1 Concept and Objectives of Communication in Educational Administration

3.2 Elements and Process of Communication

3.3 Methods of Communication

3.4 Barriers of Communication in Educational Administration

Chapter 4: Leadership and Management

4.1 Concept of Leadership

4.2 Characteristics and Styles of Leadership

4.3 Role of Leadership in Management and Planning

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Afridi, A. (1998). School organization: Ijaz Publishers.

Bovee, C.L. et al. (1995). Management. International Edition. New York: McGraw Hill, Inc.

Burden, R.P. (1995). Classroom management and discipline: Methods to facilitate cooperation

instruction. New York: Longman.

Bush, T.B. et al. (1999). Educational management: Re-defining theory, policy and practice.

London: Longman.

Farooq, R.A. (1994). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the Promotion

of Innovation and Reforms in Education.

Lumicbry, R.P. (1995). Classroom demonstration, administration, concepts and practice. Third

Edition. London: Wadsworth.

(2004). School and Family Partnership. Islamabad: Children‟s Resources International.




Marks: 200 Course Title: Teaching Practice

(Long Term Internship)




Course Title: Environmental Education Marks: 100

Objectives


Provide orientation on the evolution and scope of this emerging discipline

Learn the importance of environmental science in human life and its relationship with

various segments of society

COURSE OUTLINE:

1.1 Environment and environmental education

1.2 Definition, Scope, Need, Component

1.3 Factors affecting environment natural and manmade factor

Ecosystem

2.1 Introduction & Concept of Eco System

2.2 Ecology Function & Structure of Ecosystem

2.3 Procedure, Consumer & Decomposers of ecosystem Energy Flow in ecosystem, Food chain

Food web and ecology pyramid

Environmental Pollution

3.1 Concept of pollution and environmental pollution

3.2 Types of pollution

Human Ecology & Population

4.1 Concept of pollution & Education, Impact of pollution growth on Environment

4.2 Issues of pollution growth & environment

4.3 Fast Growth Literacy Financial Limitation & Health

Natural Resources & their Preservation

5.1 The concept of Natural Resource

5.2 Kinds of Natural Recourse

5.3 Approaches to the preservation of natural Resources

5.4 Environmental Protection, Efforts national & international level

Trend and Issue in environmental Education

6.1 Issue in environment

6.2 Access of Carbon dioxide, Green House Effect

6.3 Global Warning Theory, Ozone Layer, Migration, Od Species

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Hungerford, H. R., & Volk, T. L. (1990).Changing learner behavior through environmental

education. The journal of environmental education, 21(3), 8-21.

Palmer, J. (2002). Environmental education in the 21st century: Theory, practice, progress and

promise. Routledge.

Jensen, B. B., &Schnack, K. (1997).The action competence approach in environmental

education. Environmental education research, 3(2), 163-178.

Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and

practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139-153.

Tanner, T. (1980). Significant life experiences: A new research area in environmental

education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 11(4), 20-24.

Iozzi, L. A. (1989). What research says to the educator: part two: environmental education and

the affective domain. The Journal of Environmental Education, 20(4), 6-13.